Digital PDFs

EK-PTA90-MG-002-A02

2000

266 pages

Original

12MB

Document:	TA90/E Magnetic Tape Subsystem Maintenance Guide Volume A01
Order Number:	EK-PTA90-MG-002
Revision:	A02
Pages:	266
Original Filename:

OCR Text

13F5765

PUBLICATIONS REFERENCE DRAWING
MACHINE TYPE/MODEL NO. TA90
MACHINE

NAr..~E

.. Magnetic 'Tape Subsystem

E C NO.

DESCRIPTION I COMMENTS

C04824

VOL. A02 - Maintenance Guide

C13764

VOL. A02 - Maintenance Guide

mamlama
____ PUB'REF DWG (PRO) __ REL

NAME.

~
~

~~~~~~~~~~

____ __ _____ ____.______
~

DESJGN

CHANGE NO

DATE

SHT

DATE

CHANGE NO

C04824

4/28/89
3/15/90

~~~~t--------~-~----------~----+----------4-----'---·---~

C13764

~----1----------~----------+----+~---------4----·-·-----~

DETAIL
CHECK

CLASStFICATION

t-MU_S_T_C._ON_F_O_RM_T_O..._E_N_G_SP_E._C~D;;;;..E!;;;.V.;;..E;;;.;L;;;;.,O;;;;..P;...M;.,..;.;;.E.;..;.N..;..T...;.N.;...;O;"-'--I~L:;;:.O~GIC PG NO

1--t---+----4--·-,-I---I
APPRO

.,..

RD002

mamaala

Maintenance Guide
i

TA90/E

TA90/E I

SIN

MAINTENANCE
GUIDE

GLOSS
PLAN
INTRO
START
CART
PNEU
MSG
INST
INSP
INDEX

PWR
SENSE
PANEL
CE/HSC
LOC
CARR-TCU

LGND
SPROC
MD/SDISK
DlAG
DF
OPER

FSI
EAD

CARR-DR.

I I

mamaala mamaama 'mamlaraa mlmlama
VOL. A01

VOL. A02

VOL. A03

VOL. A04

Maintenance Library

TA90/E Magnetic Tape Subsystem

Maintenance Guide

Vots. A01 to AOS

Logic Diagrams

Vols. C01 and 001

EK-PTA90-MG-002

I!
I

Ilmaama
VOL. AOS

Preface
ThiS manual contains maintenance information about the Digital
T A90 Magnetic Tape Subsystem and is intended for customer
engineers responsible for servicing the TA90 tape subsystem.
Portions of this document contain material copyrighted by IBM
Corporation.

Prerequisite Knowledge
It is assumed that you have a background in data processing
concepts and that you are familiar with the hexadecimal
numbering system. stored program concepts. and have a basic
understanding of tape subsystems and their relationship within a
system/cluster.

Related Documents
TA90 Operaror's Manual, EK-OTA90-0M.

Preface

PREF 1

Preface

PREF 1

The information in this document is subject to change without
notice and should not be construed as a commitment by Digital
Equipment Corporation. Digital Equipment Corporation assumes
no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this
document.
The software described in this document is furnished under a
license and may be used or copied only in accordance with the
terms of such license.
No responsibility is assumed tor the use or reliability of software
on equipment that is not supplied by Digital Equipment
Corporation or its affiliated companies.
CopyrightC1989 by Digital Equipment Corporation.
All Rights Reserved
Printed in U.S.A.
The following are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corporation:
~a~DDOIJ .

DEC
DECmate
DECUS
DECwriter
DIBOL

HSC
Rainbow
MASSBUS
RSTS
PDP
RSX
RT
P/OS
Professional STI

TMSCP
UNIBUS
VAX
VMS

VT
Work Processor

Portions of this document contain material copyrighted of the
International Business Machines Corporation.

TA90 MG EC C13764

(
Tab List

Tab List
Volume A01

Volume A02

Volume A03

Volume A04

CARR-OR

LGNO

Legend
Support Procedures

TAB 1

GLOSS

G:ossary

PWR

Power Maps

PLAN

Maintenance Pian

SENSE

Sense/Status

SPRoe

INTRO

TA90 Introduction

PANEL

Panel

START

Start Maintenance

CE/HSC

Customer Engineering PaneliHSC Diagnostics

MO/SDISK Maintenance Device/MD Support Diskette
Procedures

"Art.,.
v/'\n.

Cartridge ,A,naiys:s

LOC

Locations

PNEU

Pneumatic Analysis

MSG

Error1og messages

CARR-TCU Tape Control Unit
Checks! Adj ustments/Removal/Replacement

INST

Installation/Removal

INSP

Safety Check Procedures

INDEX

Index

Drive ChecksiAdjustments/Remcval/Replacement

DIAG

Support Diagnostic Descriptions

Da~a Fields and Registeis

OPER

Theory of Operation

Volume AOS
FSI

Fault Symptom Index

EAD

Error Arialysis Diagrams

TA90 MG EC C04824

Tab List

TAB 1

Notes

TA90 MG EC C04824

Notes

TAB 2

Notes

TAB 2

Contents

PWR 1

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

MAP 0300 - STI Power Check

300-1

How to Use the DC Test Tool with the Tape Control Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Verification Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

MAP 0400 - Tape Control Unit DC Power

400-1

MAP 0410 - +1.7 V de Regulator (01A.A1T2)

410-1

How to Use the DC Test Tool with the Tape Transport Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Verification Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

MAP 0420 - Tape Control Unit +5 V CB Tripped

420-1

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

MAP 0430 - Tape Control Unit -5 V CB Tripped

430-1

Tape Control Unit Power Supply Jumpers

Tape Conitoi Unii AC Power Suppiy Panei . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

MAP 0440 - Tape Control Unit +8.5 V Fuse Blows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . 440-1

Voltage Tolerance Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC Power 60 Hz and 50 Hz Japan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC Power 50 Hz Except Japan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tape Control Unit DC Voltages 50 Hz and 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Measured at Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Measured at Logic Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tape Transport Unit DC Voltages 50 Hz and 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Measured at Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Measured at Logic Board (Or Load) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Supply Ripple Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

MAP 0900 - Automatic Cartridge Loader Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .,

20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20

Tape Transport Unit Fuses Continue to Blow

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

Tape Control Unit AC Power Distribution Diagram

. . . . . . . . . . . . ." ... 32

Tape Control Unit DC Power Distribution Diagram

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

Tape Control Unit AC Power On (Local Mode) Diagram

900-1

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

Tape Control Unit AC Power On (Remote Mode) Diagram

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

+24 V Control Voltage Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Convenience Outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Tape Control Unit +5 V de Distribution Diagiam

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

Tape Control Unit -5 V de Distribution Diagram

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

Tape Control Unit +8.5 V de Distribution Diagram

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

Tape Control Unit DC Power Control Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 50
MAP 0100 - Power Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

100-1

MAP 0110 - Power On (Local Mode)

110-1

MAP 0120 - Power On (Remote Mode) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-1
MAP 0130 - +24 V Control Voltage

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130-1

MAP 0150 - Convenience Outlet .,. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..

150-1

MAP 0190 - Power Restart

190-1

MAP 0200 - Drive DC Power (Single Drive)

200-1

MAP 0210 - Drive DC Power (Same Symptom Both Drives)

TA90 MG EC C04824

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210-1

Contents

PWR 1

Introduction

PWR5

Introduction

PWR5

PWR Purpose
This section contains the maps and procedures that will enable
you to repair power related problems in the TA90 tape
subsystem. A description of the DC test card and how it is used
in both the control unit and tape transport unit is presented.
You will be sent into the PWR maps from either the START page
or from the CE Panel.

TA90 MG EC C04824

How to Use the DC Test Tool with the Tape Control Unit
The dc test tool is used to determine if all of the dc voltages are
present at the output of the dc power supply. However. the tool
only determines that a voltage is present or absent. It does not
determine whether or not the voltages are in specifications.
Perform the following steps to determine if all the voltages are
present:

1. Open the front cover of the tape control unit and remove the
safety cover (see CARR-TCU 2-1).

DC Test Tool

PWR 10

Verification Procedure (Optional)
Should an LED fail to light. determine if the DC Test Tool is at
fault or if the voltage is missing. Using a voltmeter, measure the
voltage at the test jack J16. Measure between the voltage pin
and the voltage return pin (RTN) using the Test Jack Data
illustration as a reference. If the voltage is present at the test
jack pins, the dc test tool is defective. If the voltage is not
present. the de supply is missing a voltage. Return to the
procedure that sent you here.

2. With the tape control unit power on, plug the test tool
connector into the J16 position on the dc power supply.

DC Test Tool
LED 8

+24

3. Match the On/Off conditions of the LEOs with the DC Test
Tool illustration. The On condition of an LED indicates the
voltage is present.

On/Off conditions
of the LEDs
showing correct
voltage indications
Note:
The LED named REM
is always off.

LED 1

- o-""

T est Jack Data
-24V ... 8.SV -5V

~24\1

-5\1

RiN

• • • • -5V•
o
•
0
o
•
o -!~o
• o
+5V

I
I

RTN

-8.5V

RiN

~'\
\

LED7
LED 8

CU-PS02
DC Power Supply

C81

CB2 C83

CB4

I~ ~A A

I Me lBeJ lBeJ l8J
8

o
F2

J16

J,coooc1

J,2_~
-21
oe,
~

•••
§

•

~ J17

••••

~ J18
~ J13
"

~ Jl

J19

~ J20

~ Jl

L
)

C------.Joo"L
-----)

._---- Front View

TA90 MG EC C04824

DC Test Tool

PWR 10

How to Use the DC Test looi with the Tape Transport Unit
.

The de test tool is used to determine if all of the de vol tages are
present at the output of the de power supply. However, the tool
only determines that a voltage is present or absent It does not
determine whether or not the voltages are within specifications.
Perform the following steps to determine if all the voltages are
present

1. Open the front cover and remove the front safety cover (see
CARR-TCU 2-1 or CARR-DR 2-5).

DC Test Tool (Continued)

PWR 12

Verification Procedure (Optional)
Should a LED fail to light. determine if the de test tool is at fault
or if the voltage is missing. Using a voltmeter, measure the
voltage at test jack J8 (drive 0) or J9 (drive 1). Measure between
the voltage pin and the wltage return pin (RTN) using the Test
Jack Data illustration as a reference. If the voltage is present at
the test jack pins, the de test tool is defective. If the voltage is
not present. the de supply is missing a voltage. Return to the
procedure that sent you here.

2. With the tape transport unit Power on, plug the test tool into
the J8 (drive 0) or J9 (drive 1} position or. the de power
supply.
3. Match the On/Off conditions of the LEOs with the DC Test
Tool illustration. The On condition of a LED indicates the
voltage is present

Test Jack Data
(

+24

Jt I

CAOOOOOO@C
1=1

FII

Fll

C~O

C~tOOOOOO@
j:2

F6· Fa

FlO FI2

-5

-15

JT2

1"14

J1J

CRI:::::

~
JT4

LED7~

JIO

J15

4A
JHj

FIS

+24

RTN

• • • • •

:::::

+8.5

+15 -5
RTN RTN

• • •
+3.5 -15

RTN RTN
0

• •

+5 Control

lEO a

DC Test Tool

Tape Transport DC Power Supply
cSl

O~OOOOOOO
F1

1=2

FI fila F{l

~ ~~

J11

Fl1

OA1000000

crye _...
.....

:lA1·····

•
ca2

C
~

TA90 MG EC C13764

)

(

)

J11

•

DC Test Tool (Continued)

PWR 12

Tape Control Unit Power Supply Jumpers
Use one of the following two tables to check the voltage settings.
Ensure the jumpers are installed correctly for the voltage being
used.
Note: For 50 Hz (except Japan) machines. if the Delta/Wye
jumper has to be changed (JOg and J10 on CU-PS01).
ensure that the cap is reinstalled on the empty socket.

Tape Control Unit Power Supply Jumpers

TAPE CONTROL UNIT VOLTAGE JUMPERS - 60 HZ AND 50 HZ JAPAN
I

POSiTION OF AC I
(PSG1) JUMPER I REF

'TCU INPUT VOLTAGE
200/20S V ac

JG9

220 V ac

JI0

230/240 V ac

OF DC
I POSITION
(PS02) JUMPER

I
I
REF I

J13

D
D
D

II
II
I

Jll

J12

11
11

JI4
I

J15

A tape control unit has two channel adapters. Use the
following tabie to ensure that the tape control unit is jumpered
for the correct number of channel adapters.

TAPE CONTROL UNIT CHANNEL JUMPERS
NUMBER OF
CHANNEL ADAPTERS

POSITION OF DC
(PS02) JUMPER

REF

JIS

I fJ I

CONVENIENCE
OUTLET
1130 V ac
120 V ac

I
,
I

J13

PWR 14

TAPE CONTROL UNIT VOLTAGE JUMPERS - 50 HZ (EXCEPT JAPAN)
POSITION OF DC
(PS02) JUMPER

ITeU INPUT VOLTAGE

POS ITl ON OF AC
(PS01) JUMPERS

REF

IL 20G/2Ga V ac

J09. Jll. J13

JI3

i 220 V ac

J09. Jll. J14

230/240 V ac

JOg. J1l. JI5

!
I

3S0 V ac
400 V ac
415 V ac

REF
J1g

J14

,1'::-:::'l.,
'1F;r'

m,i

D
I
0 I

J15

J10. JI2t J14

I II I

J14

JIG. J12. J15

J15

J1G. J12. J15

J15

60 Hz (and 50 Hz in Japan)

01
o

J1Q

~
000
00

Rear View

50 Hz (except Japan)

CU-PS02
DC Power Supply

CU-PSOl
AC Power Supply
Front

TA90 MG EC C04824

Tape Control Unit Power Supply Jumpers

PWR 14

Tape Controi Unit AC Power Supply Panel

Tape Control Unit AC Panel

PWR 15

In addition to supplying ae power to the tape control unit, the
control unit ac power supply distributes ac power to all the tape
transport units attached to it. The figure shows the control panel
for the tape control unit ac power supply. Note that this control
panel is behind a safety shield.

D Mainline Circuit Breaker
- CB1 is the ac power mainline circuit breaker in the tape coniroi
unit. This switch trips automatically if the circuit is overloaded.
CB 1 can also be tripped by hand to remove ac power from the
tape control unit and from all the tape transport units physically
connected to that tape control unit.

D F1 Failure
- This LED shows that fuse 1 on tt!..e..ac power supply has blown.
Fuse 1 controls the 24 V control voltage for activating the power
supplies sequentially.

II Convenience Outlet CB
- The convenience outlet circuit breaker removes power from the
cOl1venience outlet when it is tripped.

~~=======~=a===CO=Nv.ou=.mT========~
~---'\.'---- OVERCURRENT PROTECTloN-

-----,
-/ca2 5 A
cal
CONY. OUTLET
1A
AND +Z4 V CONTROL
CONV. OUTLer
TRANSfORMEr!
~
1tCl\1

cal

r,,-l

25 A
MAINLINE BREAKER

IW
~

~
w

'\:.EJ r--~

VAC

(DoD)

i--!

24 V. 5 A

--I

Jlt

HAZ~RO. REi'lACE ONLY
WITH S~ME TYi'E AND

100VAC

,J'Q"Q'l, 230/240

PROTECTIO~ AGAINST FiRE

: FlFAILURE

I ~LZOVA!;([]ij\1

s:§;,220V'C

i--i"ATlNG'FFUSE"
,

J12

FOR CONTINUED

Ir\

,J'Q"Q'l, ZOOi2DS VAC

1vi
n, nl
IIftlf)1
L __ J
. 'l..DJ'. ~·JA"t4ING,

1010101
.., .., ,. , I

At40
+24 V CONTROL ~
TRANSFORMER
J9A•C• VOL TAGE TAPS

[

I
I
1... __ _

~~_____________________i________~____()
___~_~;_~7_BLo_w_~
_____.___~
__________________________________ ~
60 Hz and 50 Hz, Japan

Fl
ca2
SA
CoNV.OUTLET

CS J. I. 0 A
+Z4 V CONTROL
TRANSfORMER

rBImi

SA
24 V
LONG SLOW

S12lJ7

WARNING, FOR CONTINUED
PROTECTION AGAINST FiRE
HAZARD. REPLACE ONl y
WITH SAME TYPE ANO
RATING OF FUSE

+24 V CONTROL
TRANSFORMER
A.C. VOLTAGE TAPS

J1J

,J'Q"Q'l, ZOO VAC

~
J14

,J'Q"Q'l,

r--- :~
I

~--.,

220 VAC
1~ (l80 VAC LINEl
J15

~ Z30/Z40 VAC

~ [400/415 VAC LINE)

50 Hz:, Except Japan

TA90 MG EC C04824

Tape Control Unit AC Panel

PWR 15

(

Tape Control Unit DC Voltages 50 Hz and 60 Hz

AC power 60 Hz and 50 Hz Japan

Measured at Power Supply

Voltage

Maximum

Minimum

200/208

220

180

220

238

193

Voltage

230/240

259

202

-5.0

-5.50

-4.70

+5.0

+5.60

+4.90

+8.5

+9.20

+7.80

+24

+32

+19

Maximum

Power Supply Ripple Check (Tape Conuol Unit
Only)
1. Using a voltmeter, measure the DC voltage at the desired
point and record the reading.

Tape Transport Unit DC Voltages 50 Hz and 60 Hz
Measured at Power Supply
Voltage

Maximum

Minimum

Maximum Ripple
(Peak·to.Peak)

-15.0

-16.5

-13.52

.300v

3. Divide the peak to peak reading taken in step 2 by 2.

-5.0

-5.51

-4.55

.250v

4. Add the DC voltage reading taken in step 1 to the result of
step 3.

+5.0

+5.51

+4.59

.250v

+8.5

+9.35

+7.67

.250v

5. The result of step 4 must fall within the miniimax voltage
range.

+ 15.0

+ 16.50

+ 13.75

.300v

+24.0

+30.01

+22.88

2.4v

Minimum
2. Using an oscilloscope, measure the peak to peak AC ripple
at the same voltage point selected in step 1.
I

AC Power 50 Hz Except Japan

PWR 20

Voltage Tolerance Tables

Voltage

Maximum

Minimum

200

220

180

220

238

193

230/240

259

202

Voltage

Maximum

Minimum

-5.45

-4.55

Measured at Logic Board

380

410

333

-5.0

400

432

350

+ 1.70

+ 1.75

+ 1.65

415

448

363

+5.0

+5.45

+4.55

+8.5

+9.27

+7.74

+ 12.0

+ 12.36

+ 11.64

+24

+30.0

+ 18.0

Note: See tape control unit or tape transport unit field wire net
Ust and voitage distribution Ust for actual measuring
points at each FRU for the voltages.

Note: If the drives are operating, there will be additional ripple
generated by the starting and stopping of the drive
motors. Therefore, this check should be done with the
drives not moving tape.

Measured at Logic Board (or Load)
Maximum I Minimum

I Voltage
I

! -15.0

-16.50

-5.0

-5.5

-4.5

+5.0

+5.5

+4.5

Measuring Points

-13.5

Voltage

From

+8.5

+9.35

+7.65

-5

A1E2M06
A2R2B06

A1K2J08
A2K2J08

+ 15.0

+ 16.5

+13.5

+30.0

+22.0

+ 1.7

A1T2B03

A1K2J08

A1L2U03
A2R2U03

A1K2J08
A2K2J08

+8.5

A 1E2M11
A2R2B11

Voltage

See ALD

+ 12

A IT2B11.

A1K2J08
A2K2J08

A1 K2JOa

-15

PAOO/OO1

+ 24

A 1T2S06

A 1K2J08

-5

RPOOO

+8.5

RPOOO

+15

VPOOO

+24

PAOO/OO1

+24.0

Measuring Points

Note: The + 15 volts are present only when the file protect
switch is transferred.

TA90 MG EC C13764

Voltage Tolerance Tables

PWR 20

Tape Transport Unit Fuses Continue to Blow
If an exchanged fuse continues to blow or a circuit breaker continues to trip. disconnect the cable(s) associated with the fuse or circuit
breaker to isolate the problem. If the fuse or circuit breaker continues to fail with the load removed, the power suppfy is suspect. If the
fuse or circuit breaker no longer fails (with the load removed). reconnect the cable(s) associated with the fuse or circuit breaker.
Disconnect the loader cable J3 and power up. If there are no problems exchange the loader control card and/or the loader power cable.
'f the problem still exists then exchange the FRUs in the following table.
Reconnect the cables previously removed.

Tape Transport Unit Fuses Continue to Blow
I

Fuse or CB

Drive

Associated
Cables

FRU

Fl (+ 24 V dc)

059 - Power amplifier board

F2 (+ 24 V dc)

059 -Power amplifier board

F3 (+ 15 V de)

064 - Write power card
059 - Power amplifier board
058 -logic board (02A-A 1)

F4 (+ 15 V dc)

064 - Wri te power card
059 - Power amplifier board
058 - Logic board (02A-A t )

F5 (-15 V de)

059 - Power amplifier board

F6 (-15 V de)

059 - Power amplifier board

F7 ( + 8.5 V de)

J5,J7

060 - Message di spl ay board
085 - Drive control card
058 - Logic board (02A-A 1)

F8 ( + 8.5 V de)

Jt,J3

060 - Message di spl ay board
085 - Drive conlrof card
058 - Logic board (2A-A 1)

F9 (-5 V de)

J5,J7

059 - Power amplifier board

if the repair is successful, set the drive Online/Offline switch to Online (see lOC 1). Refer to the CE/HSC section and run GMP.
If the repair is not successful, request the assistance of your next level of support.
Cable locations are described on LOC 1.

PWR 30

058 - Logic board (02A-A 1)

TA90 MG EC C13764

FlO (-5 Vdc)

Jt, J3

059 - Power amplifier board
058 - Logic board (02A-A 1)

F1t (+ 5 V dc ctrl)

059 - Power amplifier board
060 - Message displ ay board
079 - DC distribution cable

F12 ( + 5 V de ctrl)

059 - Power amplifier board
060 - Message display board
079 - DC distribution cable

CB1 (+ 5 V de)
F13 (+5 V de)

J6,J7

059 -Power amplifier board
060 - Message displ ay board
079 - DC pwr distribution cable
080 - DC pwr distribution cable
058 - Logic board (02A-A 1)
281 - Loader control card
287 -loader power cable

CB2 (+5 Vdc)
F14 (+5 V de)

J2,J3

059 - Power amplifier board
060 - Message displ ay board
079 - DC pwr distribution cable
080 - DC pwr distribution cable
058 - Logic board (02A-A 1)
281 - Loader control card
287 -loader power cable

T ape transport unit power
acCB

0, 1

J4, J15,
J16

020 - Drive 0 blower
020 - Drive 1 blower
030 - Pneumatic pump/motor

Auto loader fuse
(+ 5 V de)

0, 1

J2,J6

281 - Loader control card

Auto loader fuse
(+24 V de)

0, 1

J2.J6

281 - Loader control card

Tape Transport Unit Fuses Continue to Blow

PWR 30

(
Tape Control Unit AC Power Distribution Diagram

Tape Control Unit AC Power Distribution Diagram

PWR 32

rI
I

CU-PS-Gl-

ror

MAP 9139

detans see PWR <0)

KZ-ln/o

LOCAL
POWER

ENABLE
SWITCH
LOCAL/
REMOTE
SWITCH (L)

KS*

ueAC

~ - - - - K5 Po; nts

LOCAL/
REMOTE
SWITCH (L)

K2-4n/o
LHOLD

CB3*

--,-

I
UEPO
SWITCH

DRIVE
THERMALS
(9-3)

PtiASE

i
r
HAP

SYSTEM
POWER ON
SWITCH

'1'2

•

IK1

~INTS -IL

POWER

ON LED

(LOCAL)

~i
I.

-----MAPGllG

(For details see PWR 36)

(For details see PWR 38)

(For details see PWR 49)

+f4V

t- ___ J
K2

+24Vdc

(ReIIIOte Only)

Kl
TO CU-PS-8Z
& CU-PS-G3

TA90 MG EC C04824

* Internal to CU-PS-Gl

.! . . .- - - - - - - - - - - - - M A P G 1 2 9 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - . ! - . - - - - M A P e l S G

AC to cu-ps-ez and
Tape Transport Un; ts

Note: Thi s page ; s for
69Hz and 59Hz Japan.
Note: See PWR 49 for 69Hz
and 59Hz di fferences.

Tape Control Unit AC Power Distribution Diagram

PWR 32

Tape Control Unit DC Power Distribution Diagram

CU-PS-02

Tape Control Unit DC Power Distribution Diagram

Load Box
~~~+_8._5V_________________I~

L...--.J

I I
Tl
I
Xfmr

KI Points

AC
+24V

I eBl
I

JT
I

Load Box

-5V

alA-AI

01A-A2

+l.7V
~

I 24V

+12V

OIA-AI
91A-A2

elA-AI

SERVICE J

l(-) I -Pick Power On Contactor
I

-Pick Power

I On Contacto r

SWITCH

I Kl

-5

elA-A2

I +5V

1(+)

E11A-A2
(See PWR Sa)

+8.5

elA-AI

Load,Box

----,

L--.J
I F2

alA-AI

+5V

i CB2 i

01A-A2

__________~I__________~1

alA-A!

PWR 34

L
I
I

J
CU

GATE
FANS

~} CU-PS-03

.- -STI
FANS

STI
FANS

TASO MG EC C04824

Tape Control Unit DC Power Distribution Diagram

PWR 34

Tape Control Unit AC Power On (Local Mode) Diagram

cu-osu
LOC 1
YF Gle

CU-PS-Gl
LOC 1
YF 991.603

! P4B=1

CU-L/R
LOC 1
YF Gze

! C T n/o! P4-2 P?_R
.- - I
.3

+24V

LOCAL
POWER
ENABLE

See
PWR 4G

.e-e

I
I ~f.4''''''-------t....._.
I r;;l P4B-6

P4B-7

P4-4

I P3-Z
I P3-1

I
I
I
I
I

II P6-1
I P6-Z

I jt

Jbd-~

P5-Z

P2-9

K2-4

I
P4-5

I P4B-1O

I
0 I I
I

PICK

Pl-?
,-

I
I

rTTl
8

I WAFER
0 I
SECT. C

I
I

Ii I
I

Pl-6

I
I

j
I

I
I

P4B-4

111

PI-Z
It

THERMAL
I LOC 1 I
YF fl1s1.:.J
L ___

~I
I.., I I

11 ••

• •

LOC 1
SHeel/eez

Pl-2

•••

-----~

i
TU -02/3
TU -04/5

Tape Control Unit AC Power On (Local Mode) Diagram

PWR 36

Pl-2

~.*4-----~

LOC 1
SN091/e02

t
Jumper
Install ed
In Last
Tape
Transport
Unit

STI

PS-2 1
u

p~~'1

ON SW.

1-'

P4B-8

Kl ~--------------------------------------------------------~

i L,-J I

I LWR

I
I
I cu GATE I

TU-06/7
THERMAL
SW S2

TU-OG/l
THERMAL
sw SZ

THERMAL

POWER
ON LED

r - --,

TU-06/7 P2
LOC 1
SHeal/OOZ
Pl-l

'--------fJ LIJ

P4B-2

TU-De/l P2
LOC 1
SHGGl/eGZ
Pl-l

eU-Pl
LOC 1
YF G15
Pl-1

I
I
I
I

I
I

PS-6

UEPO
SWITCH

11.

II I
• ••

WAFER
SECT. A

PWR 36

cu-oP
LOC 1
YF 815

P4-1

Tape Control Unit AC Power On (Local Mode) Diagram

HOTE: Only the P connectors are
des; gnated. The J connector is
the mating connector.
For exa.ple: P4 ~lugs to J4.

See PWR 32 for

~ Kl Points

TA90 MG EC C04824

Tape Control Unit AC Power On (Remote Mode) Diagram

PWR 38

CU-PS-I:ll
LaC 1
YF aOl,ee3
+24V
See PWR 49
t

PICK
Host System
(One of four possible)

I P48-3

EPa
Cable

r-----------------,

CU-OSU
LOC I
YF e16

,
+- +24V Un; t Source
,....-------1-PS-1
-+ Sys. Source
K3-X

r---~-_--_--_-+-_-

•

I P3-1

r-1+r:--P6-_-1~-

-J_po_w_er_H_o_1d-5SJ.PS_5l----+..,

I
•
e-.-----6-6-1~"~ P5-6 ~-+--+-'
.4w .....
i
~ P48-6 P4-4 I

.-J Power Pi clc

1----1
••

Step
Switch
'---l
(Ref. Only)
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

L- -

K2 iii

...

I P3-2

'-----~---------+__-

- - - - - - - 4 4 ......P5-4

System
Power On

P4-S

I
-----:3-PS-3
Power Compo
I
II

PS-1
P4B-9'

------

I LWR
I

Pl-1

YF EllS.....J
L ___

IRe I Pl-6

I CU GATE I
THERMAL
I LaC 1 ,

•

: :

I'.1 ~- I.
':'

. . .f - - o -

LaC 1
SNOGl/2

•

TU-D6/7
THERMAL
SW S2

/....,

.. , .,

LaC I
SNG61/2

•I

~ .~--~u~r~--~~I

TU-02/3
TU-D4/5

Jumper
Installed
In Last
Tape
Transport
Unit

I Pl-4

NOTE: Only the P connectors are
des i gnated. The J, connector ; s
the mati ng connector.
For example: P4 plugs to J4.
Legend

• • •

P48-8

P5-4

••

if§"
Kl-3

TU-OEl/l
THERMAL
SW S2

P4B-S

••

TU-D6/7 P2
LOC 1
SNGGl/2
PI-l

•
I
I •
•

~P48-11--"'"
K4- 1

TU-OEl/l P2
LOC I
SNaEll/2
PI-l

II, I D'_, I~ Pl-2
~__-~•.._I_·~~+.--~.~~ e-~

r------,

8
7
WAFER 0
SECT. C

P4B-l

r----,

PI-S

CU-Pl
LaC 1
YF 015
PI-l

__--_-__--_-. . . ---

I P6-2
r-+t---------------,
P5-2

P4B-10

HOLD

K2-4

I
•
__--'

Bp1-4
, 'l

These ci rcui ts are
common to 1oca 1 mode
and are checked ; n

MAP ella.

cu-osu

P4-3

POWER
ON

LED
AIAZA4
013

012~

t:J
AZ-H4

- DC COMPLETE

TA90 MG EC C04824

Tape Control Unit AC Power On (Remote Mode) Diagram

PWR 38

+24 Volt Control Voltage Diagram

T I
¥

CB2
CBl
Ph 1

r J9

tr----t--------

fL __r_J_l_0 _'---_2:.~3
__
r _J_"_I__240 _
208

_ _e _

,-------.f

Ph _ e _
_

3 e_
__

To: PWR 32
PWR 50

~e----1 J13

_ _1 _

J12

100

____
I _ r - e ----+-----'

Convenience

Outlet

CB3

tr-------4(~

'------4-1- - -

pt,

'2:!1 ~

~-_-~e-------------J

!:~~~~~~~~~~------------F-l-$_- ~ ~_~_~_lu_r_e

--~~~~---------

PWR 40

___

____+_24_V_

To: PWR 36
PWR 38
PWR 50

RTN

CB2

50Hz except Japan

. -_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ e _ __

I
I

Convenience

Outlet

T6--_ _ _ _ _ _ e _ _
'"

e_ _

200/
220/
240

380/
400

n--r

Ph N

..,

---Ph 3
t I

_ _e _

Ph 1
----t

Ph 2

_ _e _

To: PWR 32
PWR 50

TA90 MG EC C04824

,e
,CB3

Jll

J12 y

,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

200
i
¥

r J13

..,

220/
380
J14

I
•6 -_ _ _ _ _ _ _ I

230/240
400/415

r J15 L-

y.-------~

T I

----.-~

Fl
Failure
LED

To: PwR 36

----~--------------

PWR 38
PWR SO

RTN

Lc
+24 Volt Control Voltage Diagram

PWR 40

Tape Control Unit +5 V de Distribution Diagram

PWR 42

Tape Control Unit +5 V de Distribution Diagram

PWR 42

1/0 Tailgate
(LOC 1, YF03G)
CU-PS-82
(LOC 1, YF802)

+5V

CU-A TBI
(LOC 1. zre1a)

I..,
I I

I +5V

(2)

~B2~

-----+--1

T9 CB3

(See PWR 44)

: 2
3
I

4
I

] I ."

(YZG82)

FHA Al Y5

I
I II
I

alA Al Y2

I I!
I

7
I

Note:
B

I I
I

Ii RTN

The load box ;5
EC 5 ens;tive and
may or may not
bep resent.

I----+-.....--_-l----- alA Al Z5
I

(YZGe2)

J
11
I

mP9

(12)

+5V

L.U

TA90 MG EC C04824

I PIG
ro

(12)

I I RTN

elA Al Z2

12
I

RTN

L~
NOTE: Only the P connectors are
designated. The J connector is
the mati ng connec tor.
For example: P4 plugs to J4.

(
Tape Control Unit +5 V de Distribution Diagram (Continued)

Tape Control Unit +5V de Distribution Diagram (Continued)

PWR 44

CU-PS-02

(LOC 1. YF002)

CU-A TB2
(LOC 1. ZT010)

+5V
./

(VZOD3)

+5V

---+-+------- 01A-A2 V5
)
e_

To CB2
(See PWR 42)

I+,

_+5_v-+I____

t__ T

! !__
CB)

/-,
/'

-T~~I~Pl-l----------(-12-)-+-5V~

~:j I

I RTN

.1-------- D1A-A2 Z5

(VZOO)

/"--

I
!

I
i

~P12

TA90 MG EC C04824

.. 12

(12) RTN

I 'UN
f--------- OIA-A2 Z2
l
I

I
I

-::

NOTE: Only the P connectors are
designated. The J connector is
the mating connector.
For example: P4 plugs to J4.

Tape Control Unit +5 V de Distribution Diagram (Continued)

PWR 44

Tape Coniroi Unit -5 V de Distribution Diagram

Tape Control Unit -5 V de Distribution Diagram

PWR 46

Tape Control Unit -5 V de Distribution Diagram

PWR 46

CU-PS-02
(LOe 1. YFOO2)

--c:Jl

OIAAI U3 E91
OIMl U4 EElI
OIMl us Eel
elMI 83 E91

CU-A T83

elMl 54 E91
elM! 85 Eel
e1M2 U3 Eel
91AA2 U4 Eel

91AA2 U5 E91
91AAZ B3 E01
91AAZ 54 Eel
91M2 85 Eal

(LOe 1. n020)

I I P4-2

P4-3

I P4-S
I P4-6

-s VOLTS DC

-s v

7 I

-5 V

8 I

-s V

eIA-AI
(LOC 1. YZGe2)

GIA-AZ
(LOC 1. YZOO3)

9
10 I

RTN

1
a1AA2 U4 E14
01M2 B4 El4

I
elMI U4 E14
91M2 U3 E14
OlAAl B4 E14
91M2 B3 E14

NOTE: Only the P connectors are
designated. The J connector is
the mating connector.
For example: P4 plugs to J4.

Load

I Box

TA90 MG EC C04824

+8.5 V de Distribution Diagram

Tape Control Unit +8.5 V de Distribution Diagram

PWR 48

Tape Control Unit +8.5 V de Distribution Diagram

PWR 48

CU-PS-S2
(LOC 1. YFe(2)

+8.SV

r-::l

elMl U2 A14
GlMl U3 A14
alAAi U4 A14
elMI 82 A14

CU-A TB3

elMl 83 A14
e1Ml 54 Al4
61AA2 U2 Ai ..
61M2 U3 Al4

elM2 U4 A14
91M2 82 A14
G1AA2 83 A14
91M2 84 A14

(LOC 1. ZTEl20)

I I P4-1
P4-4

I
I

+8.SY

I
3 I

ElIA-A2
(LOC 1. YZee3)

I •4
i

r\_.I

I
alA.A2 U2 E14
alAA2 82 E14

...-----'------.1
Load
80x

9IA-Al .
(LOC 1. YZee2)

RTN

!
I

alMl U2 £14
elMl U3 £14
SIAAl 82 £14
SlM! 93 El4

NOTE: Only the P connectors are
designated. The J connector ; s
the mating connector.
For example: P4 plugs to J4.

'-----

TA90 MG EC C04824

Tape Control Unit DC Power Control Diagram

PWR 50

Tape Control Unit DC Power Control Diagram

PWR 50

GIA A2.
OlAAlT2

r;;l
CU-PS-Ol
LOC I
YF 661,003
I

CU-A
LOC 1

CU-PS-02
LOC 1
YF a10
I

- +5

.--C

rrh
I

••

I-C
3

....J

LED 7
TP J16-5

i~ TBI
1 thru 6
(ZTElll)

I t --, 1 thru 12

I I

B-5

1 I

i--

-'
PX-1 .n

4:--~ I 3

i::ta,e IpX_2:rX~1

-Power On

••
+24

Pl ug

:-::-::---ll---":

I----

Jl1
+24

J06

L--

(M)

4D:
LO.

'-:--

Pci nts

13
~Ii--

__
I-I--+---J

'1-1

013
+A

J09
KI

~~S I~~---~

;:~.

11
12

L- e

G04

~--------------------------+--4

T. P.

L...----!----! POR

n/c

-POR (5)

1---1--

Ole
Re 1ay 1---+----,

'---' n/ c

~om4e -illlj---"r-p2--3~i""A-c-p-1---3t"iCBl
I
I
r+--+-+--o ~DJ:6
I 7-~ ,...-----,
'2-1

I D~t. I

I
(Thru
+5(A2.)
003
I Board)
-I
+8.5
Bll
I
-I
Not
- - - iI
UV
I
-5
B06 I --5V
.-.----------! UV
I
Oet.
0 TP

~ ~ ~:~-2~ ~_~-O_V-_;_::_: :_~!'.--tl--------------', ::::::

002 ~

r---

TB3 (ZT020)

r-- F +8.5 _I
1

~ TB2
LED 8
11 thru 6
v TP J16-6

L.: -.J

I _+1_._7V______G_ll-l!;l ·No' UV

l_a~AAIA5 003 I 01AAZA5 003 +5(Al)

(ZT010)

P9
1 thru 12

OlAAZH4 (PROGl)

I-

L-J

TialAAl

Pll

- +5

OlA Al

I +oe
Power

~----------------------------~ On

,[ ]

CS1 AC

From
PWR 40

•

( -)

I P3-1 +Z4V P2-l

+24V -i1---It+----t--+---+~--1F

I UPR

2 (+)

e--J+

cu-csu

THERMAL

LOC 1
YF ale

~- rt--I
I
I
-1
CU GATE

UPR

--- To

cu-pse3

Service
Sw; tch

cueB

Pl-l

PI-Z

~---------------------~

DC Power LED

STI

THERMAL

TA90 MG EC C04824

MAP 0100-Power start

MAP 0100-Power Start
e91
(ENTRY POINT A)

POWER START

DANGER
PAGE

1 OF 12
EXIT POINTS

ENTRY POINTS

FROM

-----------------------~======

I ENTER THIS MAP

EXIT THIS MAP

I ENTRY
PAGE
STEP
POINT NUMBER NUMBER

PAGE
STEP
NUMBER NUMBER

-------+----------------------

MAP
NUMBER

-------+---------------------seea
A
1
eel
91S1
91G1
8191
8191

9
19
6

D
E

eGg
955
862
e38

I TO

---------------+-------------ENTRY

MAP
NUMBER POINT

---------------+-------------A
9119
6
6
8

g
6
3

3
4

5
5

12
5
12
19

19
11
11

941
9119
943
8129
952
9129
958
959
9129
9129
956
949
9139
9139
Sle
9139
916
9139
923
B130
83B
9159
837
92ee
935
975
92ee
9219
936
9219
975
9399
966
964 I 9499
968 I 9419
94113
979
977 . 199

D
A
A
B
0
A
B

C
D
E
A
A
A

A
A
A

A
B

LETHAL VOLTAGES ARE PRESENT IN THE
POWER SERVICE AREA.
SAFETY IS MOST IMPORTANT. TREAT
ALL CIRCUITS AS LIVE UNTIL
MEASURED.

CAPACITORS ARE POSSIBLE EXPLODING
DEVICES. WEAR SAFETY GLASSES WHEN
WORKI NG I N THE POWER AREA.
ALWAYS REINSTALL ALL SAFETY COVERS
BEFORE POWERING ON THE MACHINE.

PWR 100-1

MAP DESCRIPTION: THIS MAP IS USED
TO OETERMINE THE GENERAL AREA OF
POWER PROBLEMS.
START CONDITIONS: YOU WERE DIRECTED
TO THIS MAP BECAUSE OF SUSPECTED
POWER PROBLEMS.
ADDITIONAL SERVICE AIDS:
-TAPE CONTROL UNIT AC POWER
DISTRIBUTION DIAGRAM
ON PWR 32.
-TAPE CONTROL UNIT DC POWER
DISTRIBUTION DIAGRAM
ON PWR 34.

ARE YOU HERE BECAUSE YOU HAVE A
CONVIENIENCE OUTLET ONLY PROBLEM?
YN
992
ARE YOU HERE FOR DRIVE POWER
PROBLEMS?
YN

a9J

I OBSERVE
THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT
POWER ON lEO (lOC 1).

I IS THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT
POWER ON LED ON?
YN

555 2
ABC D

TA90 MG EC C13764

MAP 0100-Power Start

PWR 100-1

MAP OiDQ-Power Start

MAP 0100--Power Start

POWER START

(Step 995 continued)

PAGE

POWER ON (LOC 1).
-SET THE LOCAL REMOTE
SWITCH TO LOCAL.
-SET THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT POWER
ON/OFF SWITCH TO ON.

2 OF

PWR 100-2

-PRESS THE LOCAL

994

OBSERVE THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT
DC POWER LED (LOC 1).

POWER ENABLE SWITCH.

NO HIOICATION OF AC POWER

OBSERVE THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT POWER
ON LED (LOC 1).

IS THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT DC POWER
LEO ON7
YN

is THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT
POWER ON lEO ON?
YN

995

997

PERFORM THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT
DISMOUNT PROCEDURE ON CARR-TCU 5.
OBSERVE THE POSITION OF THE UNIT
EMERGENCY POWER SWITCH (LOC 1).

PERFORM THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT
DISMOUNT PROCEDURE ON CARR-Teu 5.
GO TO PAGE 3, STEP e99,
ENTRY POINT B.

SEE IF UEPO HAS BEEN ACTIVATED

STILL NO POWER AFTER RESETTING UEPO

998

IS THE UNIT EMERGENCY.POWER
SWITCH SET TO THE POWER ENABLE
POSITION?

THE UNIT EMERGENCY POWER SWITCH WAS
SET TO THE POWER OFF POSITION.

REFER TO THE CE/HSC SECTION ANO RUN

996

GMP.

CAUTION
FIND OUT WHY THE UNIT EMERGENCY
POWER SWITCH WAS SET TO THE
POWER OFF POSITION.
CAUTION
SET THE UNIT EMERGENCY POWER
SWITCH TO THE POWER ENABLE
POSITION.
(Step 996 continues)

RECOVER FROM UEPO

5 3

TA90 MG EC C13764

MAP 0100--Power Start

PWR 100-2

MAP 0100--Power Start

MAP 0100-Power Start
G

POWER START

F
2

PAGE

PWR 100-3

3 OF 12

(Step 912 continued)

ge9

(ENTRY POINT B)
I

DID CU-PS-91 CSl TRIP?
YN

OPEN THE FRONT DOOR OF THE TAPE
CONTROL UNIT AND REMOVE THE SUB
COVER.

913

OBSERVE THE Fl FAILURE LEO (LOC 1).

OBSERVE THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT
POWER ON LED (LOC I).

IS THE F1 FAILURE LEO OFF?
YN

IS THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT
POWER ON LED ON?

I 914

(He

GO TO MAP 9130, ENTRY POINT B.

I
ell

THE CU-PS-91 +24 V DC FUSE Fl IS
BLOWN

GO TO STEP 009,
ENTRY POINT B.

THE CU-PS-91 CSI WAS TURNED
OFF.
.

IS CU-PS-91 CBI SET TO THE ON
POSITION?
YN

I I REFER TO THE CE/HSC SECTION AND
I

I !

RUN GMP.

I 916

912

POWER ON (LOC 1).
-SET THE LOCAL REMOTE
SWITCH TO LOCAL.
-SET THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT POWER
ON/OFF SWITCH TO ON.
-PRESS THE LOCAL
POWER ENABLE SWITCH.

CU-PS-91 CBI WAS TRIPPED. THERE
SEEMS TO BE A SECOND PROBLEM.

915

OBSERVE THE POSITION OF THE
CU-PS-91 CSI (LOC 1).

SET CU-PS-91 CSI TO THE ON
POSITION.

RECHECK AFTER RESETTING CS-I.

RECOVER FROM TRIPPED CB-I. .

GO TO ~P 9139, ENTRY POINT C.

CU-PS-91 CB1 IS TRIPPING.

917

IS THIS A 59HZ MACHINE (EXCEPT
JAPAN)?
YN

WAIT 29 SECONDS.
(Step e12 continues)

II
44
G

TA90 MG EC C13764

MAP 0100-Power Start

PWR 100-3

MAP 0100-Power Start
POWER START

PWR 100-4

MAP 0100-Power Start

PWR 100-4

HKL M
3

PAGE

MAP 0100---Power start

4 OF 12

918

922

OBSERVE THE POSITION OF THE
CU-PS-91 CB2 (LOC 1).

THE CU-PS-91 CB2 WAS TURNED
OFF.
REFER TO THE CE/HSC SECTION

IS CU-PS-81 CB2 SET TO THE ON
POSITION?
YN

I AND RUN GMP.
923

919

GO TO MAP 9139, ENTRY POINT O.

SET CU-PS-81 CB2 TO THE ON
POSITION.

RECOVER FROM TRIPPED CB-2.

924

GO TO PAGE 6. STEP 938.
ENTRY POINT E.

POWER ON (LOC 1).
-SET THE LOCAL REMOTE

SWITCH TO LOCAL.

925

-SET THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT POWER
ON/OFF SWITCH TO ON.
-PRESS THE LOCAL
POWER ENABLE SWITCH.

OBSERVE THE POSITION OF THE
CU-PS-91 CB3 (LOC 1).
IS CU-PS-61 CBJ SET TO THE ON
POSITION?
YN

WAIT 29 SECONDS.
DID CU-PS-91 CB2 TRIP?
YN

926

929
OBSERVE THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT
POWER ON LEO (LOC 1).

SET CU-PS-Bl CBJ TO THE ON
POSITION.

RECHECK AFTER RESETTING CB-2.

RECOVER FROM TRIPPED CB-3.

POWER ON (LOC 1).
-SET THE LOCAL REMOTE
SWITCH TO LOCAL
-SET THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT POWER
ON/OFF SWITCH TO ON.
-PRESS THE LOCAL
POWER ENABLE SWITCH.

IS THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT
POWER ON LED ON?

921
GO TO PAGE 3. STEP 699.
ENTRY POINT B.

CU-PS-91 CB2 IS TRIPPING.

CU-PS-91 CB2 WAS TRIPPED. THERE
SEEMS TO BE A SECOND PROBLEM.

WAIT 29 SECONDS.
(Step 926 continues)

5
KLM

TA90 MG EC C13764

MAP 0100-Power Start

933
AC POWER IS ON
I GO TO PAGE 19. STEP 962,
ENTRY POINT D.

DID CU-PS-91 ca3 TRIP?
I

927
OBSERVE THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT
POWER ON LEO (LOC 1).

934
RECHECK AFTER RESETTING CB-3

ARE BOTH DRIVES OF ONE TAPE
TRANSPORT UNIT FAILING?
(DR9 AND DR1, OR DR2 AND DR3,

IS THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT
POWER ON LED ON?

ETC.)

I 928

I GO TO PAGE J,
STEP 999,
ENTRY
POINT B.
I
I 929
I

PWR 100-5

5 OF 12

(Step 926 continued)
I

MAP 0100-Power start

I 1 1

2 4

PAGE

PWR 100-5

ABC

POWER START

MAP 0100--Power Start

CU-PS-91 CBl WAS TRIPPED. THERE
SEEMS TO BE A SECOND PROBLEM.

I
POWER PROBLEM
I TWOGO TODRIVE
MAP 9219, ENTRY ~OINT A.
936

THE cu-ps-el CB3 WAS TURNED

837
CONVENIENCE OUTLET PROBLEM
PERFORM THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT
DISMOUNT PROCEDURE ON CARR-TCU 5.
GO TO MAP else, ENTRY POINT A.

I I I OFF.

I II

i I I REFER TO THE CE/HSC SECTION
I I I AND RUN GMP.

I a3e
I GO TO MAP 9139, ENTRY POINT E.

9J5
SINGLE DRIVE POWER PROBLEM
GO TO MAP 9299, ENTRY POINT A.

CU-PS-91 CBJ IS TRIPPING.

931

GO TO PAGE 6, STEP 938,
ENTRY POINT E.

932
THE OP PANEL (FRU142) IS FAILING,
EX~ANGE' fRU14?
REFER TO THE CE/HSC SECTION AND RUN
GMP.

TA90 MG EC C13764

THE AC POWER ON LED IS BAD
SEE CARR-TCU 1-1

MAP 010o--Power Start

MAP 0100-Power Start
P QR

POWER START

PAGE

PWR 100-6

6 OF 12

938

(ENTRY POINT E)
RECORD THE POSITION OF THE LOCAL
REMOTE SWITCH (LOC 1).

340

CU-PS-91 CBI, C82, FUSE Fl, AND THE
UNIT EMERGENCY POWER SWITCH APPEAR
TO BE OK, BUT THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT
IS NOT POWERED ON. THIS SECTION
ATTEMPTS iO POWER ON IN LOCAL MODE.

REINSTALL FUSE Fl.
GO TO MAP 9l3a, ENTRY POINT A.
941

SET THE LOCAL REMOTE SWITCH TO THE
LOCAL POSITION (lOC 1).

REINSTALL FUSE Fl.

SET THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT POWER
ON/OFF SWITCH TO THE ON POSITION
(LOC 1).

GO TO MAP 9119, ENTRY POINT A.

THE +24 V DC CONTROL VOLTAGE IS OK,
BUT THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT DID NOT
POWER ON.

942

PRESS AND HOLD THE LOCAL POWER
ENABLE SWITCH (lOC 1) UNTIL
DIRECTED TO RELEASE IT

RELEASE THE LOCAL POWER ENABLE

OBSERVE THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT POWER
ON LEO (LOC 1).

OBSERVE THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT POWER
ON LED (LOC 1).

IS THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT
POWER ON LED ON?
YN

IS THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT"
POWER ON LED ON?
YN

SWITCH.

THE LOCAL PICK CIRCUIT IS OK. THIS
SECTION CHECKS THE HOLD CIRCUIT.

943

939

GO TO MAP 9119. ENTRY POINT D.

RELEASE THE LOCAL POWER ENABLE
SWITCH.

THE LOCAL HOLD CIRCUIT IS FAILING.

944

REMOVE CU-PS-81 FUSE Fl (LOC 1).
OBSERVE THE F1 FAILURE LED
(LOC 1).

THE +24 V DC CONTROL VOLTAGE IS
MISSING.

IF THE Fl FAILURE LED IS ON, +24 V DC
IS AVAI LABLE.

WAS THE ORIGINAL POSITION OF THE
LOCAL REMOTE SWITCH, AS RECORDED.
SET TO THE REMOTE POSITION?
YN

THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT POWERS UP OK
IN LOCAL MODE.

IS THE Fl FAILURE LEO NOW ON?
YN

7 7
P QR

TA90 MG EC C13764

MAP 0100-Power Start

PWR 100-6

MAP 0100--Power Start

MAP 0100-Power Start
vw

POWER STARr

PWR 100-7

6 6

PAGE

7 OF 12

945
I

THE ORIGINAL FAILURE (POWER ON
LEO WAS OFF) HAS DISAPPEARED.
POSSIBLE CAUSES FOR INTERMITTENT
OR UNEXPLAINED POWER DROP ARE:
AC POWER SUPPLY (FRU144)
lCU GATE LOWER THERMAL SWITCHES
srI GATE LOWER THERMAL SWITCHES
TTU THERMAL SWITCH (FRUGaZ)

948

REFER TO THE CE/HSC SECTION AND
RUN GMP.

REFER TO PWR 36 FOR AN OVERVIEW
OF THE LOCAL PICK/HOLD CIRCUITS.

THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT WAS SET TO
REMOTE AND THE HOST SYSTEM WAS
NOT POWERED ON, OR AN EPO CABLE
WAS NOT INSTALLED.
INFORM THE SYSTEM FE.
REFER TO THE CE/HSC SECTION AND
RUN GI"P.

949

CAUiION

946

+24 V DC IS PRESENT.

TO USE THE REMOTE MODE, THE TAPE
CONTROL UNIT MUST BE ATTACHED TO A
HOST SYSTEM WITH AN EPO CABLE AND
THE HOST SYSTEM MUST BE POWERED ON.

IS AN EPO CABLE INSTALLED ANO THE
SYSTEM POWERED ON?
YN

INSTALL A JUMPER FROM CU-PS-Sl J5-1
TO J5-5 (LOC 1).
SET THE LOCAL REMOTE SWITCH TO THE
REMOTE POSITION (LOC 1).

947

OBSERVE THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT POWER
ON LED (LOC 1).

00 YOU WANT TO TEST THE REMOTE
MODE?
YN

IS THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT
POWER ON LEO ON?
YN

THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT POWERS UP OK
IN LOCAL HODE. THIS SECTION WILL
CHECK THE REMOTE HOLD CIRCUIT BY
USING A JUMPER TO SIMULATE AN EPO
CABLE.

050

GO TO MAP a1ze, ENTRY POINT B.

THE REMOTE HOLD CIRCUIT IS FAILING.

iii

III

I'I
I

UVW

TA90 MG EC C13764

8
X

MAP 01 OO-Power Start

PWR 100-7

MAP 01 aD-Power Start

PAGE

PWR 100-8

MAP 0100-Power Start

PWR 100-8

POWER START

X
7

MAP 0100-Power Start
7

e OF 12

951

953

REMOVE THE JUMPER.

THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT REMOTE
CIRCUITS ARE OK.
THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT LOCAL
REMOTE SWITCH WAS SET TO REMOTE
AND THE HOST SYSTEM WAS NOi
POWERED ON OR AN EPO CABLE WAS
NOT INSTALLED.

ON THE AC SUPPLY. SET CIRCUIT
BREAKER CU-PS-91 Cel TO THE OFF
POSITION (LOe 1).

THE REMOTE HOLD IS OK. THE PROBLEM
MAY BE A FAILURE IN THE REMOTE PICK
CiRCUli •

INSTALL THE JUMPER FROM cU-Ps-el

J5-1 TO J5-6 (LOC 1).

SEE OVERVIEW DIAGRAM ON PWR 32.

INFORM THE SYSTEM FE.

CAUTION

REFER TO THE CE/HSC SECTION AND
RUN GMP.

THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT IS EXPECTED
TO POWER ON DURING THE NEXT STEP.

954

ON THE AC SUPPLY. SET CIRCUIT
BREAKER cU-Ps-el Cel TO THE ON
POSITION (LOC 1).

GO TO PAGE 9, STEP 955.
ENTRY POINT C.

OBSERVE THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT POWER
ON LEO (LOC 1).
IS THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT
POWER ON LEO ON?
YN
952

GO TO HAP el2e, ENTRY POINT A.

THE REMOTE PICK CIRCUIT IS FAILING.

TA90 MG EC C13764

(

MAP 0100--Power Start

MAP 0100-Power Start

PWR 100-9

(Step 957 continued)

POWER START

CAUTION
PAGE

THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT IS EXPECTED
TO POWER ON DURING THE NEXT STEP.

9 OF 12

9S5

(ENTRY POINT C)

THIS SECTION CHECKS THE REMOTE HOLD
CIRCUli ,

SET THE LOCAL REMOTE SWITCH TO THE
REMOTE POSITION (LaC 1).

IS THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT
POWER ON LED ON?
YN

957

THE REMOTE HOLD IS OK. THE PROBLEM
MAY BE A FAILURE TO POWER ON FROM
THE SYSTEM (REMOTE POWER PICK). A
JUMPER WILL BE USED TO SIMULATE THE
EPO CABLE.
SET THE LOCAL REMOTE SWITCH TO THE
LOCAL POSITION (LOC 1).
SET THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT POWER
ON/OFF SWITCH TO THE OFF POSITION
(LOC 1).
DISCONNECT THE CABLE
CU-PS-0I PS, IF INSTALLED (LaC 1).
INSTALL A JUMPER FROM CU-PS-9I J5-l
TO JS-6 (LOC 1).
(Step 957 continues)

OBSERVE THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT POWER
ON LEO (LOC 1).
IS THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT
POWER ON LEO ON?
YN

OBSERVE THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT POWER
ON LEO (LOC 1).

I 056
I GO TO MAP 9129, ENTRY POINT D.

SET THE LOCAL REMOTE SWITCH TO THE
REMOTE POSITION (LOC 1).

958

GO TO MAP 9129, ENTRY POINT A.
THE REMOTE HOLD CIRCUIT IS FAILING.

9S9
ALL CIRCUITS APPEAR TO BE
FUNCTIONING NORMALLY. THE POWER
COfoFLETE RELAY K3 MAY BE STUCK OR
ITS PICK CIRCUIT MAY BE
MALFUNCTIONING. THIS WOULD CAUSE A
PREMATURE POWER COMPLETE_TO BE SENT
TO THE HOST ADVANCING THE STEPPER
BEFORE THE TAge ACTUALLY COMPLETED
liS POWER ON SEQUENCE.

THE REMOTE PICK CIRCUIT IS FAILING.
SEE PWR38,YFea1 AND YF929.

SET THE SERVICE SWITCH TO OFF.
COh7INUITY CHECK
CU PSGI PS-3 TO cu Psel P5-4
DID YOU READ CONTINUITY ?
YN

19
9 A

TA90 MG EC C13764

MAP 0100--Power Start

PWR 100-9

MAP 0100-Power Start

MAP 0100-Power Start
ZA
ZA
9 A
9

I
sea

PWR 100.. 10

962

(ENTRY POINT D)
THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT POWER ON LEO
IS LIT
ARE YOU HERE FOR A UEPO CHECK?

POWER START

PAGE 19 OF 12

I 863
OBSERVE THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT
DC POWER LED (LOC I).

RECONNECT THE CABLE
cu-ps-el P5 (IF IT WAS PREVIOUSLY
INSTALLED).

IS THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT DC POWER
LED ON?
YN

THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT POWER ON
CIRCUITS APPEAR TO BE OK.
POSSIBLE CAUSES FOR INTERMITTENT
OR UNEXPLAINED POWER DROP ARE:
AC POWER SUPPLY (FRU144)
TCU GATE LOWER THERMAL SWITCHES
STI GATE LOWER THERMAL SWITCHES
iiU THERMAL SwiiCH {FRUeBz;.
REFER TO THE CE/HSC SECTION AND
RUN GW.
961
POWER COMPLETE IS STUCK ACTIVE!

ISOLATE PROBLEM AND REPAIR USING
PWR 38 AND LOGIC YF991 AND VF9ze.
AFTER REPAIR
REFER TO THE CE/HSC SECTION AND RUN

964

GO TO MAP 94Ga, ENTRY POINT A.

REFER TO PWR 39 FOR AN OVERVIEW
OF THE REMOTE PICK/HOLD CIRCUITS.

THERE IS A CU-PS-9Z DC VOLTAGE
FAILURE.

965

OPEN THE REAR DOOR OF THE rAPE
CONTROL UNIT AND REMOVE THE SUB
COVER.

CHECK CHANNEL ATTACHMENT DC POWER.

OBSERVE THE LEOS ON BOTH srI
CARDS
-

SEE LOC-l FOR LOCATION OF THE LEOS.

ARE ANY OF THE LEOS (6) ON OR
BLINKING?
YN
966

THERE MAY BE A FAILURE OF
CU-PS93
OR THE CABLING TO THE STI GATE
GO TO HAP 9399, ENTRY POINT A.

GMP.

1 1
2 I
AA

TA90 MG EC C13764

MAP 01 aO-Power Start

PWR 100-10

MAP 0100-Power Start

PWR 100-11

MAP0100-PowerStart

PWR 100-11

A
D

POWER START

A
C

MAP 0100-Power Start

1
9

PAGE 11 OF 12

971

967

CONNECT METER TO MEASURE +12 V DC

OBSERVE THE LEOS ON THE TAPE
CONTROL UNIT REGULATOR CARD, 91A-AIT2
(LOC 1).

MEASURE THE +12 V DC REGULATOR OUTPUT
FROM 91A-AIT2-Bl1(+) TO 91A-AIT2-D9S(-).

ARE ALL THE LEOS (4) OFF?
YN

V DC?

IS THE VOLTAGE BETWEEN +11 AND +13
YN

96B
GO TO MAP 9419, ENTRY POINT A.

THERE IS A REGULATOR VOLTAGE
FAILURE.

THE +12 V DC REGULATOR IS FAILING.
EXCHANGE FRU138

969

REFER TO THE CE/HSC SECTION AND
RUN GK'.

SET THE MULTIMETER TO MEASURE
+1.7 V DC.

973

MEASURE THE +1.7 V DC REGULATOR
OUTPUT FROM alA-AlT2-B93(+) TO
elA-AIT2-09S(-).

MEASURE THE AC RIPPLE ON.THE DC
VOLTAGES.

DOES THE METER INDICATE
GREATER THAN 1.65 V DC?
YN

SEE PWR 29.

IS THE RIPPLE VOLTAGE IN TOLERANCE?
974
TOO MUCH RIPPLE ON THE DC
VOLTAGE.
EXCHANGE FRUI45.

a7e
GO TO MAP a419, ENTRY POINT B.

SEE CARR-feu 1-1.

THE 1.7 V DC REGULATED VOLTAGE IS
FAILING.

SEE CARR-fCU 1-1.

REFER TO THE CE/HSC SECTION AND
RUNGr-P.

2
A
A

TA90 MG EC C13764

MAP 01 OO-Power Start
AA

MAP 0100-Power Start

PWR 100-12

A
F

POWER START

BE
I 1

PAGE 12 OF 12

ale

975

THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT POWER SEEMS
TO BE OK.

SEE OVERVIEW DIAGRAM ON PWR 32.

AC POWER SUPPLY OR UEPO SWITCH
FAILURE.

SET UEPO SWITCH TO "OFP' POSITION

FOR SINGLE DRIVE POWER PROBLEMS.
GO TO MAP 9299. ENTRY POINT A.

CONTINUITY CHECK UEPO SWITCH.
DO YOU READ CONTINUITY ACROSS THE
SWITCH?
YN

FOR MULTIPLE DRIVE POWER
PROBLEMS.
GO TO MAP 9219. ENTRY POINT A.

979
THE AC PS (FRUI44) IS FAILING
EXCHANGE FRU144

IF YOU ENTERED THIS MAP FROM THE
START SECTION OF iHE MG, REFER
BACK TO THE CE/HSC SECTION AND
RUN Gri'.

SEE CARR-TCU 1-1.

REFER TO THE CE/HSC SECTION AND
RUNGt-P.
Bse
_
THE UEPO SWITCH (FRUI9S) IS FAILING
EXCHANGE FRU19S

IF YOU ENTERED THIS MAP FROM ANY
OTHER SECTION OF THE MG, RETURN
TO THAT SECTION AND CONTINUE WITH
THE NEXT STEP.
976
SET THE UEPO SWITCH TO "OFF".
OBSERVE THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT POWER
ON LED (lOC 1).
IS THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT
POWER ON LED ON?

ON THE AC SUPPLY, SET CIRCUIT
BREAKER cu-Ps-el CBI TO THE OFF
POSITION (lOC 1).
REMOVE WIRES FROM THE UEPO SWITCH.

SEE CARR-Teu 1-1.

REFER TO THE CE/HSC SECTION AND RUN
GMP.

UEPO FUNCTION CHECK.

977

UEPO CIRCUITS CHECK OKAY
SET THE UEPO SWITCH TO "ON"
GO TO MAP 199, ENTRY POINT A.

A
F

TA90 MG EC C13764

MAP 0100-Power Start

PWR 100-12

MAP 0110 - Power On (Local Mode)

MAP 0110 - Power On (Local Mode)
(Step e91 continued)

POWER ON, LOCAL MODE

PAGE

1 OF 13

FROM

i ENTER THIS MAP

EXIT THIS MAP

I ENTRY
PAGE
STEP
POINT NUMBER NUMBER

PAGE
STEP
NUMBER NUMBER

-------+----------------------

HAP
NUMBER

-------+---------------------Oleo

A
0

9111
9111
9111
9111
9111
9111

B
C
E
F
G
H

9100

gel

11
12
13
4
5
9
10

964
971
972
929
925
eS2
957

I TO

IMAP
ENTRY
NUMBER POINT

---------------+-------------973
975
922
024
903
932

9lae
910e
9199
9199
199
190

838

1ge

941

190

945

958

190
199

1ge

199

956
862
916

906

199
199

A
A
A
A
A
A

8(H

(ENTRY POINT A)
(THE LOCAL POWER PICK CIRCUIT IS
FAILING.)

ON PWR 36.

---------------+-------------13
13
4
5
2
5

MAP DESCRIPTION: MAP Olse SENT YOU
HERE WHEN THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT
CAm~OT POWER UP ! N LOCAL r-!)OE.

(Step 991 continued)
-SrI LOWER THERMAL
-TAPE TRANSPORT UNIT THERMALS S2
-CU-OSU PMIEL
-CU GATE FANS
-STI GATE FANS.
ADDITIONAL SERVICE AIDS:
-TAPE CONTROL UNIT AC POWER
OrSTRraUTION DIAGRAM
ON PWR 32.
-TAPE CONTROL UNIT AC POWER ONLOCAL MODE DIAGRAM

EXIT POHITS

ENTRY POINTS

PWR 110-1

ON THE AC SUPPLY, SET CIRCUIT
BREAKER CU-PS-91 CB1 TO THE OFF
POSITION (LOC-l).
DISCONNECT THE CABLE CU-PS-91 P48
(LOC-l).
CONNECT THE MULTIMETER TO P4B-l AND
P4B-6.
(THE P CONNECTOR IS ON THE CABLE).

STANDARD RELAY PROBES ARE USEFUL IN
PROBING CONNECTORS.

PRESS ANO HOLD THE LOCAL POWER
ENABLE SWITCH WHILE MAKING THE
FOLLOWING MEASUREMENT (LOC-I).
CHECK FOR CONTINUITY FROM
P4B-l TO P4B-S.
DOES THE METER INDICATE CONTINUITY?

START CONDITIONS:
-POWER ON LED IS OFF
-LOCAL REMOTE SW SET TO LOCAL
-POWER ON SW SET TO ON
-UNIT EMERGENCY POWER SW SET TO ON.

(Step 001 continues)

TA90 MG EC C13764

FRUS DIAGNOSED:
-TAPE CONTROL UNIT AC SUPPLY
CU-PS-9l
-UNIT EMERGENCY POWER SW
-LOCAL REMOTE SW
-LOCAL POWER ENABLE SW
-TAPE CONTROL UNIT LOWER THERMAL
(Step eOl continues)

3 2
AB

MAP 0110 - Power On (Local Mode)

PWR 110-1

MAP 0110-Power On (Local Mode)

MAP 0110 - Power On (Local Mode)
D

'POWER ON, LOCAL MODE

B
I

PAGE

PWR 110-2

2 OF 13

ee2
A JUMPER PLUG SHOULD BE

INSTALLED IN THE THERMAL
CIRCUIT OF THE LAST DRIVE.

005

THE +24V PICK CIRCUIT (K2 PICK) IS
OPEN.
SEE DETAILED DIAGRAM ON PWR 36.

IS THE JUMPER INSTALLED IN
CONNECTOR TU-DX/X-P2 JI (LOC-I)?
YN

REFERENCE LOC 1 AND PWR 36.

IN EACH OF THE ATTACHED TAPE
TRANSPORT UNIT S, MEASURE FOR
CONTINUITY ACROSS THE TTU THERMAL
CONNECTOR Pl-l TO Pl-2.
00 YOU READ CONTINUITY ACROSS PI?
YN

ee3
INSTALL THE JUMPER.

OPEN SOr-'EWHERE IN THE STRING.

ee6
SEE DETAILED DIAGRAM ON PWR 36.

RECONNECT THE CABLE

I GO TO MAP' 199, ENTRY POINT A.

HOVE METER TO NEXT TAPE TRANSPORT
UN IT AND REPEAT

rll_DC:_r.lI DAD

THE CONTINUITY CHECK ACROSS Pl.
(IF YOU ARE ON THE LAST TAPE
TRANSPORT UNIT, THERE IS AN OPEN
IN THE CABLE OR THE JUMPER PLUG.)

€I€!4

PROBLEM MAY BE IN THE HOLD CIRCUITS
WHICH PASS THROUGH EACH TAPE
TRANSPORT UNIT.
GO TO THE TAPE TRANSPORT UNIT
IMMEDIATELY ADJACENT TO THE TAPE
CONTROL UNIT. OPEN THE LOWER
COVERS TO GAIN ACCESS TO THE
THERMAL CONNECTOR Pl.

REPAIR OPEN IN THE CABLE.
GO TO MAP 199, ENTRY POINT A.

ee7
GO TO PAGE 4, STEP 929,
ENTRY POINT E.

DISCONNECT THERMAL CONNECTOR Pl.
CONTINUITY CHECK THERMAL CONNECTOR
Pl-l TO PI-2.

THIS CHECKS THE INTERLOCK THROUGH
ALL TAPE TRANSPORT UNITS.

DOES THE METER INDICATE CONTINUITY?
YN

3
CD

TA90 MG EC C13764

MAP 0110-Power On (local Mode)

PWR 110-2

MAP 0110 - Power On (Local Mode)
POWER ON, LOCAL MODE

C
2

MAP 0110-Power On (Local Mode)

PWR 110-3

MAP 0110-Power On (Local Mode)

PWR 110-3

A
1

PAGE

3 OF 13

99a
OPEN SOMEWHERE iN THE TAPE CONTROL

913
REFERENCE lOC 1 ANO PWR 36.

UNIT •

CHECK FOR CONTI NU ITV FROM
CU-PS-9l P4B-l TO P4B-8 (LOC-I).

MEASURE FOR CONTINUITY BETWEEN CUpsel P4B-6 AND CU-PIJl-2 (THERMAL
CONNECTOR BETWEEN TCU AND TAPE
TRANSPORT UNIT)

DOES THE ~'ETER INDICATE CONTINUITY?
YN

DOES THE METER INDICATE CONTINUITY?
YN

THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT POWER ON
SWITCH (FR142) IS FAILHIG
(LOC-I).

914

I LEAVE METER CONNECTED
€leg

---OR---

5, STEP 925.
II GOENTRYTO PAGE
POINT F.

THERE IS AN OPEN WIRE FROM
CU-PS-9l P4B-l TO CU-L/R P2-9
(lOC-I).

Ene
MEASURE FOR CONTINUITY BETWEEN CUPSGl P4B-2 AND CU-PlJl-l (THERMAL
CONNECTOR BETWEEN TCU AND TAPE
TRANSPORT UNIT)
DOES THE METER INDICATE CONTINUITY?
YN
911

GO TO PAGE 9, STEP 952,
ENTRY POINT G.

REFERENCE LOC 1 AND PWR 36.

---OR---

I THERE IS AN OPEN WIRE FROM
CU-L/R P2-9 TO CU-OP P5-6

! (lOC-I).

I ---OR--THERE IS AN OPEN WIRE FROM
CU-OP PS-4 TO CU-PS-Ol P48-8
(lOC-I).
DISCON~IECT

812

GO TO PAGE la, STEP 957,
ENTRY POINT H.

CABLE FROM CU-OP JS

CONTINUITY CHECK FROM CU-OP J5-6
TO J5-4.
DOES THE METER INDICATE
COHHHU lTV?

111
444
EFG

TA90 MG EC C13764

MAP 0110-Power On (Local Mode)

MAP 0110 - Power On (Local Mode)
a2e

POWER ON, LOCAL MODE

E FG
3 3 3

PAGE

PWR 110-4

(ENTRY POINT E)
THE FAILURE IS IN THE TAPE
TRA~ISPORT UNI T•

4 OF 13

CONTINUITY CHECK ACROSS THE THER~~L
SWITCH AT THE SWITCH.
915

EXCHANGE CU-OP PANEL FRUI42.
GO TO PAGE 13, STEP 972,
ENTRY POINT C.

SEE CARR-TCU 1429.

DO YOU READ CONTINUITY ACROSS THE
THERMAL SWITCH?
YN

I e21

a16

RESET THE OPEN THERMAL SWITCH.

REPAIR OPEN IN THE CABLE.
GO TO MAP 199, ENTRY POINT A.

DOES THE THERMAL SWITCH NOW
INDICATE CONTHIUITY?
YN

917

922

OBSERVE THE CORRECT POLARITY IN THE
FOLLOWING MEASUREMENT.
".r~('I"

~n~~~

"'''1'''1 ,. .................... _••
run ~UAI1"Ull'

THE THERMAL SWITCH S2 (FRU9a2)
IS FAILING (LOC-I).

---.~

~KUM

CU-PS-91 P4B-4 (-) TO P4B-B (+).

EXCHANGE THE THERMAL SWITCH •
GO TO HAP 9199, ENTRY POINT A.

DOES THE METER INDICATE CONTINUITY?
YN

e23
ala
THE POWER ON LEO IS FAILING.

RECONNECT THE CABLE
CU-PS-(H P4B.

----OR----

SET CU-PS-91 CBI TO THE ON
POSITION (LOC-I).

THERE IS AN OPEN WIRE FROM
CU-PS-OI P4B·4 TO CU-OP PS-2.

PRESS AND HOLD THE LOCAL POWER
ENABLE SWITCH FOR SEVERAL SECONDS
(LOC-I).
(Step 923 continues)

919
THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT AC SUPPLY,
CU-PS-91.IS FAILING (LaC-I).

THE THERfoIAL WAS TRIPPED.

THE 24V PICK CIRCUIT IS OK BUT THE
POWER ON LED WILL NOT TURN ON.
THIS MUST BE A FAILURE INTERNAL TO
THE AC SUPPLY.
SEE DETAILED DIAGRAM ON PWR 36.
5
H

TA90 MG EC C13764

MAP 0110-Power On (Local Mode)

PWR 110-4

(

MAP 0110 - Power On (Local Mode)
POWER ON, LOCAL MODE

H
4

MAP 0110-Power On (Local Mode)

PWR 110-5

925

(ENTRY PO INT F)

FOR POPPEO THERMALS
ON THE TCU GATE AND THE STr GATE.
CHEC~

PAGE

5 OF 13

(Step 923 continued)
I

THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT POWER ON
LED SHOULD NOW BE ON.
IF IT IS NOT ON. GO TO MAP 9laa
E.P.A.
CHECK FOR ANY OBSTRUCTION TO THE
AIR FLOW.
REFER TO THE CE/HSC SECTION OF
THE MG AND RUN GMP.

924

REPAIR THE CABLE BETWEEN THER~1Al
CONNECTOR JI AND Pl.
GO TO MAP 9199, ENTRY POINT A.

RESET THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT GATE
LOWER THERMAL (LOC-I).

THE THERr-lAlS HAVE A RESET PLUNGER
LOCATED IN THE CENTER OF THE
SWrTCH.

DOES THE METER nmICATE CONTINUITY?

YN
926

RESET THE STI GATE LOWER THERMAL.
DOES THE METER INDICATE
CONTI NO I TV?
YN
927

CHECK CIRCUIT FROM PS THRU OSU
BOARD.
OISCONtlECT THE CABLE CU-OSU P6
(LOC-l).
CHECK FOR CONTINUITY. FROM
CU-OSU J6-2 TO PS91 P4B-6.

!I II DOES THE METER INDICATE
I I CONTINUITY?
llYN

876 6
J KL M

TA90 MG EC C13764

MAP 0110-Power On (Local Mode)

PWR 110-5

MAP 0110 - Power On (Local Mode)
POWER ON, LOCAL MODE

M
5

MAP 0110 - Power On (Local Mode)

PWR 110-6

MAP 0110-Power On (local Mode)

PWR 110-6

LN
5

PAGE

6 OF 13

928

932

ISOLATE TO CABLE OR BOARD.

THERE IS AN OPEN WIRE FROM
CU-PS-91 P4B-6 TO CU-OSU P4-4
(LOC-I).

DISCONNECT THE CABLE CU-OSU P4
(LOC-I) .

CHECK FOR CONTINUITY FROM
CU-OSU J6-2 TO J4-4 (LOC-I).

933

DOES THE METER INDICATE CONTINUITY?
YN

DISCONNECT THE CABLE CU-OSU P3
(LOC-l).

929

CHECK FOR CONTINUITY FROM
CU-OSU J6-1 TO J3-I (LOC-I). AND
CU-OSU J3-2 TO J4-5 (LOC-I)~

THERE IS AN OPEN LAND
PATTERN ON THE CU-OSU
OR IN P5 JUMPER PLUG.
IS THE P5 JUMPER PLUG ON THE OSU
BOARD OPEN OR MISSING?
YN

DOES METER INDICATE CONTItIUITY FOR
BOTH CIRCUITS?
YN

939

EXCHANGE FRUI4I.
GO TO PAGE 13, STEP 972,
ENTRY POINT C.

REPAIR OPEN IN CABLE.
GO TO MAP 199, ENTRY POINT A.

934
SEE CARR-Teu 1-1.

EXCHANGE FRUI41.
GO TO PAGE 13, STEP 972,
ENTRY POINT c.

931

935

INSTALL OR REPAIR P5 JUMPER PLUG.
GO TO PAGE 13, STEP 972,
ENTRY POINT C.

CHECK FOR CONTINUITY FROM
CU-OSU P6-1 TO P6-2 (LOC-I).

SEE CARR-Teu 1-1.

DOES THE METER INDICATE CONTINUITY?
YN

TA90 MG EC C13764

77
PQ

MAP 0110 - Power On (Local Mode)
POWER ON. LOCAL MODE

Q
6

PWR 110-7

MAP 0110 - Power On (Local Mode)

PWR 110-7

5 6

PAGE

7 OF 13

039

936

THERE IS AN OPEN WIRE FROM
CU-OSU J6-1 TO STI GATE LOWER
THERMAL.

THERE IS AN OPEN WIRE FROH
Cu-osu P3-} TO TAPE CONTROL UNIT
GATE LOWER THERMAL (LOC-I)

SEE PWR 36

---OR---

THE STI GATE LOWER THERMAL IS
FAILING.

A TAPE CONTROL UNIT GATE THERMAL
(FRUI43) IS FAILING (LaC-I).

CONTINUITY CHECK THE LOWER STI GATE
THERMAL SWITCH •.

CONTINUITY CHECK THE LOWER GATE
THERMAL SWITCH.

DOES THE METER INDICATE CONTINUITY?

DOES THE METER INDICATE
CONTINUITY?
YN

937

MAP 0110 - Power On (Local Mode)

EXCHANGE THE STI GATE LOWER
THERMAL SWITCH.
GO TO PAGE 13. STEP e72.
ENTRY POINT C.

a38

REPAIR OPEN IN CABLE
GO TO MAP 190, ENTRY POINT A.

SEE PWR 36.

949

EXCHANGE FRU143.
GO TO PAGE 13, STEP 972,
ENTRY POINT C.

SEE CARR- TCU 1.

II !41
I REPAIR OPEN IN CABLE.

I GO TO MAP

190, ENTRY POINT A.

942
RESETTING THERMAL CLEARED PROBLEM
RECONNECT ALL CABLES ON THE CU-OSU
BOARD.
GO TO PAGE 8, STEP 943,
ENTRY POINT J.

TA90 MG EC C13764

MAP 0110 - Power On (Local Mode)

MAP 0110 - Power On (Local Mode)
RS

POWER ON. LOCAL MODE

PWR 110-8

T UV

PAGE

8 OF 13

943
(ENTRY POINT J)
RECONNECT THE CABLE
CU-PS-9I P4B.
PRESS AND HOLD THE LOCAL POWER
ENABLE SWITCH UNTIL POWER IS ON
(LOC-I).

949

SET THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT POWER
ON/OFF SWITCH TO THE OFF POSITION
(LOC-I).

STI GATt FAN IS FAILHIG.

ON THE AC SUPPLY, SET CIRCUIT
BREAKER CU-PS-OI CBI TO THE OFF
POSITION (LOC-I).

CHECK THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT GATE
AND STr GATE FANS FOR PROPER
OPERATION (LOC-I).

EXCHA~IGE DEFECTIVE FAN.
GO TO PAGE 13, STEP 072,
ENTRY POINT C.

950

THERE IS AN OPEN WIRE FROM
CUIA Pl-! TO CU-PS-92 Pl-!
(YF995) (LOC-I).

ARE THE CU GATE FANS OPERATING
CORRECTLY?
YN
I

944

ARE BOTH FANS FAILING?
YN

REPAIR OPEN IN CABLE.
GO TO MAP 199, ENTRY POINT A.

---GR---

951

THERE IS AN OPEN WIRE FROM
CUIA Pl-3 TO CU-PS-92 P3-3
(LOC-I).

CHECK FOR ANY OBSTRUCTION
TO THE AIR FLOW.
REFER TO THE CE/HSC SECTION OF THE
MG AND RUN GMP.

REPAIR OPEN IN CABLE.
GO TO MAP 199, ENTRY POINT A.

945

947

THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT GATE FAN
IS FAILING.
EXCHANGE FRUl5e
GO TO PAGE 13. STEP e72,
ENTRY POINT C.

045

SEE CARR-TCU 1-1.

ARE THE STI GATE FANS OPERATING
CORRECTLY?
YN
948
ARE BOTH FANS FAILING?
YN

TA90 MG EC C13764

T Uv

MAP 0110 - Power On (Local Mode)

PWR 110-8

(

MAP 0110 - Power On (loca! Mode)

MAP 0110 - Power On (local Mode)
wx

POWER ON, LOCAL MODE

PAGE

PWR 110-9

9 OF 13

952
(ENTRY POINT G)
CHECK THE UNIT EMERGENCY POWER
SWITCH FOR CONTINUITY (LOC-l).

955
I

DOES THE METER INDICATE CONTINUITY?
YN
aS3

THE UNIT E~RGENCY POWER SWITCH
(FRUI98) IS FAILING.

SEE DETAILED DIAGRAM ON PWR 36.

EXCHANGE FRU198)
GO TO PAGE 13, STEP 972.
ENTRY POINT C.

SEE CARR-TCU 1-1.

THERE IS AN OPEN LAND
PATTERN ON THE CU-OSU
BETWEEN J4-5 AND J3-2.

SEE OETAILED O[AGRAM ON PWR 35.

EXCHANGE FRUI41.
GO TO PAGE 13, STEP 972,
ENTRY POINT C.

SEE CARR-Teu 1-1.

856

THERE IS AN OPEN WIRE FROM
THE UNIT EMERGENCY POWER SWITCH TAB
2 TO CU-OSU P4-5 (LOC-I).

SEE DETAILED DIAGRAM ON PWR 36.

---OR--954
DISCONNECT THE CABLE
cu-osu P4 (LOC-I).
DISCONNECT THE CABLE
cu-osu PJ (LOC-l).

THERE IS AN OPEN WIRE FROM
CU-OSU P3-2 TO CU-Pl Jl-) (LOC-I).
REPAIR OPEN IN THE CABLE.
GO TO MAP 199, HITRY POINT A.

CHECK FOR CONTINUITY FROM
cu-OSU J4-5 TO CU-OSU JJ-2 (LOC-I).
DOES THE METER INDICATE CONTINUITY?
YN

TA90 MG EC C13764

MAP 0110 - Power On (Local Mode)

PWR 110-9

MAP 0110 - Power On (Local Mode)

PWR 110-10

POWER ON. LOCAL MODE

PAGE 19 OF 13
a57
(ENTRY POINT H)
PRESS AND HOLD THE LOCAL POWER
ENABLE SWITCH WHILE MAKING THE
FOLLOWING MEASUREMENT (LOC-I).

9S0
RECONNECT THE CABLE
Cu-osu P4 (LOC-I).
DISCONNECT THE CABLE
CU-L/P. PI (LOC-l).

CHECK FOR CONTINUITY FROM
cu-ps-al P4B-I TO THE UNIT
EMERGENCY POWER SWITCH TAB I
(LaC-I).

DISCONNECT THE CABLE
CU-L/R P2 (LOC-I).

DOES THE METER INDICATE CONTINUITY?
YN

CHECK FOR CONTINUITY FROM
CU-L/R J2-B TO CU-L/R JI-2 (LOC-l).

0S8

DOES THE METER INDICATE CONTHIUITY?
YN
I

DISCONNECT THE CABLE
cu-OSU P4 (LOC-I).

961

PRESS AND HOLD THE LOCAL POWER
ENABLE SWITCH WHILE MAKING THE
FOLLOWING MEASUREMENT (LaC-I).

THE LOCAL REMOTE SWITCH (FRU084)
IS FAILING (LOC-l).

SEE DETAILED DIAGRAM ON PWR 36.

CHECK FOR CONTINUITY FROM
CU-OSU J4-1 TO J4-2 (LaC-I).

EXCHANGE FRU084
GO TO PAGE 12, STEP 971,
ENTRY POINT B.

SEE CARR-TCU 1-1.

DOES THE METER INDICATE
CONTINUITY?
YN

0S2

959
THE LOCAL POWER E~'ABLE SWITCH
IS FAILING (LOC-l).

SEE DETAILED DIAGRAM ON PWR 36.

EXCHANGE FRU141.
GO TO PAGE 12, STEP 971,
ENTRY POINT B.

SEE CARR-TCU 1-1.

THERE IS AN OPEI~ WIRE FROM
cu-ps-al P4B-l TO CU-OSU P4-1
(LOC-I)

SEE DETAILED DIAGRAM ON PWR 36.

---OR--THERE IS AN OPEN WIRE FROM
cu-osu P4-2 TO CU-L/~ P2-8 (LOC-l).
---OR--THERE IS AN OPEN WIRE FROM
(Step a62 continues)

1
1

TA90 MG EC C13764

MAP 0110-Power On (Local Mode)

PWR 110-10

MAP 0110- Power On (Local Mode)
y
1

POWER ON LOCAL HODE

964

PAGE 11 OF 13

I N LOCAL MODE.)

PWR 110-11

(ENTRY POINT D)
(THE +24V HOLD CIRCUIT IS FAILING

(Step 962 continued)
CU-L/R Pl-2 TO THE
UNIT EMERGENCY POWER SWITCH TAB I
I

MAP 0110- Power On (Local Mode)

ON THE AC SUPPLY, SET CIRCUIT
BREAKER CU-PS-9I CSI TO THE OFF
POSITION (LOC-I).

(LOC-l).

REPAIR OPEN IN THE CABLE.
GO TO MAP 199, ENTRY POINT A.

DISCONNECT THE CABLE
CU-PS-9I P4B (LaC-I).

963

CHECK FOR CONTINUITY FROM
CU-PS-91 P4B-7 TO P4B-19.
(THE P CON~IECTOR IS ON THE CABLE).

THE PROBLEM HAS DISAPPEARED.

DOES THE METER INDICATE CONTINUITY?

REFER TO THE CE/HSC SECTION OF THE
MG AND RUN GH>.

I 965

---OR---

DISCONNECT THE CABLE
CU-L/R P2 (LOC-I).

IF AN INTERMITTENT PROBLEM IS
SUSPECTED, SEE DETAILED DIAGRAM ON
PWR 36.

DISCONNECT THE CABLE
CU-L/R PI (LOC-I).
CHECK FOR CONTINUITY FROM

I CU-L/R J2-9 TO JI-6 (LOC-I).

I·

DOES THE METER INDICATE
CONTINUITY?
YN
966
THE LOCAL REMOTE SWITCH IS
FAILING (lOC-I).

THE K2 HOLD CIRCUIT IS OPEN.
SEE DETAILED DIAGRAH ON PWR 36.

II
1 1
22

TA90 MG EC C13764

MAP0110-Power On (Local Mode)

PWR 110-11

MAP 0110 - Power On (Local Mode)
AA
AB

POWER ON, LOCAL MODE

PWR 110-12

MAP 0110 - Power On (Local Mode)

PWR 11 0-12

971

(ENTRY POHIT B)
SET THE DRIVE ONLINE/OFFLINE SWITCH
TO ONLINE.

1 1
1 1

MAP 0110-Power On (local Mode)

PAGE 12 OF 13

REFER TO THE CE/HSC SECTION OF THE
MG AND RUN GK'.

967

THERE IS AN OPEN WIRE FROM
CU-L/R PI-6 TO CU-PS-91 P4B-19
(LOC-I).

THE K2 HOLD CI RCU IT IS OPEH.
SEE DETAILED DIAGRAM ON PWR 36.

968

CHECK FOR CONTINUITY FROM

cu-ps-el P4B-2 TO UNIT EMERGENCY
POWER SWITCH TAB 1 (LOC-I).

DOES THE METER INDICATE CONTINUITY?
YN
.

969

THERE IS AN OPEN WIRE FROM
CU-PS-Sl P4B-2 TO UNIT EMERGENCY
POWER SWITCH TAB I (LOC-I).

THE K2 HOLD CIRCUIT IS OPEN.
SEe DETAILED DIAGRAM ON PWR 36.

979
THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT AC
SUPPLY.CU-PS-Sl,IS FAILING (LOC-I).

THE +24V LOCAL HOLD CIRCUIT (K2
HOLD) IS OK, BUT THE POWER ON LED
WILL NOT STAY O~I. THIS MUST BE A
FAILURE INTERNAL TO THE AC SUPPLY.
SEE DETAILED DIAGRAM ON PWR 36.

TA90 MG EC C13764

(

MAP 0110 - Power On (Local Mode)

PWR 110-13

MAP 0110- Power On (Local Mode)

PWR 110-13

PO\rJER ON, LOCAL MODE

PAGE 13 OF 13
972

(ENTRY POINT C)
PREPARE TO EXIT AFTER FRU EXCHANGE.
OBSERVE THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT POWER
ON LED.
IS THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT POWER ON
LED ON?

SEE LaC 1.

YN
1373

TAPE CONTROL UNIT AC POWER NOT
ON.
GO TO MAP Blae, ENTRY POINT A.
974

OBSERVE THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT DC
POWER LED.
IS THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT POWER ON

SEE LOC 1.

LED ON?
VN

I 975

I TAPE CONTROL UNIT DC POWER NOT

II GOON. TO MAP 9lae, ENTRY POINT A.
976

REFER TO THE CE/HSC SECTION OF THE
MG AND RUN GW.

TA90 MG EC C13764

MAP 0120 - Power On (Remote Mode)

MAP 0120- Power On (Remote Mode)

POWER ON, RE~~TE MODE

(Step eSI continued)

PAGE

ON THE AC SUPPLY, SET CIRCUIT
BREAKER CU-PS-Bl CBI TO THE OFF
POSITION (LOC-I).

I OF

PWR 120-1

OPEN THE REAR DOOR OF THE TAPE
ENTRY POINTS
FROM

CONTROL UtH T AND REMOVE

THE SUB COVER.

I ENTER THIS MAP

IENTRY
PAGE
STEP
POINT NUMBER NUMBER

DISCO~INECT

-------+----------------------

MAP
NUMBER

I BA

CHECK FOR CONTINUITY FROM
P4B-3 TO P4B-2.

-------+---------------------elee
elee
alee

I
2
J

eel
ee4

THE P CON~jECTOR IS ON THE CABLE.

ee2

(ENTRY POINT A)
(THE REMOTE POWER PICK CIRCUIT IS

CAT,nl~'
n,la ........

SEE LOC 1

DOES THE ~ETER INDICATE CONTINUITY?
YN

eag

ael

THE CABLE CU-PS91-P4B.

w./

MAP DESCRIPTION: ~~P alee SENT YOU
HERE wnEN inE iAPE CQNiROL UNiT
CANNOT POWER UP IN REMOTE MODE.
START CONDITIONS:
-POWER ON LEO IS OFF
-LOCAL REMOTE SW SET TO REMOTE
-UNIT EMERGENCY POWER SW SET TO ON
-TAPE CONTROL UNIT POWERS ON OK IN
LOCAL.
FRUS 01 AGNOSED:
-TAPE CONTROL UNIT AC SUPPLY
cU-PS-al
-UNIT EMERGENCY POWER SW
-LOCAL REMOTE SW.

(Step eel continues)

TA90 MG EC C13764

THE LOCAL REMOTE SWITCH IS
FAILING.
--------OR-------THERE IS AN OPEN WIRE FROM
CU-PSal-p48-J TO P4B-2.
ee3
THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT AC POWER
SUPPLY (PSel) IS FAILING.

THE K2 PICK CIRCUIT WHICH IS UNIQUE
TO THE REMOTE MODE IS OK. SINCE
THE LOCAL PICK MIO HOLD AND THE
REMOTE HOLD CHECKED OUT OK, THE
FAILURE MUST BE INTERNAL TO THE AC
POWER SUPPLY.
SEE DETAILED DIAGRAM ON PWR38.

ADDITIONAL SERVICE AIDS:
-TAPE CONTROL mnr AC POWER
DISTRIBUTION DIAGRAM
ON PWR 32
-TAPE CONTROL UNIT AC POWER ONREI10TE MODE DIAGRAM
ON PWR 38.

MAP 0120-Power On (Remote Mode)

PWR 120-1

MAP 0120 - Power On (Remote Mode)
POWER ON, REMOTE MODE

MAP 0120 - Power On (Remote Mode)

PWR 120-2

I
PAGE

2 OF

eS4
(ENTRY POINT B)
THE REMOTE HOLD CIRCUIT FAILED
USING A JUMPER ..

aas
CHECK FOR COh,INUITV FROM
CU-PS91-P4B-9 TO cu-psel-p4B-la.

ON THE AC POWER SUPPLY, SET CIRCUIT

DOES THE METER INDICATE CONTINUITY?
YN

BREAKER CU-PSS1-CBl TO THE OFF
POSITION.

eal

OPEN THE REAR DOOR OF THE TAPE
CONTROL UNIT AND REMOVE
THE SUB COVER.

THE LOCAL REMOTE SWITCH IS
FAILING.

SEE DETAILED DIAGRAM ON PWR 38.

DISCONNECT CABLE CU-PSBI-P4B.
CHECK FOR CONTINUITY FROM
CU-Psel-p4B-l TO CU-PS01-P4B-S.

--------OR-------THE P CONNECTOR IS Otl THE CABLE.

THERE IS AN OPEN WIRE FROM
CU-PS9I-P48-9 TO CU-L/R PI-5.

DOES THE METER INDICATE CO~ITINUITY?
YN

ees

I e0S

THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT AC POWER
SUPPLY (PSel) IS FAILING~

THE LOCAL REr~OTE SWITCH IS
FAILING.

THE K2 REMOTE HOLD CIRCUIT IS OPEN.
SEE DETAILED DIAGRAM ON PWR 3S.

--------OR-------THERE I S AN OPEN WI RE FRO~1
CU-PS91-P4B-l TO CU-L/R PI-I.
--------OR--------

THE K2 REMOTE HOLD CIRCUIT IS OPEN.

THE K2 PICK CIRCUIT WHICH IS UNIQUE
TO THE REMOTE MODE IS O~. SINCE
THE LOCAL PICK AND HOLD AND THE
REMOTE HOLD CHECKED OUT OK, THE
FAILURE MUST 8E INTERNAL TO THE AC
POWER SUPPLY.
SEE DETAILED DIAGRAM ON PWR38.

THERE IS AN OPEN WIRE FROM
CU-L/R Pl-4 TO CU-PSBI-P48-S.

TA90 MG EC C13764

MAP 0120- Power On (Remote Mode)

PWR 120-2

MAP 0120- Power On (Remote Mode)

MAP 0120 - Power On (Remote Mode)
BC

POWER ON, REMOTE MODE

PAGE

3 OF

PWR 120-3

999

Sla

(ENTRY POINT D)
THE REMOTE HOLD CIRCUIT FAILED WITH
THE EPO CABLE INSTALLED.

THE EPO CABLE IS FAILING

OPEN THE REAR DOOR OF THE TAPE
CONTROL UN!T AND REMOVE THE SUB
COVER.

THERE IS A SYSTEM PROBLEM.

DISCONNECT CABLE CU-PS81-P5 (IF
INSTALLED) .

--------OR--------

I
SEE LOC-I.

CAUTION
+24 V DC IS PRESENT.

CONTACT THE SYSTEM FE.

911
THE REMOTE HOLD CIRCUIT FAILS WITH
+24 V DC JUMPERED TO IT.
GO TO PAGE 2, STEP 994,
ENTRY POINT B.

"'.
tI, ... '" .. " ••• - -_._-- ., •• L'+ " U\" I U I ne. Kt.nJ It. HULU

HJC::T41
I 4 ll1MDCD conu ,. .. n .. ,,, ,., •
.... _ ••• _ ...... , """v... '-.~ • ,''''•. , ,"-v-r.;JU..L-V..J-,L

"'VI·lr~n;.)

TO CU-PSel-J5-S.

CIRCUIT .

SET THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT POWER ON
SWITCH TO THE ON POSITION.

POWER ON AGAIN IN THE LOCAL MODE.

'1"".""'!"'II~

THE REMOTE HOLD CIRCUITS CHECK OK
WHEN +24 V DC IS JUHPERED TO THE
CIRCUIT •

SET THE LOCAL-REMOTE SWITCH TO THE
LOCAL pas I TI ON.
PRESS THE LOCAL POWER ENABLE SWITCH
UNTIL POWER IS ON.
NOW SET THE LOCAL-REMOTE SWITCH TO
REt-I}TE.

NOW CHECK THE REMOTE HOLD CIRCUITS.

OBSERVE THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT POWER
ON LED.
IS THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT POWER ON
lEO ON?
YN

TA90 MG EC C13764

MAP 0120-Power On (Remote Mode)

PWR 120-3

MAP 0130-+24 Volt Control Voltage

MAP 0130--+24 Volt Control Voltage

+24 V DC CONTROL VOLTAGE

(Step eel continued)

PAGE

IS THE LINE CORD CONNECTED TO
CUSTOMER AC POWER?
YN

I OF

FROM

I ENTER THIS ~~p

~YfT TUf~
MAD
.1 .... ..1 • .,....,.

I ENTRY
PAGE
STEP
POINT NUMBER NUMBER

-------+---------------------elee
A
1
eel
9100
9le0

e100
e100

D
E

3
4
4

9999

021
912

915
e18
946

---------------+--------------

---------------+-------------1
ee2
9l9a
A

CONNECT THE LINE CORD TO CUSTOMER
AC POWER.
GO TO MAP e1ge, ENTRY POINT A.

PAGE
STEP
NUMBER NUMBER
3
4
4

913
916
919

2
5

eeg

eel
(ENTRY POINT A)
(THE +24 V DC CONTROL VOLTAGE IS
MISSING).
DANGER
LETHAL VOLTAGES ARE PRESENT IN THE
POWER SERVICING AREA.
SAFETY IS MOST IMPORTANT. TREAT
ALL CIRCUITS AS LIVE UNTIL
MEASURED.
CAPACITORS ARE POSSIBLE EXPLODING
DEVICES. WEAR SAFETY GLASSES WHEN
WORKING IN THE POWER AREA.
ALWAYS REINSTALL ALL SAFETY COVERS
BEFORE POWERING ON THE MACHINE.
(Step GGI continues)

II Tn

DANGER

FE POWER SAFETY CHECK
FOUND ON INST 6 BEFORE
CONNECTING LINE CORD.

'-1'\.&.1

-------+----------------------

MAP
NUMBER

eez

EXIT POINTS

ENTRY POINTS

922
946

I MAP
ENTRY
NUMBER POINT
91ge
e1ge

9190
9190
0199

019a

A
A
A

PERFO~~

ee3

A
A

A VOLTAGE TAP PLUG MUST BE USED TO
SELECT THE PROPER OUTPUT BASED ON
THE HIPUT AC VOLT AGE.
SEE CHART ON RIGHT.---->

MAP DESCRIPTION: MAP 91ge DIRECTED
YOU HERE BECAUSE OF PROBLEMS IN THE
+24 V DC CONTROL VOLTAGE CIRCUIT.
START CONDITIONS:
-POWER ON LEO IS OFF.

PWR 130-1

Teu

INPUT AC

2e9/29a V AC
229
V AC

2313/249 V AC
399
V AC
489/415 V AC

PLUG LOCATION
ON CU-PS-91
(USE 69HZ FOR JAPAN
69HZ
J9
J19
Jll

59HZ
Jll AND J13

Jl1 AND J14
Jll AND J15
J12 AND J14
J12 AND J15

IS THE VOLTAGE TAP PLUG MISSING?
YN

FRUS DIAGNOSED:

-AC POWER SUPPLY, CU-PS-91
-DC POWER SUPPLY, CU-PS-92
-AC POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE TAP PLUG
-AC POWER SUPPLY FUSE Fl
-AC LINE' CORD.
ADDITIONAL SERVICE AIDS:
-TAPE CONTROL UNIT AC POWER
DISTRIBUTION DIAGRAM
ON PWR 32
-+24 V CONTROL VOLTAGE
DIAGRAM ON PWR 49.

3 2

TA90 MG EC C13764

MAP 0130-+24 Volt Control Voltage

PWR 130-1

MAP 0130-+24 Volt Control Voltage
B

MAP 0130-+24 Volt Control Voltage

+24 V DC CONTROL VOLTAGE

(Step eG6 continued)

PAGE

IS CORRECT AC VOLTAGE PRESENT AT ALL
POINTS?
YN

2 OF

e94

eST

DANGER

ON THE AC SUPPLY, SET CIRCUIT
BREAKER CU-PS-91 CSI TO THE OFF
POSITION (LOC 1).

METER AC VOLTAGE AT THE CUSTOMER
OUTLET.

REMOVE THE VOLTAGE TAP PLUG FROM
THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT AC POWER
SUPPLY.

IS CORRECT AC VOLTAGE PRESENT AT ALL
POINTS?

CONTINUITY CHECK THE VOLTAGE TAP
PLUG.

eGS

INFORM CUSTOMER THAT AC POWER
IS NOT AVAILABLE

CONTINUITY GOOD TO ALL POINTS?
YN

PWR 130.. 2

eeg
GGS

REPAIR THE OPEN IN THE VOLTAGE
TAP PLUG.

DANGER
THE AC lINE CORD IS FAllING.

WHEN THE PROBLEM IS CORRECTED
GO TO PAGE 9. STEP 946,
ENTRY POINT F.

PERFORM FE SAFETY CHECK
FOUND ON INSP 15 BEFORE
REMOVING THE AC LINE CORD.

aG6

EXCHANGE LINECORD (FRUI49)
GO TO MAP 9199. ENTRY POINT A.

DANGER

SEE CARR-lCU 14ge.

189 TO 459 V AC IS PRESENT.

REMOVE THE AC INPUT FILTER COVER
FROM THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT AC POWER
SUPPLY (LOC-l).

SEE CARR-TCU 1448.

METER THE AC VOLTAGE AT THE INPUT
FILTERS OF THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT AC
POWER SUPPLY.
(Step ee6 continues)

SEE VOLTAGE TOLERANCE TABLES ON
PWR29.

3
C

TA90 MG EC C13764

MAP 0130-+24 Volt Control Voltage

PWR 130-2

MAP 0130-+24 Volt Control Voltage
AC
1 2

MAP 0130-+24 Volt Control Voltage

+24 V DC CONTROL VOLTAGE

PWR 130-3

912
(ENTRY POINT C)

PAGE

3 OF

RESET CU-PS-91 CBl (LOC 1).

DID CB1 TRIP AGAIN?
YN

919
I

I all

THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT AC POWER
SUPPLY, CU-PS-91, IS FAILING.
EXCHANGE THE AC POWER SUPPLY
FRU144.

GO TO MAP 9199, ENTRY POINT A.
SEE CARR-Teu 1449.

914

911

INSTALL THE VOLTAGE TAP PLUG AT
PROPER LOCATION.
SEE CHART ON RIGHT.----->

PLUG LOCATION
ON CU-PS-9l
(USE 69HZ FOR JAPAN
Teu
INPUT AC
299/298 V AC
2213
V AC

239/249 V AC
389
V AC
499/415 V AC

59HZ

J9
JIG
Jll

Jll AND J13
Jll AND J14
Jl1 AND J1S
J12 AND J14
J12 AND J15

THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT AC POWER
SUPPLY, CU-PS-91, IS FAILING.
EXCHANGE THE AC POWER SUPPLY
FRU144.
GO TO PAGE 9. STEP 946,
ENTRY POINT F.

SEE CARR-TCU 1449.

WHEN THE PROBLEM IS CORRECTED
GO TO PAGE 9, STEP 946,
ENTRY POINT F.

TA90 MG EC C13764

MAP 0130-+24 Volt Control Voltage

PWR 130-3

MAP 0130-+24 Volt Control Voltage

MAP 0130-+24 Volt Control Voltage
+24 V DC CONTROL VOLTAGE

PWR 130-4

918

(EfolTRY POINT E)
PAGE

4 OF

(CBJ ON A 59HZ MACHINE. EXCEPT
JAPAN, IS TRIPPING).

915

RESET CU-PS-Sl CBj.

(ENTRY POINT O)

oro CB3 TRIP AGAIN?
YN

(CB2 ON A 69HZ OR 59HZ JAPAN
MACHINE IS TRIPPING).

I 919

RESET CU-PS-91 CB2.

DID CB2 TRIP AGAIN?
YN

929

THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT AC POWER
SUPPLY, CU-PS-91. IS FAILING.

916
GO TO MAP 9199. ENTRY POINT A.

EXCHANGE THE AC POWER SUPPLY
FRU144.
GO TO PAGE 9. STEP 946.
ENTRY POINT F.

THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT AC POWER
SUPPLY, CU-PS-91, IS FAILING.
EXCHANGE THE AC POWER SUPPLY
FRU144.
GO TO PAGE 9, STEP 946,
ENTRY POINT F.

TA90 MG EC C13764

GO TO HAP 9199, ENTRY POINT A.

SEE CARR-TCU 1449.

MAP 0130-+24 Voll Control Voltage

PWR 130-4

MAP 0130-+24 Volt Control Voltage
+24 V DC CONTROL VOLTAGE

PAGE

5 OF

PWR 130-5

MAP 013G-+24 Volt Control Voltage

PWR 130-5

921

924

(ENTRY POINT lS)

CONNECT THE METER TO P48-2 AND
FRAME GROUNO.

CU-PS-91 FUSE Fl IS BLOWN.

CHECK FOR CONTINUITY FROM
P4B-2 TO FRAME GROUND.

REPLACE CU-PS-91 FUSE Fl.

SEE LOC 1.
DOES THE METER INDICATE CONTINUITY?
YN

OBSERVE THE FI FAILURE LEO (LOC 1).
IS THE Fl FAILURE LEO ON?
YN

925

I 922
I GO TO MAP 0190. ENTRY PO[HT A.

CHECK FOR CONTINUITY FROM
P4B-3 TO FRAME GROUND.

I CONTINUITY?
DOES THE METER INDICATE

923

SET THE LOCAL REMOTE SWITCH TO THE
LOCAL POSITION (LOC 1).
SET THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT POWER
ON/OFF
SWITCH TO THE ON POSITION (LOC 1).
DISCONNECT THE CABLE
CU-PS-91 P4B (LOC-I).
CHECK FOR CONTINUITY FROM
P4B-I TO FRAME GROUND (LOC-I).
DOES THE METER INDICATE CONTINUITY?

MAP 0130--+24 Volt Control Voltage

YN
FUSE Fl BLOWS AFTER BEING REPLACED.

926

CHECK FOR CONTINUITY FROM

I P4B-5 TO FRAME GROUND.

I CONTINUITY?
DOES THE METER INDICATE
'I

927

CHECK FOR CONTINUITY FROM
P48-7 TO FRAME GROUND.
DOES THE METER INDICATE
CONTINUITY?
YN

II
9

TA90 MG EC C13764

77776
F GHJ K

MAP 0130-+24 Volt Control Voltage
+24 V DC CONTROL VOLTAGE

MAP 013G-+24 Voll Control Voltage

PWR 130-6

PAGE

6 OF

928

931

CHECK FOR CONTINUITY FROM
P4B-9 TO FRAME GROUND.

DISCONNECT THE CABLE
cU-Ps-el P3 (LOC-I).

DOES THE METER INDICATE CONTINUITY?
YN

EXCHANGE FUSE Fl.
IS THE Fl FAILURE LED ON?
YN

929

RECONNECT THE CABLE
cU-PS-el P4B.
DISCONNECT THE SYSTEM EPO CABLES
(LOC-l).
SEE CHART ON RIGHT.---->

932
J5 FOR CPU 1.
J6 FOR CPU 2.

. REMOVE CABLE CU-PS-92 P2 FOM THE
DC POWER SUPPLY.
CHECK THE CABLE FOR PIN TO PIN
SHORT CIRCUITS.

J7 FOR CPU 3.
J8 FOR CPU 4.

REPLACE CU-PS-91 FUSE Fl.

WERE ANY SHORT CIRCUITS FOUND IN
THE CABLE?
YN

IS THE F1 FAILURE LED ON?
YN

933

93e

THE DC POWER SUPPLY, cU-Ps-e2,

PROBLEM IS IN THE SYSTEM EPO
CIRCUITRY.

IS FAILING.

EXCHANGE THE DC POWER SUPPLY
FRUI45.
GO TO PAGE 9. STEP 946.
ENTRY POINT F.

CALL THE SYSTEM FE TO ISOLATE
THE PROS LEM.
WHEN THE PROBLEM IS CORRECTED
GO TO PAGE 9, STEP e46,
ENTRY POINT F.

SEE CARR-Teu 1459.

934

REPAIR THE SHORT CIRCUIT IN THE
CABLE.
WHEN THE PROBLEM IS CORRECTED
GO TO PAGE 9, STEP 946,
ENTRY POINT F.

TA90 MG EC C13764

MAP 013G-+24 Voll Control Voltage

PWR 130-6

MAP 0130-+24 Volt Control Voltage
J L N
5 6 6

MAP 0130--+24 Volt Control Voltage
F GH

+24 V DC CONTROL VOLTAGE

555

PAGE

7 OF

935

938

THE AC PuwER SUPPLY, CU-PS-6i,
IS FAILING.

THERE IS A SHORT CIRCUIT TO
GROUND ON THE +24V NET.

EXCHANGE THE AC POWER SUPPLY
FRU144.
GO TO PAGE 9, STEP 946,
ENTRY POINT F.

SEE CARR-TCU 1449.

ISOLATE THE SHORT CIRCUIT ON
THE +24V NET.

II'

THERE IS A SHORT CIRCUIT TO
GROUND ON THE +24V NET.
ISOLATE THE SHORT CIRCUIT ON THE
+24V NET.

939

SEE DETAILED DIAGRAM ON PWR 38.

THERE IS A SHORT CIRCUIT TO
GROUND ON THE +24V NET.
ISOLATE THE SHORT CIRCUIT ON THE
+24V NET.

NET:
, -CU-PS-9I P4B-9 TO
i
-CU-L/R PI-5.
I

937

P4B-J TO
I -CU-PS-91
-CU-L/R Pl-J.

THERE IS A SHORT CIRCUIT TO GROUND
ON THE +24V NET.

949

NET:
-CU-PS-91 P4B-7 TO
-CU-L/R P2-9 TO
-CU-OP P5-6.
OR
-CU-OP P5-4 TO
-CU-PS-91 P4B-8.
OR

SEE DETAILED DIAGRAM ON PWR 3B.

NET:

!
I

ISOLATE THE SHORT CIRCUIT ON THE
+24V NET.

SEE DETAILED DIAGRAM ON PWR 38.

NET:
-CU-PS-91 P4B-5 TO
-CU-L/R Pl-4.

936
I

PWR 130-7

SEE DETAILED DIAGRAM ON PWR 36.

LEAVE THE METER CONNECTED TO P4B-2
AND GROUND.
SET THE UNIT EMERGENCY POWER SWITCH
TO OFF.
"'" ...... Till" UI"'T"'"
UVt:.,) I nt:. I'~ I t:./\

T~I"'T"AT'"

,."lJTTlJIITTV'
.LnU.L""" t:. vvn, ... .,V.L I I •

-CU-l/R Pl-6 TO

-CU-PS-91 P4B-19.

II
8 8
PQ

TA90 MG EC C13764

MAP 0130-+24 Volt Control Voltage

PWR 130-7

MAP 0130-+24 Volt Control Voltage
+24 V DC CONTROL VOLTAGE

MAP 0130-+24 Volt Control Voltage

PWR 130-8

PAGE

8 OF

941

NET:

-UNIT EMERGENCY POWER
SW TAB 2 TO
-CU-CSU P4-12.
OR
-GU-CSU P3-2 TO
-CU-PI PI-l TO
-TU-09/1-P2 PI-l TO
-NEXT TAPE TRANSPORT UNIT, ETC.

942

CHECK PARTICULARLY FOR PHICHED
(Step 942 continues)

SEE DETAILED DIAGRAM ON PWR 36.

ISOLATE THE SHORT CIRCUIT ON THE
+24 V NET.

DOES THE METER INDICATE CONTINUITY?
YN

NET:
-CU-PS-91 P4B-6 TO
-CU-CSU P4-4.
OR
-CU-CSU P3-! TO
-CU GATE THERMAL LOWER TO
-CU-PI Pl-2 TO
-TU-De/l THERMAL SW S2 TO
-TU-De/I-P2 Pl-2 TO
-NEXT TAPE TRANSPORT UNIT, ETC.

D~TWCC~

THERE IS A SHORT CIRCUIT TO
GROUND ON THE +24 V NEr.

SET THE UNIT EMERGENCY POWER SWITCH
TO ml.

ISOLATE THE SHORT CIRCUIT ON THE
+24 V NET.

rABI~~

943

IN THE LAST ATTACHED TAPE TRANSPORT
UNIT, REMOVE THE JUMPER PLUG FROM
TU-DX/X-P2 Pl (LOC-I).

THE METER SHOULD BE INDICATING
CONTINUITY •
(P4B-6 IS THE OTHER END OF THE
SHORTED NET).

SW~?

THtTAPE TRANsPoRT'"uNITS:'-'-"

LEAVE THE METER CONNECTED TO P4B-2
AND GROUND.

CONNECT THE METER TO P4B-6 AND
FRAME GROUND WHILE ISOLATING THE
SHORT CIRCUIT.

(Step 942 continued)

T~~~AI

SEE DETAILED DIAGRAM ON PWR 36.

CHECK PARTICULARLY FOR PINCHED
THERMAL SW S2 CABLES BETWEEN THE
TAPE TRANSPORT UNITS.
944

THERE IS A SHORT CIRCUIT TO GROUNO
ON THE +24 V NET.

SEE DETAILED DIAGRAM ON PWR 36.

ISOLATE THE SHORT CIRCUIT ON THE
+24 V NET.
NET:
-CU-CSU P4-2 TO
-CU-l/R P2-S.
OR
-CU-L/R PI-2 TO
-UNIT EMERGENCY POWER
SW TAB 1 AND
-CU-PS-9I P4B-2.

TA90 MG EC C13764

MAP 0130-+24 Volt Control Voltage

PWR 130-8

MAP 0130-+24 Volt Control Voltage
+24 V DC CONTROL VOLTAGE

D
5

PWR 130-9

MAP 0130-+24 Volt Control Voltage

PWR 130-9

846

(ENTRY POINT F)

PAGE

9 OF

CLEANUP AFTER REPAIR.

SET THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT POWER
ON/OFF SWITCH TO THE OFF POSITION
(LOC 1).

I
945
"P""",,,, .. t!"
Inc.~c

MAP 0130--+24 Volt Control Voltage

•

1.J"

~lll'\nT

.JnUI\1

fllarnt'IITT

\,01 1\ \,0 V 1 I

Tt'\

RECONNECT ANY CABLES RE~OVED FOR
TROUBLESHOOTING.

I'nt'ulun
Ill\VVI'U

ON THE +24 V NET.
ISOLATE THE SHORT CIRCUIT ON THE
+24 V NEi.

NET:
-P4B-l TO
-Cu-csu P4-1.

TA90 MG EC C13764

SEE DETAILED DIAGRAM ON PWR 36.

REMOVE ANY JUMPERS USED FOR
TROUBLESHOOTING.
GO TO MAP 9199. ENTRY POINT A.

MAP 0130-+ 24 Volt Control Voltage

MAP 0130- + 24 Volt Control Voltage

Notes

TA90 MG EC C04824

MAP 0130- + 24 Volt Control Voltage

Notes

MAP 0150 - Convenience Outlet

PWR 150-1

CONVENIENCE OUTLET

I
PAGE

1 OF

FROM

002
OBSERVE CU-PS-01 CB2 (LaC 1).

EXIT POINTS

ENTRY POINTS

i ENTER THIS MAP

EXIT THIS MAP

I TO

-------+----------------------

---------------+-------------PAGE
STEP I MAP
ENTRY

-------+----------------------

---------------+-------------A

MAP
NUMBER
0000
0100

I ENTRY
PAGE
STEP
POINT NUMBER NUMBER
I

0151

A
A

1
1

001
001

044

NUMBER NUMBER

NUMBER POINT

030

0100

1
2
2

005

(3190

011

e190
9190

017

A
A
A

50 HZ MACHINE (EXCEPT JAPAN)

IS CU-PS-01 CB2 TRIPPED?
YN

003
MEASURE THE VOLTAGE AT THE
CONVENIENCE OUTLET.
50 HZ MACHINE (EXCEPT JAPAN)
WAS APPROXIMATELY 220/240 VAC
MEASURED AT THE OUTLET?
YN

001
(ENTRY POINT A)

IMPORTANT!

READ NOTE!

NOTE: 50-HZ MACHINES IN JAPAN USE
THE SAME POWER SUPPLIES AS 60-HZ
MACHINES. TAKE THE YES lEG BELOW.

MAP DESCRIPTION: THIS MAP IS USED
TO ISOLATE FAILURES IN THE
CONVENIENCE OUTLEi CIRCUIT.

EXCHANGE FRU144
GO TO PAGE 5, STEP 044,
ENTRY POINT B.

START CONDITIONS: THE TAPE CONTROL
UNIT POWERS ON OK.
FRUS DIAGNOSED:
- AC PQWER SUPPLY, CU-PS-01
- AC POWER SUPPLY
VOLTAGE PLUG, P12.
ADDITIONAL SERVICE AiDS:
- TAPE CONTROL UNIT AC POWER
DISTRIBUTION DIAGRAM
ON PWR 32.
- +24 V CONTROL VOLTAGE DIAGRAM
ON PWR 40.

IS THIS A 50-HZ TAPE CONTROL UNIT?
YN

004

TAPE CONTROL UN!T AC POWER
I THE
SUPPLY, CU-PS-01. IS FAILING.
SEE CARR-Teu 14'0.

I 005

I THE CONVENIENCE OUTLET IS OK.

I GO TO MAP 6190, ENTRY POINT A.
!

006

IS ANYTHING PLUGGED INTO THE
OUTLET?
YN
CONVENI~NCE

I e07
RESET CB2
DID CB2 RESET WITHOUT TRIPPING
AGAIN?
YN

II
3

TA90 MG EC C04824

III
222
C0 E

MAP 0150 - Convenience Outlet

PWR 150-1

MAP 0150 - Convenience Outlet
C0 E

MAP 0150-Convenience Outlet

PWR 150-2

CONVENIENCE OUTLET

111
PAGE

2 OF

aea

013
THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT AC POWER
SUPPLY, CU-PS-01. IS FAILING.

THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT AC POWER
SUPPLY, CU-PS·01, IS FAILING.
EXCHANGE FRU144
GO TO PAGE 5, STEP 044,
ENTRY PO IrH B.

SEE CARR-TCU 1440.

SEE CARR-TCU 1449.

014
MEASURE THE VOLTAGE AT THE
CONVENIENCE OUTLET.

0ag

MEASURE THE VOLTAGE AT THE
CONVENIENCE OUTLET.
WAS APPROXIMATELY 220{240 VAC
MEASURED AT THE OUTLET?

EXCHANGE FRUl44.
GO TO PAGE 5. STEP 044.
ENTRY POINT B.
-

50 HZ MACHINE (EXCEPT JAPAN)

I __ _

WAS APPROXIMATELY 220/240 VAC
MEASURED AT THE OUTLET?
YN
I

58-HZ MACHINE (EXCEPT JAPAN)

015

~~~ TAPE CONTROL UNIT AC POWER

THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT AC POWER
SUPPLY, CU-PS·01, IS FArlING.

SUPPLY, CU-PS-01, IS FAILING.

EXCHANGE FRUl44.
GO TO PAGE 5, STE? 044,
ENTRY POINT B.
011

RESETTING CB2 RESOLVED THE
PROBLEM.
GO TO MAP 0190. ENTRY POINT A.

EXCHANGE FRU144.
GO TO PAGE 5, STE? 044,
ENTRY POINT B.

SEE CARR-TCU 1440.

916
THE DEVICE(S) THAT WERE PLUGGED
INTO THE OUTLET MAY HAVE BEEN THE
CAUSE OF THE OVERLOAD CONDITION.

R~~OVE

PLUG THE DEVICE(S) PREVIOUSLY
CONNECTED BACK INTO THE OUTLET.

RESET C82.

DID CS2 TRIP AGAIN?
YN

012

ALL PLUGS CONNECTED TO THE
OUTLETS.

SEE CARR-TCU 1440.

017
RESETTING CB2 RESOLVED THE
PROBLE.l.!
GO TO MAP 0190, ENTRY POINT A.

DID CB2 RESET WITHOUT TRIPPING
AGAIN?
YN

TA90 MG EC C04824

MAP 0150 - Convenience Outlet

PWR 150-2

MAP 0150 - Convenience Outlet

(Step 021 continued)

CONVENIENCE OUTLET

AH
12

DID THE OUTPUT OF THE CONVENIENCE
OUTLET EQUAL THE DESIRED VOLTAGE?
(APPROXIMATELY)
YN

PAGE

3 OF

I ~~~ OVERLOAD CONDITION IS BEING

022
SET CU-PS-01 CBl TO THE OFF
POSITION (LOC 1).

I OUTLET.
GO TO PAGE 5, STEP 844.
ENTRY POINT B.

REMOVE THE VOLTAGE TAP PLUG FROM
THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT AC POwER
SUPPLY (PSI).
SEE CHART AT RIGHT.---->

019
60 HZ OR 50HZ JAPAN MACHINES
OBSERVE CU-PS-01 CB3 (LOC 1).

CONTINUITY CHECK THE VOLTAGE TAP
PLUG.

IS CU-PS-Ol CB3 TRIPPED?
YN

CONTINUITY GOOD?
YN

! CAUSED BY ONE OF THE DEVICES THAT
I WAS PLUGGED INTO THE CONVENIENCE
I

I A020VOLTAGE TAP PLUG MUST BE USED
TO SELECT THE PROPER CONVENIENCE
OUTLET VOLTAGE.
SEE CHART AT RIGHT.---->

AC OUTPUT * PLUG LOCATION
100 VAC
PSl-J12
129 VAC
PSl-J13

AC OUTPUT * PLUG LOCATION
loe VAC
PSI-JI2
120 VAC
PSI-J13

I 023
THE OPEN ON THE PLUG.
I GOREPAIR
TO PAGE 5. STEP 044.
! ENTRY POINT B.

024

THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT AC POWER
I SUPPLY. CU-PS-01. IS FAILING.

IS THE VOLTAGE TAP PLUG INSTALLED
AND IN THE PROPER POSITION?
YN

! EXCHANGE FRU144

I 021

SEE CARR-TCU 1440.

I GO TO PAGE 5, STEP 044,

I SET CU-PS-01 CBI TO THE OFF

I ENTRY POINT B.

POSITION (LOC 1).

INSTALL THE VOLTAGE TAP PLUG ON
THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT AC POWER
SUPPLY (PSI).
SEE CHART AT RIGHT.---->

PWR 150-3

025

AC OUTPUT * PLUG LOCATION
100 VAC
PSI-JI2
120 VAC
PSI-J13

PLUGGING THE VOLTAGE TAP PLUG FIXED
THE PROBLEM.
GO TO PAGE 5. STEP 044.
ENTRY POINT B.

SET CIRCUiT BREAKER CU-PS-Ol
CB1 TO THE ON POSITION (LOC 1)

jMEASURE THE VOLTAGE AT THE
t ' C01ftEffIE~E OUTLET.

I I (Step 021 continues)

Ij
I!
44
J K

TA90 MG EC C04824

MAP 0150 - Convenience Outlet

PWR 150-3

MAP 0150 - Convenience Outlet
3

PAGE

4 OF

MAP 0150 - Convenience Outlet

PWR 150-4

5
030

026

THE CONVENIENCE OUTLET IS OK.
GO TO MAP 0100. ENTRY POINT A.

MEASURE THE VOLTAGE AT THE
CONVENIENCE OUTLET.

031

DID THE OUTPUT OF THE CONVENIENCE
OUTLET EQUAL THE DESIRED VOLTAGE?
(APPROXIMATELY)
YN

IS ANYTHING PLUGGED INTO THE
CONVENIENCE OUTLET?
YN

027

932

RESET CB3

SET CU-PS-01 CS1 TO THE OFF
POSITION (LOC 1).
REMOVE THE VOLTAGE TAP PLUG FROM
THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT AC POWER
SUPPLY (PSI).
SEE CHART AT RIGHT.---->

DID CB3 RESET WITHOUT TRIPPING
AGAIN?
YN
At OUTPUT W PLUG LOCATION
100 VAC
PSl-J12
120 VAC
PS1-J13

£)33
THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT AC POWER
SUPPLY. CU-PS-01, IS FAILING.

CONTINUITY CHECK THE VOLTAGE TAP
PLUG.

CONTINUITY GOOD?
YN

EXCHANGE FRU144
GO TO PAGE 5. STEP 044,
ENTRY POINT B.

I 628
REPAIR THE

034
MEASURE THE VOLTAGE AT. THE
CONVENIENCE OUTLET.

WAS APPROXIMATELY 120 VAC
MEASURED AT THE OUTLET?
YN

O?~N ON THE PLUG.
WHEN
THE
PROBLEM
II GO TO THE CLEANuP ISMAP.CORRECTED,
I GO TO PAGE 5. STEP 044,
ENTRY POINT B.

SEE CARR-TCU 1440.

Q35
THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT AC POWER
SUPPLY, CU-PS-Ql, IS FAILING.

029
THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT AC POWER
SUPPLY, CU-PS-01. IS FAILING.
EXCHANGE FRU144
GO TO PAGE 5, STEP 044,
ENTRY POINT B.

PWR 150-4

J L
3

CONVENIENCE OUTLET

MAP 0150 - Convenience Outlet

EXCHANGE FRU144
GO TO PAGE 5, STEP 044,
ENTRY POINT B.

SEE CARR-TCU 1440.

55
L

TA90 MG EC C04824

(

MAP 0150 - Convenience Outlet
MN
44

CONVENIENCE OUTLET

PAGE

5 OF

MAP 0150 - Convenience Outlet
p

I
I
(;)41

936

RESETTING CB3 RESOLVED THE
I PROBLEM
GO TO STEP 844.
ENTRY POINT B.

937

REMOVE ALL PLUGS CONNECTED TO THE
OUTLETS.

THE DEVICE(S) THAT WERE PLUGGED
INTO THE OUTLET MAY HAVE BEEN THE
CAUSE OF THE OVERLOAD CONDITION.

(;)44
(ENTRY POINT B)
CONVENIENCE OUTLET PROBLEM
RESOLVED.

PLUG THE DEVICE(S) PREVIOUSLY
CONNECTED BACK INTO THE OUTLET.

REPLACE ALL COVERS REMOVED

DID CB3 TRIP AGAIN?

PERFORM END OF CALL DUTIES.

RESET CB3.

842
RESETTING CB3 RESOLVED THE
PROBLEM
GO TO STEP 944.
ENTRY POINT B.

DID CB3 RESET WITHOUT TRIPPING
AGAIN?

038
THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT AC POWER
SUPPLY. CU-PS-01. IS FAILING.
EXCHANGE FRUl44
GO TO STEP 044.
I ENTRY POINT B.

PWR 150-5

843

SEE CARR-TCU 1448.

THE OVERLOAD CONDITION IS BEING
CAUSED BY ONE OF THE DEVICES THAT
WAS PLUGGED INTO THE CONVENIENCE
OUTLET.
GO TO STEP 044.
ENTRY POINT B.

039

MEASURE THE VOLTAGE AT THE
CONVENIENCE OUTLET.
WAS APPROXIMATELY 120 VAC MEASURED
AT THE OUTLET?
YN

I 040
THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT AC POWER
SUPPLY. CU-PS-Ol. IS FAILING.
EXCHANGE FRU144
GO TO STEP 944.
E'ItTRY fIOINT B.

SEE CARR-TCU 1440.

TA90 MG EC C04824

MAP 0150 - Convenience Outlet

PWR 150-5

MAP 0190 - Power Restart
POWER RESTART

PAGE

PWR 190-1

EXIT POINTS

I ENTER THIS MAP

I ENTRY
PAGE
STEP
POINT NUMBER NUMBER

.. ~.~-+-~--------------------

alaa
a129
a480

MAP 0190 - Power Restart

1 OF

-------+----------------------

MAP
NUMBER

PWR 190-1

ABC

ENTRY POINTS
FROM

MAP 0190 - Power Restart

I AA

eel
eel

etH

EXIT THIS MAP

I TO

I
---------------f-------------I

---------------f--------------

PAGE
STEP
NUMBER NUMBER
1
1
1

aa6
eel
ea4

MAP
ENTRY
tlUMBER POINT
9lea
910e
94ea

OBSERVE THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT
DC POWER ON LEO.
IS THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT DC
POWER ON LEO ON?

A
A
A

9a4
CHECK TAPE CONTROL UNIT DC
POWER.
GO TO MAP 94ae,
ENTRY POINT A.

881

(ENTRY POINT A)
SET THE LOCAL-REMOTE SWITCH TO THE
LOCAL POSITION.
SET THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT POWER
ON/OFF SWITCH TO THE ON POSITION.
PRESS AND HOLD THE LOCAL POWER
ENABLE SWITCH.
IS THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT POWER ON
LEO OFF?
VN

SEE LOC-l

995
THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT POWER
SEEMS TO BE GOO~.
GO TO THE CE/HSC SECTION OF THE
MG AND RUN GMP

ee6
LOCAL HOLD PROBLEM.
GO TO MAP 9lae. ENTRY POINT A.
eal
LOCAL PICK PROBLEM.
GO TO MAP 9lae, ENTRY POINT A.

002

RELEASE THE LOCAL POWER ENABLE
SWITCH.
OBSERVE THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT
POWER ON LEO.
IS THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT POWER ON
LED OFF?
YN

ABC

TA90 MG EC C13764

MAP 0200-Drlve DC Power (Single Drive)

MAP 0200-Drive DC Power (Single Drive)
(Step e91 continued)

SINGLE DRIVE POWER ANALYSIS

PAGE

1 OF

ARE YOU HERE BECAUSE THE DRIVE WILL
NOT POWER DOWN WHEN THE DRIVE POWER
OFF SWITCH IS SET TO OFF?
YN

ae2

ENTRY POINTS

I ENTER THIS MAP

-------+----------------------

IF YOU HAVE NOT ALREADY DONE SO:
PLUG THE DC POWER TEST TOOL INTO
THE FAILING DRIVE TEST JACK (J8
IF PROBLEM IS ON DRIVE a, OR J9 IF
PROBLEM IS ON DRIVE I).

9lee

eel

e291
9292
e2e3

B
C

2
4

816
e32
e33

IGNORE THE STATUS OF LED 2 WHEN
ANSWERING QUESTIONS ABOUT LEOS
THROUGHOUT THIS MAP.

FROM

-------+----------------------

MAP
NUMBER

PWR 200-1

I ENTRY
PAGE
STEP
POINT NUMBER NUMBER

eel
(ENTRY POINT A)
THE PROBLEM HAS BEEN ISOLATED TO A
SINGLE DRIVE FAILURE. EITHER THE
DRIVE WILL NOT POWER DOWN WITH THE
DRIVE POWER SWITCH SET TO OFF, OR
ONE OR MORE VOLTAGES ARE MISSING AS
VERIFIED BY METERING AT THE POWER
SUPPLY TEST TOOL JACK.

ARE ANY LEOS ON?
Y
N
I

I ae3

ASSISTANCE MAY BE REQUIRED TO
PERFORM SOt<£: OF THE PROCEDURES
FOUND IN THIS MAP.

SET THE DRIVE POWER SWITCH ON
THE FAILING DRIVE TO OFF.
CONTINUITY CHECK FUSE 11 (DRIVE
a) OR FUSE 12 (DRIVE.I).

(Step eel continues)

+5 V CONTROL VOLTAGE

SEE CARR-DR 1-1.

ae4

I I EXCHANGE THE FUSE; SET THE

I DRIVE POWER SWITCH TO ON.
NOTE: IF FUSE CONTINUES
TO BLOW, GO TO PWR 39.
GO TO PAGE 4, STEP 932.
ENTRY POINT C.

ANALYSIS PROCEDURE
ONLIN£{OFFt!NESWITCl-t TO OFFl. INE.

NO LEOS ON.
MISSING.

' I DOES THE FUSE CHECK O.K.?
I1 II Y N

DANGER
LETHAL VOLTAGES ARE PRESENT IN THE
POWER SERVICE AREA. SAFETY IS MOST
IMPORTANT. TREAT ALL CIRCUITS AS
LIVE UNTIL MEASURED.
BECAUSE THIS FAILURE HAS BEEN
IDENTIFIED AS A SINGLE DRIVE
PROBLEM (THE OTHER DRIVE IN THE
TAPE TRANSPORT UNIT IS OPERATIONAL),
NO ANALYSIS OF AC INPUT VOLTAGES
WILL BE MADE.

ON THE FAILING ORIVE,SET THE

SEE PWR 12 FOR INFORMATION ABOUT
THE DC POWER TEST TOOL.

SEE LOC 1.
j

I
•

522

ABC

TA90 MG EC C13764

MAP 0200-Drlve DC Power (Single Drive)

PWR 200-1

MAP 0200-Drive DC Power (Single Drive)
BC

PWR 2ae

MAP 0200-Drlve DC Power (Single Drive)

PWR 200-2

1 1

PAGE

2 OF

e95

EXCHANGE THE DC POWER SUPPLY
(FRU995).
GO TO PAGE 4, STEP 932,
ENTRY POINT C.

SEE CARR-DR 1-1.

DISREGARD STATUS OF LED 2.
ARE ALL LEOS ON?
YN

914

e97

I ~~8,~" ~ ~.. ~
J.';'

,-r;.u

VI';'

CHECKING FOR +5 VOLTS.

CHECKING FOR +8.5 VOliS.

ea9
GO TO STEP 916,
ENTRY POINT B.
alB
IS LED 7 ON?
YN
911

CHECKING FOR +5 VOLTS.

DID YOU OBSERVE ANY LEOS OFF
OTHER THAN LED 2?

I~~~HANGE

THE pOWER AMP BOARD
(FRUBS9).
GO TO PAGE 4, STEP 932,
ENTRY POINT C.

916
(ENTRY POINT B)
REFER TO TABLE ONE AND CHECK OR
EXCHANGE THE FUSE, OR RE"SET THE CB
IN THE FAILING CIRCUIT. PRESS
THE BLUE RESET BUTTON.

(THE LEOS ON THE DC TEST TOOL ARE
NUMBERED LEFT TO RIGHT.)

GO TO STEP 916,
ENTRY POINT B.

VOLTAGE DETECTOR CIRCUIT FAILURE.

LED
1
3
4

5
6
7

912
REQUEST YOUR NEXT LEVEL OF
SUPPORT.
ARE ALL LEOS ON?
YN

3 3 3

F GH

TA90 MG EC C13764

SEE LOC 1.

WAS LED B THE ONLY LED THAT WAS ON?
YN

aa6

IS LED 8 THE ONLY LED ON?
YN

e13
PRESS AND HOLD THE BLUE
RESET BUTTON AND OBSERVE
THE DC TEST TOOL.
RELEASE THE BLUE RESET BUTTON.

TABLE 1
VOLTS FUSE
CB
+24
1,2
+15
3,4
5,6
-15
+8.5
7,8
-5
9.19
+5
13,14 OR 1.2
+5
11,12

NOTES:
1) IGNORE LEO 2.
2) F13 AND F14 USED ON POWER SUPPLY
PART NUMBERS 6177166 OR 6177167.

MAP 0200-Drive DC Power (Single Drive)

PWR 200-2

MAP 0200-Driv8 DC Power (Single Drive)

MAP 0200-Drive DC Power (Single Drive)
F

PWR 2ea

GH
2 2

PAGE

3 OF

5
823
IF DRIVE 8 IS THE FAILING DRIVE,
OI5cm·nlECT J5 AND J6 FROM THE POWER
SUPPLY. JUMPER J5-11 TO J5-7. IF
DRIVE 1 IS THE FAILING DRIVE,
DISCONNECT JI AND J2. JUMPER J1-11
to Jl-7.

917
IS THE FUSE BLOWN OR CB TRIPPED
I

PWR 200-3

AGAIN?
YN
918
GO TO PAGE 5, STEP 933,
ENTRY POINT D.

IS LED 8 THE ONLY LED ON?
YN

919

924

GO TO PWR 30.

PROBLEM MAY BE IN THE
--PICK" LINE.

929

FORCING POWER ON WITH JUMPER WAS
SUCCESSFUL.

REMOVE THE JUMPER FROM PS JI OR
J5.

ATTEMPT SEVERAL LOAD/UNLOAD
CARTRIDGE OPERATIONS.
oro A FUSE BLOW DURING THE
LOAD/UNLOAD OPERATION?
YN

CONTINUITY CHECK THE
--PICK" LINE.
DRe PS91-J5-11 TO TU09.PAJ8-7.
DRl PSal-JI-1I TO TUOI PAJ8-7.

II 921
NOTE: FOR INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS.
REFER TO PWR 39 FRU - LIST FOR- -.

1 GO

SEE LOC 1.

! CONTINUITY OKAY?
~

I POSSIBLE CAUSES.

TO PAGE 4, STEP 932,

I ENTRY POINT C.
I

925

REPAIR OPEN IN "-PICK" LINE.

e22

EXCHANGE THE POWER AMP BOARD

SEE LOC 1.
FORCE POWER ON USING A JUMPER.

SEE CARR-DR 1-1.

(FRU9S9) •

USE THE FOLLOWING REFERENCE
DRAWINGS:
YFlea, ZZ2e OR ZZ22B, AND PA aea/eel

RECONNECT ALL CABLES
DISCONNECTED
WHILE TROUBLESHOOTING.
GO TO PAGE 4, STEP 1332,
ENTRY POINT C.

GO TO PAGE 4; STEP 932,
ENTRY POINT C.

II
5 4
J K

TA90 MG EC C13764

MAP 0200-Drlve DC Power (Single Drive)

PWR 200-3

MAP 0200-Drive DC Power (Single Drive)

PAGE

PWR 200-4

MAP 0200-Drlve DC Power (Single Drive)

PWR 200-4

L H

P\IIR 2ee

K
3

MAP 0200-Drive DC Power (Single Drive)

4 OF

5
829

626

EXCHANGE THE POWER AMPLIFIER BOARD
(FRU9S9). SET THE DRIVE POWER
SWITCH TO ON.

SEE CARR-OR 1-1.

ARE ALL LEOS ON?
'( N
927

PREPARE TO REMOVE THE OPERATIONAL
DRIVE FROM SERVICE.
HAVE THE CUSTOMER VARY THE DRIVE
OFFLINE. SET THE DRIVE
ONLINE/OFFLINE SWITCH TO OFFLINE.
SET THE TAPE TRANSPORT UNIT AC
POWER Co TO OFF.

CONTINUITY CHECK THE FOLLOWING
CABLES:
ADDRESS SWITCH CABLE TO J4
(FRU196)
DC POWER DISTRIBUTION CABLE
(FRU9a9)
DC DISTRIBUTION (FRU979)
TACHOMETER SENSOR (FRU9al)
POWER AMPLIFIER J2 (FRU949).
REPAIR ANY OPENS FOUND IN THE
CABLES.

SEE LOC 1.

WERE ANY OPENS FOUND IN THE
CABLES?

a3e

USING AN OHMMETER, VERIFY THE
PROPER OPERATION OF THE DRIVE
POWER SWITCH (FRU194).

REQUEST YOUR NEXT LEVEL OF
SUPPORT.
931

DOES THE DRIVE POWER SWITCH
(FRU194) FUNCTION PROPERLY?

STEP
I ENTRYTO POINT
C.
GO

YN
I

a2a
EXCHANGE THE DRIVE POWER SWITCH
(FRUI94).
GO TO STEP e32.
ENTRY POINT C.

932,

e32

SEE CARR-DR 1-1.

(ENTRY POINT C)
SET THE DRIVE ONLINE/OFFLINE SWITCH
TO ONLINE.
REFER TO THE CE/HSC SECTION OF THE
HG AND RUN GH'.

TA90 MG EC C13764

MAP 0200-Drive DC Power (Single Drive)

PWR 2ee

PWR 200-5

A
1

23
PAGE

MAP 0200-Dr!ve DC Power (Single Drive)

5 OF

933
(ENTRY POINT D)
I
PREPARE TO REMOVE THE OPE~~T!ONAL
DRIVE FROM SERVICE.

837

SEE LOC 1.
HAVE THE CUSTOMER VARY THE DRIVE
OFFLINE. SET THE DRIVE
ONLINE/OFFLINE SWITCH TO OFFLINE.
SET THE TAPE TRANSPORT UNIT AC
POWER CB TO OFF.

EXCHANGE THE FOLLOWING FRU'S:
POWER AMPLIFIER BOARD (FRU959)
DRIVE POWER SWITCH (FRU194) .
DC POWER DISTRIBUTION CABLE (FRU979)
DC POWER DISTRIBUTION CABLE (FRU989).

SEE CARR-DR 1-1.

DOES THE DRIVE POWER OFF NOW?
YN
aJ8

1 EXCHANGE
\ FRU995).
I

THE DC POWER SUPPLY

SEE CARR-DR 1-1.

REQUEST YOUR NEXT LEVEL OF
SUPPORT.

!
I
~
I ARE ALL LEOS ON?

I
939

I 934
REQUEST YOUR NEXT LEVEL OF

GO TO PAGE 4, STEP 932,
ENTRY POINT C.

I YN

SUPPORT.

! 1335
I GO TO PAGE 4, STEP 1332,
I

1 ENTRY POINT C.

1336
NOTE: IF YOU HAVE MADE NO REPAIRS
PERFORM THE POWER SUPPLY RIPPLE
CHECK FOUND ON PWR 213.
SET THE DRIVE ONLINE/OFFLINE SWITCH
TO ONLINE.
REFER TO THE CE/HSC SECTION OF THE
MG AND RUN GIi'.
NOTE: FOR INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS,

REFER TO PWR 39 FRO LIST FOR
POSSIBLE CAUSES.

TA90 MG EC C13764

MAP 0200-Drlve DC Power (Single Drive)

PWR 200-5

MAP 0210 - Drive DC Power (Same Symptom Both Drives)
2-DRIVE POWER ANALYSIS PROCEDURE

PAGE

I OF

------------

----~~

I ENTER THIS ~lAP

992
EXCHANGE THE DC POWER SUPPLY
(FRUe95).

--~

-------+----------------------

MAP

NU~BER

I ENTRY
PAGE
STEP
POINT NUMBER NUMBER

00ee
alee

D
A

2
1

ee3

e26

ela

IS THE AC POWER CB TRIPPED? (SEE
LOC 1).
YN

e01

eOl
(ENTRY POINT A)
A POWER PROBLEM HAS BEEN IDENTIFIED
AFFECTING BOTH DRIVES WITHIN THE
TAPE TRANSPORT UNIT.

SEE LOC 1.

DANGER
LETHAL VOLTAGES ARE PRESENT IN THE
POWER SERVICE AREA. SAFETY IS MOST
IMPORTANT. TREAT ALL CIRCUITS AS
LIVE UNTIL MEASURED.

SEE LOC 1.

TOLERANCES ARE FOUND ON PWR 29.

9as
SET THE AC POWER CB ·TO OFF.
DISCONNECT PII FROM THE DC
POWER SUPPLY.

PLUG THE DC TEST TOOL INTO J8
(DRIVE e) AND FOLLOW THIS
PROCEDURE:

ARE ALL THE LEOS OFF?

994
MEASURE THE VOLTAGE BETWEEN PS
P16-I AND P16-3. IT SHOULD
MEASURE BETWEEN 189 AND 259 VOLTS
AC.
DID VOLTAGES MEASURE OK?

ANALYSIS PROCEDURE

SET THE DRIVE ONLntE/oFFLINE SWITCH
TO OFFLINE.

SEE CARR-OR 1-1.

GO TO PAGE 4, STEP 026,
ENTRY POINT C.

-------+---------------------9090

PWR 210-1

ENTRY POINTS
FROM

MAP 0210- Drive DC Power (Same Symptom Both Drives)

SET THE AC PO\~R CB TO ON.
SEE LOC 1.

MEASURE THE AC VOLTAGE BETWEEN
Pll-1 AND Pll-3.
IS 18a TO 259 VAC MEASURED AT
Pl1?

YN
ae6
INPUT AC POWER .MAY BE MISSING.
IS THE PRECEEDING UNIT
ANOTHER TAPE TRANSPORT UNIT?

TA90 MG EC C13764

33322
C0 E F G

MAP 0210- Drive DC Power (Same Symptom Both Drives)

PWR 210-1

MAP 0210 - Drive DC Power (Same Symptom Both Drives)
FG

MAP 0210- Drive DC Power (Same Symptom Both Drives)

PWR 210-2

(Step Ble continued)

PWR2Hl

1 1

PAGE

2 OF

8tH

GO TO STEP 819,

I '"
I

EIUTRV onTIUT

Jl-I TO Jl-6
JI-2 TO Jl-7
Jl-3 TO Jl-S

Jl-l TO Jl-2
Jl-1 TO Jl-3
Jl-2 TO Jl-3

911

SET THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT
SUPPLYING AC POWER TO THIS STRING
OF DRIVES TO OFFLINE/TEST.
SET THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT POWER
SWITCH TO OFF.
CONTINUITY CHECK THE INPUT AC
CABLE. EXCHANGE FRU97S IF OPEN.

YN
eeg
POWER MAY BE MISSING IN
PRECEEDING TAPE TRANSPORT UNIT.
RESTART THIS MAP IN PRECEEDING
UNIT .
I

Elle

(ENTRY POINT D)
VERIFY THAT ALL DRIVES THAT ARE
ATTACHED, AND RECEIVE POWER FROM
THIS TAPE CONTROL UNIT ARE
DISMOUNTED.

REFER TO YFS69 FOR 69 HZ
AND sa HZ JAPAN MACHINES.
REFER TO YFeS8 FOR ALL
OTHER 59 HZ MACHINES.
SEE CARR-DR 1-1

IF NO PROBLEM IS FOUND WITH THE
CABLE THE PROBLEM IS MOST LIKELY
LOCATED IN A PRIOR TAPE TRANSPORT
I UNIT IN THE STRING OR IN THE TAPE
! CONTROL UNIT.

SET THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT SUPPLYING
AC POWER TO THIS STRING OF DRIVES
TO OFFLINE TEST.

I
I

'I·

SET THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT POWER
SWITCH TO OFF.
CABLE FROM AC CONNECTOR Jl.

SET THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT POWER
SWITCH TO ON.

66 HZ OR S9HZ
JAPAN

DO ALL VOLTAGES MEASURE OK?

f'I

,<v~'''.,.

888
IS THE PUMP MOTOR OR BLOWER MOTOR
RUNNING IN THE PRECEEDING TAPE
TRANSPORT UNIT?

RE~IDVE

S6 HZ EXCEPT
JAPAN

AFTER LOCATING AND CORRECTING THE
PROBLEM IN THE AC DISTRIBUTION
NET, SET THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT
POWER ON SWITCH TO ON.
GO TO PAGE 4, STEP 626,
ENTRY POINT C.

SEE LOC 1.

MEASURE THE VOLTAGES AT TAPE
TRANSPORT UNIT AC CONNECTOR J1.
THEY SHOULD MEASURE BETWEEN 188 AND
2J9 VOLTS At.

(Step ale continues)

TA90 MG EC C13764

3
H

MAP 0210- Drive DC Power (Same Symptom Both Drives)

PWR 210-2

MAP 0210-Drive DC Power (Same Symptom Both Drives)
DE H

PWR 210

PAGE

3 OF

e12
PR08LEM IS WITH calOR THE
CABLE FROM
C81 TO PS PII.
SET THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT POWER
SWITCH TO OFF.
EXCHANGE FRU218.
GO TO PAGE 4, STEP 826,
ENTRY POINT C.

913

EXCHANGE THE DC POWER SUPPLY
(FRU095).
GO TO PAGE 4, STEP 826,
ENTRY POINT C.
014
PROBLEM MAY BE DUE TO OPEN OR
MISSING.
JUMPER PLUG ON J12.J13 OR J14.
IS A JUMPER PLUG INSTALLED ON
J12,J13 OR J14?

PWR 210-3

1 1 2

MAP 0210- Drive DC Power (Same Symptom Both Drives)

915
INSTALL JUMPER AT PROPER
LOCATION.
INSTALL FRU095, REFER TO
CARR-DR 1.
GO TO PAGE 4, STEP 026,
ENTRY POHIT C.

916
CONTINUITY CHECK THE JUMPER.
CONTINUITY OF THE JUMPER OK?
YN

818
EXCHANGE THE DC Po\iER SUPPLY
(FRU895).
GO TO PAGE 4, STEP 825,
ENTRY POINT C.
1319

RESET THE CB.
DOES THE CB TRIP AGAIN?
YN
a20
RESETTING THE AC CB HAS CLEARED
THE ORIGINAL PROBLEM.
FOR nHER~HTTENT AC CB TRIPP!NG

SUSPECT:
AC CB (FRU218)
POWER SUPPLY (FRU095)
BLOWER ASSEMBLY (FRU029)
PUMP MOTOR (FRU030)
GO TO PAGE 4, STEP 026,
ENTRY POINT C.
921
THE AC POWER CB TRIPS AFTER BEING
RESET.
DISCONNECT PI5 FROM THE DC POWER
SUPPLY.

SEE LOC 1.

RESET THE AC POWER CB.
DOES THE AC POWER CB STILL TRIP?
YN

917
REPAIR JUMPER
GO TO PAGE 4, STEP 926,
ENTRY POINT C.

TA90 MG EC C13764

4 4
KL

MAP 0210- Drive DC Power (Same Symptom Both Drives)

PWR 210-3

MAP 0210 - Drive DC Power (Same Symptom Both Drives)
KL

PWR 219

PWR 210-4

926

(ENTRY POINT C)
IF NOT ALREADY ON. SET THE AC POWER
CB TO ON.

3 3

PAGE

MAP 0210- Drive DC Power (Same Symptom Both Drives)

4 OF

SET THE THE DRIVE POWER ON SWITCHES
TO ON.

922

REPLACE BLOWER ASSEMBLY (FRU020).
GO TO STEP 926,

IF NECESSARY, PLUG THE DC POWER
TEST TOOL INTO THE TEST JACK (J8 ON
DRIVE e OR J9 ON DRIVE 1).
OBSERVE THE LEOS ON THE DC TEST
TOOL.
IGNORE LEO 2 WHEN RESPONDING TO
QUESTIONS.
ARE ALL THE LEOS ON?
YN

I ........ v.··· r-I

~iliTDY

PnilliT

923

REcomlECT PIS TO THE DC POWER
SUPPLY.
DISCONNECT P4 FROM THE DC POWER
SUPPLY.

927
REQUEST YOUR NEXT LEVEL OF
SUPPORT.

RESET THE AC POWER CB.

DOES THE AC POWER CB STILL TRIP?
YN

928

SET THE DRIVE ONLINE/OFFLINE SWITCH
TO ONLINE.

924

EXCHANGE THE PUMP MOTOR (FRU930).
SEE CARR-DR 1-1.
GO TO STEP 926,
ENTRY POINT C.

REFER TO THE CE/HSC SECTION OF
THE MG AND RUN GMP.

025
EXCHANGE THE DC POWER SUPPLY
(FRU09S) •
GO TO STEP 926,
ENTRY POINT C.

TA90 MG EC C13764

MAP 0210- Drive DC Power (Same Symptom Both Drives)

PWR 210-4

MAP 0210 - Drive DC Power (Same Symptom Both Drives)

PWR 210-5

(Step 938 continues)

PWR 210

PAGE 5 OF 7

834
rr4PUT AC PO'rlER MAY BE MISSING.
IS THE PRECEDING UNIT ANOTHER TAPE TRANSPORT UIIT?
Y N
835

I Go to Step 838. Entry Poi nt D,
836
IS THE PUMP MOTOR OR BLOWER MOTOR
RUNNING IN THE PRECEDING TAPE TRANSPORT UNIT?
Y N
837
POWER MAY BE MISSING IN PRECEDING TAPE
TRANSPORT UNIT.
RESTART THIS MAP IN PRECEDING UNIT.

838
(Entry Poi nt D)
VERIFY THAT ALL DRIVES THAT ARE ATTACHED,
AND RECEtVE POWER FROM THIS TAPE CONTROL
UNIT ARE DISMOUNTED.
SET THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT SUPPLYING AC POWER TO
THIS STRING OF DRIVES TO OFFLIHE/TEST.
SET THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT POWER SWITCH TO OFF.
RE.I,fQVE CABLE FROM AC CONNECTOR J 1.
SET THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT POWER SWITCH TO ON.
(Step a38 conti nues)

TA90 MG EC C04824

MEASURE THE VOLTAGES AT TAPE TRANSPORT UNIT AC
CONNECTOR Jl. THEY SHOULD MEASURE BETWEEN
1S6 AND 259 VOLTS AC.

sa HZ EXCEPT
JAPAN

69 HZ OR i6 HZ
JAPAN

Jl-l TO Jl-6
Jl-2 TO Jl-7

Jl-l TO Jl-2
Jl-l TO Jl-3

I Jl-3 TO Jl-5 I Jl-2 TO Jl-3
DO ALL VOLTAGES MEASURE OK?

I:.

SET THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT SUPPLYING AC POWER TO
THIS STRING OF DRIVES TO OFFLINE/TEST.
SET THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT POWER SWITCH TO OFF.
CONTINUITY CHECK THE INPUT AC CABLE.
EXCHANGE FRU21B IF OPEN.

REFER TO YF966 FOR 60 HZ
AND 59HZ JAPAN MACHINES.
REFER TO YF9S9 FOR ALL
OTHER 59HZ MACHINES.
SEE CARR-DR 1-1.

IF NO PROBLEM IS FOUND WITH THE CABLE THE
PROBLEM IS MOST LIKELY LOCATED IN A PRIOR
TAPE TRANSPORT UNIT IN THE STRING OR IN THE
TAPE CONTROL UNIT.
AFTER LOCATING AND CORRECTING THE PROBLEM
IN THE AC DISTRraUTION NET. SET THE TAPE CONTROL
UNIT POWER SWITCi TO ON.
Go to Page 7. Step 854. Entry Point C.
948
PROBLEM IS WITH CSl OR THE CABLE FROM
cal TO PS PlI.
SET THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT POwER SWITCH TO OFF.
EXCHANGE FRU 218.
60 to Page 7. Step 854. Entry Point C.

MAP 0210- Drive DC Power (Same Symptom Both Drives)

PWR 210-5

MAP 0210 - Drive DC Power (Same Symptom Both Drives)

Q R S
444

MAP 0210- Drive DC Power (Same Symptom Both Drives)

rI r.48

PWR 2113

853

RESETTING THE AC CB HAS CLEARED THE ORIGINAL
PROBLEM.

PAGE 6 OF 7

PWR 210-6

EXCHANGE THE DC POWER SUPPLY (FRUe95)
60 to Page 7. Step 854. Entr, Point C.

84l

EXCHANGE THE DC POWER SUPPLY (FRUG95)

FOR INTERMITTENT AC CB TRIPPING SUSPECT:

Go to Page 7. Step 854. Entry Point C.

AC CB (FRUZ18)
POWER SUPPLY (FRUe95)
BLOWER ASSEMBLY (FRUOZe)
PUMP MOTOR (FRUG39)
;0 to Page 7. Step 854. Entr, Point C.

842

PROBLEM MAY BE DUE TO OPEN OR MISSING
JUMPER PLUG ON JIZ J13 OR J14.
IS A JUMPER PLUG INSTALLED OR J12, J13
OR J147
Y N
t

t49

THE AC POWER CB TRIPS AFTER BEING RESET.

843

INSTALL JUMPER AT PROPER LOCATION.
REFER TO CARR-DR 1 FOR FRU995 INSTALL.

DISCONNECT P15 FROM THE DC POWER SUPPLY.

60 to Page 7, Step 854, Entr, Point C.

RESET THE AC POWER ca.

II CONTI.UITY
~TINUITY OFCHECKTHETHE JUMPER.
OK?
JUMPER

I Y N

, I ::~AIR

I I

SEE LOC 1.

DOES THE At POWER CB STILL TRIP?

Y N

9se
REPLACE BLOWER ASSEMBLY (FRUOZe).
Go to Page 7. Step 954, Entr, Point C.

JUMPER

Go to Page 7. Step 954, Entr, Point C.

846

EXCHANGE THE DC POWER SUPPLY (FRUG95).
Go to Page 7, Step 954, Entry Point C.

847

RESET THE CB.
DOES THE CB TRIP AGAIN?

951

RECONNECT P15 TO THE DC POWER SUPPLY.
DISCONNECT P4 FROM THE DC POWER SUPPLY.
RESET THE AC POWER CS.

DOES THE AC POWER CB STILL TRIP?

Y N

952

SEE CARR-DR 1-1.

EXCHANGE THE PUMP MOTOR (FRue39).

I i

60 to Page 7, Step 854. Entry Point C.

w
U V

TA90 MG EC C04824

MAP 0210- Drive DC Power (Same Symptom Both Drives)

PWR 210-6

MAP 0210 - Drive DC Power (Same Symptom Both Drives)

PWR 210-7

MAP 0210-Drive DC Power (Same Symptom Both Drives)

PWR 210-7

PWR Z16
PAGE 7 OF 7
854

(Etitry Point C}

IF NOT ALREADY ON. SET THE AC POWER CB TO ON.
SET THE DRIVE POWER ON SWITCHES TO ON.
IF NECESSARY, PLUG THE OC POWER TEST TOOL INTO
THE TEST JACK (J8 ON DRIVE e OR J9 ON DRIVE 1).
OBSERVE THE LEOS ON THE DC TEST TOOL.
IGNORE LED 2 WHEN RESPONDING TO QUESTIONS.
AlE ALL LEDS 0111
Y N
855

REQUEST YOUR NEXT LEVEL OF SUPPORT.
856

SET THE DRIVE ONLINE/OFFLINE SWITCH TO ONLINE.
REFER TO THE START SECTION OF
THE MG. AND RUN GHP.

TA90 MG EC C04824

MAP 0300-511 Power Check

MAP 030Q-STIPower Check
(Step eel continued)

STI POWER CHECK
PAGE

1 OF

MEASURE DC VOLTAGES AT THE STI
BOARD CONNECTORS.

REFERENCE LOGIC STOOl AND STe02
P/J3
Hl
9

ENTRY POINTS
FROM

I ENTER THIS MAP

8
7

-------+----------------------

MAP
I' ENTRY
PAGE
STEP
NUMBER POINT NUMBER NUMBER

-------+---------------------0100 I A
1
001
001

(ENTRY POINT A)

(NONE OF THE STI LEOS ARE ON OR
BLINKING. )

MAP DESCRIPTION: MAP 0100 SENT YOU
HERE WHEN YOU OBSERVED THAT THE STI
LEOS WERE NOT ON.
START CONDITIONS:
- POWER ON LED IS ON
FRUS DIAGNOSED:
- CU STI DC SUPPLY CU-PS-03

20
19
18

17
1 '"

.10

5
4

+5 -5.2
+5 +5
+5
-12
I
+12 I

3
2

GND
GND
GND

VOLTAGE(S) MISSING AT ONLY 1 BOARD?
YN

I ee2
I VOLTAGE{S) MISSING AT BOTH
BOARDS?
YN

ADDITIONAL SERVICE AIDS:
- TAPE CONTROL UNIT LOGIC YF804
THIS STEP REQUIRES YOU TO MEASURE
EACH VOLTAGE AT BOTH STI BOARD
CONNECTORS. A SINGLE VOLTAGE
MISSING AT 1 BOARD ONLY INDICATES A
CABLING PROBLEM. A SINGLE VOLTAGE
MISSING AT BOTH BOARDS INDICATES A
POWER SUPPLY PROBLEM WHILE ALL
VOLTAGES MISSING MAY BE CAUSED BY
THE POWER SUPPLY OR THE AC INPUT TO
THE SUPPLY.
(Step eOl continues)

PWR 300-1

ge3

I °A~~V~~~AyGES,~~ ~~~"7!~ CARDS
~~

v~.

L~U

~~VCL~~

II PROBABLY DUE TO CARD FAILURE.

I 004
I VOLTAGE(S) M!SSING AT 2 BOARDS.
ARE ALL OF THE VOLTAGES MISSING?

905

EXCHANGE POWER SUPPLY CU-PS-93.

22
AB

TA90 MG EC C04824

MAP 0300-5TI Power Check

PWR 300-1

MAP 0300-STI Power Check
AB

MAP 0300-5TI Power Check

PW.R 300-2

MAP 0300-STI Power Check

PWR 300-2

(Step e09 continued)

STI POWER CHECK

1 1

CONTINUITY CHECK OKAY?
YN
PAGE

2 OF

2
010

~~~E OR REPAIR OPEN IN THE

ALL VOLTAGES MISSING MAY BE DUE
TO MISSING AC INPUT CAUSED BY
DEFECTIVE CABLE FROM CU-PS-OI TO
CU-PS-03.

SEE LOGIC YF004.

SET THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT POWER
ON/OFF SWITCH TO THE OFF POSITION.

SEE LOC 1.

011

EXCHANGE POWER SUPPLY CU-PS-03.

CONTINUITY CHECK THE AC INPUT
CABLE BETWEEN CU-PS-01 AND
CU-PS-03.
DOES THE METER INDICATE
CONTINUITY?
YN
e07

REPLACE OR REPAIR OPEN IN THE
CABLE.
008

EXCHANGE POWER SUPPLY CU-PS-03.
609

VOLTAGES MISSING AT 1 BOARD
PROBABLY DUE TO CABLING PROBLEMS
BUT COULD BE DUE TO INTERNAL POWER
SUPPLY PROBLEMS.

REFER TO LOGIC YF004.

TURN THE SERVICE SWITCH TO THE
SERVICE POSITION.
CONTINUITY CHECK THE CABLE FROM
CU-PS-03 TO THE STI BOARD CONNECTOR.
(Step 009 continues)

SEE LOC 1.

TA90 MG EC C04824

MAP 0400--Tape Control Unit DC Power

MAP 0400-Tape Control Unit DC Power
TAPE CONTROL UNIT DC POWER MAP

PAGE

OPEN THE FRONT DOOR OF THE CU AND REMOVE THE
SUB COVER

1 OF 19

ENTRY POINTS
FROM

EXIT POINTS

I ENTER THIS MAP

-------+----------------------

HAP
NUMBER

(Step 991 continued)
UNLOADED.

I ENTRY
PAGE
STEP
POINT NUMBER NUMBER

-------+----------------------

EXIT THIS ~AP

I TO

---------------+--------------

PAGE
STEP
NUMBER NUMBER

I MAP
ENTRY
NUMBER POINT

---------------+--------------

0100

001

eSl

aleo

A
B7
C9

eel

e40

e199
9401
9491
e401

108
135
977

912
135

Slse
S1ge
419
429
429
43S
449

19
13
18
18
19
19

976

124
119
129
134

eles

DANGER
LETHAL VOLTAGES ARE PRESENT IN THE
POWER SERVICE AREA.
SAFETY IS MOST IMPORTANT. TREAT
ALL CIRCUITS AS LIVE UNTIL MEASURED.
CAPACITORS ARE POSSIBLE EXPLODING
DEVICES. WEAR SAFETY GLASSES WHEN
WORKING IN THE POWER AREA.
ALWAYS REINSTALL ALL SAFETY COVERS
BEFORE POWERING ON THE MACHINE.
THE DC TEST TOOL IS NEEDED FOR THIS MAP. SEE
PWR Ie FOR INFORMATION REGARDING USE, LAYOUT
AND FUNCTION OF THE TOOL.
CAUTION
THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT SHOULD BE OFFLINE AND
THE TAPE TRANSPORT UNIT DISMOUNTED AND
(Step eel continues)

CONNECT THE DC TEST TOOL TO THE
CU DC SUPPLY TCU-PS-92 J16 (LOC 1).

A
B
A
A

COMPARE THE LEOS ON THE DC TEST TOOL TO THE
CHART ON THE RIGHT.
(THE LEOS ON THE DC TEST TOOL ARE NUMBERED
LEFT TO RIGHT).

TA90 MG EC C13764

MAP DESCRIPTION: MAP 9l9S DIRECTED YOU TO
THIS MAP BECAUSE THE DC POWER LEO IS OFF.

START CONDITIONS:
-DC POWER LED OFF
-POWER ON LED IS ON.
FRUS DIAGNOSED:
-AC POWER SUPPLV.cU-Ps-el
-DC POWER SUPPLY,CU-PS-92
-DC POWER SUPPLY FUSE Fl
-DC POWER SUPPLY FUSE F2
-CU-CSU PANEL
-POR CARD. 91A-A2H4
-DC VOLTAGE DISTRIBUTION CABLES
-CU-PS-Ol TO TCU-PS-92 CABLES
-AC VOLTAGE TAP PLUG
-CU GATE FANS
-CU GATE
UPPER THERMAL
ADDITIONAL SERVICE AIDS:
(Step eOl continues)

(Step eel continued)
-CU AC POWER
DISTRIBUTION DIAGRAM
ON PWR 32.
-cu DC POWER
DISTRIBUTION DIAGRAM
ON PWR 34.
-CU DC
DISTRIBUTION DIAGRAMS:
PWR 42 (+5 V DC. C82),
PWR 44 (+5 V DC, CB3).
PWR 46 (-5 V DC),
PWR 48 (+8.5 V DC)
-CU DC POWER
DC CONTROL DIAGRAM ON PWR sa.

eOl
(ENTRY POINT A)

PWR 400-1

LEO ON/OFF V DC
1
ON
24CTL
2
OFF
J
OFF
4
OFF
5
ON
+8.5
6

-5

7
8

ON
ON

+5
+5

FUSE/CB
F2

NIA
NIA
NIA

CB4
CB2
CBJ

DOES THE CHART AND DC TeST TOOL AGREE?
YN

Ieez

IS LEO ION?

1
5 5 2

ABC

MAP 0400-Tape Control Unit DC Power

PWR 400-1

MAP 0400-Tape Control Unit DC Power

MAP 0400--Tape Control Unit DC Power

DC POWER MAP

C
1

PAGE

PWR 400-2

2 OF 19

993
SET THE LOCAL REMOTE SWITCH TO THE LOCAL
POSITION (LOC I).

G05

THE +24 V DC IS MISSING.
CU-PS-91.

IT IS DEVELOPED IN

THERE IS AN OPEN WIRE FROM
CU-PS-9l P3-l TO CU-PS-92 P2-l

SET THE CU POWER ON/OFF SWITCH TO THE OFF
POSITION (LOe 1).

OR
CU-PS-9l P3-2 TO CU-PS-92 P2-2
(YFee1) (VF992).

ON THE AC SUPPLY. SET CIRCUIT BREAKER
CU-PS-Sl CBl TO THE OFF POSITION (LOC 1).

REPAIR THE OPEN CIRCUIT.

REMOVE CU-PS-92 FUSE F2 AND CONTINUITY CHECK
THE FUSE (LOC 1).

GO TO PAGE 19, STEP 135,
ENTRY POINT C.

IS FUSE F2 BLOWN?
YN
I

a94
REINSTALL FUSE F2
OPEN THE REAR DOOR OF THE CU AND REMOVE THE
SUBCOVER
ON THE DC POWER SUPPLY,
DISCONNECT THE CABLE
CU-PS-92 P2 (LOC 1).
ON THE AC POWER SUPPLY.
DISCONNECT THE CABLE
CU-PS-91 P3 (LOC 1).

24 V DC MISSING AT DC POWER SUPPLY.
SEE DETAILED DIAGRAM ON PWR 59.

aes
ON THE AC SUPPLY, SET CIRCUIT BREAKER

CU-PS-91 cal TO THE ON POSITION (LaC 1).

SET THE CU POWER ON/OFF SWITCH TO THE ON
POSITION (LOC 1).
PRESS AND HOLD THE LOCAL POWER ENABLE SWITCH
FOR SEVERAL SECONDS AND THEN RELEASE IT.
OBSERVE THE CU POWER ON LED (LOC I).
IS THE CU
POWER ON LED ON?
YN
007

CHECK FOR CONTINUITY FROM
CU-PS-91 P3-1 TO CU-PS-92 P2-1 AND FROM
CU-PS-91 P3-2 TO CU-PS-92 P2-2

AC POWER FAILED TO COME UP.
GO TO MAP elae, ENTRV POINT B.

DOES THE METER INDICATE CONTINUITY?
YN

DE F

TA90 MG EC C13764

3
G

MAP 0400-Tape Control Unit DC Power

PWR 400-2

MAP 0400--Tape Control Unit DC Power

MAP 0400-Tape Control Unit DC Power

(Step 911 continued)

DC POWER MAP

2 2

OBSERVE THE CU POWER ON LED (LOC 1).

PAGE

3 OF

IS THE CU
POWER ON LEO ON?
YN

I al2

asa
I

SET THE HULTiMETER TO MEASURE +24 V DC.
MEASURE THE VOLTAGE BETWEEN CU-PS-91
J3-1(+) AND CU-PS-tH J3-2(-) (LOC 1).

AC POWER FAILED TO COME UP.
SEE PWR29 FOR VOLTAGE TOLERANCES

GO TO MAP alaa, ENTRY POINT B.
an

DOES THE MULTIMETER INDICATE
GREATER THAN +19 V DC?
YN

IS LED ION?
YN

sag

914

THE AC POWER SUPPLY, CU-PS-Ol, IS FAILING
(LOC 1).
EXCHANGE FRU144.

THE +24 V DC IS MISSING.
SEE DETAILED DIAGRAM ON PWR 59.

SET THE CU POWER ON/OFF SWITCH TO THE OFF
POSITION (LOC 1).

OVERLOAD CONDITION MAY BE
CAUSED BY FRU126 OR FRU138.

ON THE AC SUPPLY. SET CIRCUIT BREAKER
CU-PS-91 CSI TO THE OFF POSITION (LOC 1).

GO TO PAGE 19. STEP 135.
ENTRY POINT C.

als

ON THE DC SUPPLY. REMOVE CU-PS-92 FUSE F2

I• THE
DC POWER SUPPLY, CV-PS-92, IS FAILING
(LOC 1).

I AND CONTINUITY CHECK IT. INSTALL A GOOD
THE +24 V DC IS OK FROM cu~ps-el.
SEE DETAILED DIAGRAM ON PWR 5e.

FIJSE Fl.

OPEN THE REAR DOOR OF THE CU AND REMOVE THE
SUBCOVER.

l RECONNECT CABLE CU-PS-SI-P3

PWR 400-3

EXCHANGE FRUI45.
GO TO PAGE 19. STEP 135.
ENTRY POINT C:
.

DISCONNECT THE CABLE
CU-PS-GZ P4.
(Step 914 continues)

THIS ISOLATES THE LOAD FROM THE 24 V DC SOURCE.

EXCHANGE FUSE F2.
nll
un

TU~

I n~

AI'"

t\1..

~lInnt

~urOl_I,

rr-T
~~ I

I"1'n""IITT

1..1 /'I,I"U 11

"""'.11"""
01\1:.1\1\1:.1\

CU-PS-9l CB1 TO THE ON POSITION (LOC 1).
SET THE CU POWER ON/OFF SWITCH TO THE ON
POSITION (LOC 1).
PRESS AND HOLO THE LOCAL POWER ENABLE SWITCH
FOR SEVERAL SECONDS AND THEN RELEASE IT.
(Step 911 continues)

TA90 MG EC C13764

5
H

MAP 0400--Tape Control Unit DC Power

PWR 400-3

MAP 0400-Tape Control Unit DC Power
DC POWER MAP

PAGE

MAP 0400-Tape Control Unit DC Power
(Step 916 continued)

IS LED ION?
YN

4 OF 19

e17

(Step 914 continued)

SET THE CU POWER ON/OFF SWITCH TO THE OFF
POSITION (LOC I).

ON THE AC SUPPLY. SET CIRCUIT BREAKER
CU-PS-91 CBl TO THE ON POSITION (LOC 1).

OBSERVE THE LEOS ON THE DC TEST TOOL.

RECONNECT THE CABLE
cU-Ps-e2 P4 (LOC 1).

IS LED 1 ON ?
YN

REMOVE THE REG CARD, 9IA-AIT2 (LOC 1).
ON THE AC SUPPLY. SET CIRCUIT BR~AKER
CU-PS-91 CBI TO THE ON POSITION (LOC 1).

915

LEO 1 STILL OFF AFTER THE LOAD WAS REMOVED.
SEE DETAILED DIAGRAM ON PWR 59.

EXCHANGE FRU145
GO TO PAGE 19. STEP 135,
ENTRY POINT C.

PRESS AND HOLD THE LOCAL POWER ENABLE
SWITCH FOR SEVERAL SECONDS ANO THEN RELEASE
IT.
OBSERVE THE LEOS ON THE DC TEST TOOL.
IS LED ION?
YN

916
SET THE CU POWER ON/OFF SWITCH TO THE OFF
POSITION (LOC 1).

818

SEE IF OVERLOAD IS
CAUSED BY FRU126.

ON THE AC SUPPLY. SET CIRCUIT BREAKER
cu-ps-el CSI TO THE OFF POSITION (lOC I).

ON THE AC SUPPLY, SET CIRCUIT BREAKER
CU-PS-91 CB1 TO THE OFF POSITION (LOC 1).

EXCHANGE FUSE F2.

RECONNECT THE CABLE
CU-PS-92 P4 (lOC 1).

REPAIR CABLE BETWEEN LOGIC GATE TB3 AND
eIA-A2H4 OR elA-AIT2.

REMOVE THE POR CARD. 91A-A2H4 (LOC 1).

GO TO PAGE 19, STEP 135.
ENTRY POINT C.

ON THE AC SUPPLY, SET CIRCUIT BREAKER
CU-PS-61 CBI TO THE ON POSITION (LOC 1).
PRESS AND HOLD THE LOCAL POWER ENABLE SWITCH
FOR SEVERAL SECONDS AND THEN RELEASE IT.
OBSERVE THE LEOS ON THE DC TEST TOOL.
(Step 916 continues)

SEE IF OVERLOAD IS
CAUSED BV FRU138.

ON THE AC SUPPLY, SET CIRCUIT BREAKER
CU-PS-91 CBI TO THE OFF POSITION (LOC I).

PRESS AND HOLD THE LOCAL POWER ENABLE SWITCH
FOR SEVERAL SECONDS AND THEN RELEASE IT.

THE CU DC POWER SUPPLY, TCU-Ps-e2, IS
FAILING.

PWR 400-4

SEE DETAILED DIAGRAM ON PWR 59.

55
J K

TA90 MG EC C13764

MAP 0400-Tape Control Unit DC Power

PWR 400-4

MAP 0400-Tape Control Unit DC Power
HJ K
3 4 4

DC POWER MAP

PAGE

5 OF

MAP 040o--Tape Control Unit DC Power

PWR 400-5

B
1
19

919

924

iHE REG CARD, SlA-AlT2, IS FAILING.

(ENTRY POINT G)
PRESS AND HOLD THE IML SWITCH (LOC I).

SET THE SERVICE SWITCH TO OFF (LOC I).
EXCHANGE FRU138

SEE CARR-TCU 1-1

OBSERVE THE LEOS ON THE DC TEST TOOL.

GO TO PAGE 19. STEP 135.
ENTRY POINT C.
929

THE POR CARD. GIA-A2H4, IS FAILING.

I SET THE SERVICE SWITCH TO OFF (LaC 1).
EXCHANGE FRU126
GO TO PAGE 19, STEP 135,
ENTRY POINT C.
e21
IS LEO 1 THE ONLY LEO ON?

I FUSE FIXED THE PROBLEM.
a22

REFER TO THE CE/HSC SECTION AND RUN GMP.
e23
GO TO STEP 924, ENTRY POINT G.

SEE CARR-TCU 1-1.

DOES THE CHART AND DC TEST TOOL AGREE?
YN

THE ONLINE TEST/OFFLINE TEST SWITCH MUST BE
SET TO OFFLINE TEST TO ENABLE IML.
LED ON/OFF
1
ON
2
OFF
3
OFF
4
OFF
. 5
ON
6
ON
7
ON
8
ON

V DC
24CTL

FUSE/CB
F2

N/A
N/A
+8.5
-5

+5
+5

NIA
Fl
CB4
CB2
C83

DUE TO BACK CIRCUITS,LED 5 MAY
GLOW WHEN FUSE 1 IS BLOWN.
COMPARE INTENSITY WITH LED 1.

925
IS LEO 1 THE ONLY LED ON?

IlN
I 926
17, STEP IGa,
I I GOENTRYTO PAGE
POINT B.
827
RELEASE THE IML SWITCH.

+24 V DC IS AVAILABLE, BUT ONE OR MORE OF THE
THE DC VOLTAGES ARE NOT ON.

CHECK THE POSITION OF THE SERVICE SWITCH
(LOC 1).
IS THE SERVICE SWITCH IN THE ON POSITION?

1
2 6 6
L MN

TA90 MG EC C13764

MAP 040o--Tape Control Unit DC Power

PWR 400-5

MAP 0400-Tape Control Unit DC Power
MN

DC POWER MAP

MAP 0400--Tape Control Unit DC Power

PWR 400-6

5 5

PAGE

6 OF

928

931

SERVICE SWITCH LEFT IN THE OFF POSITION

CHECK THE VOLTAGE TAP PLUG(S) FOR PROPER
INSTALLATION (LOC 1).

SET SERVICE SWITCH TO THE ON POSITION.

I ..

." ... ___

OCCCD Tn TUC f"C/UC::C
,,,oJ SEf"TfON
....
~.~..

SEE THE CHART ON PAGE PWR 14.

ANn
,. ...p •
• u Rill!
vi'i UII

929

CAUTION

ONLY VOLTAGE UP IS +24 V DC CONTROL.

IS THE VOLTAGE TAP PLUG(S) PROPERLY
CONNECTED?
YN
932

IF THE CU GATE UPPER THERMAL IS TRIPPED,
RESETTING IT WILL CAUSE DC POWER TO TURN ON.

SET CU-PS-92 CBl TO THE OFF POSITION (LOC
1) •

RESET THE CU GATE UPPER THERMAL (LOC 1).

CONNECT THE VOLTAGE TAP PLUG(S} AS SHOWN IN
THE CHART ON PAGE PWR 14.

IS THE CU DC POWER LEO ON?
YN

GO TO PAGE 19, STEP 135,

e3e

ENTRY POINT C.
CAUTION

IF THE STI GATE THERMAL IS TRIPPED,
RESETTING IT WILL CAUSE DC POWER TO TURN
ON.
RESET THE STI GATE THERMAL.

ONLY VOLTAGE UP IS +24 V DC CONTROL.

933
OBSERVE THE CU GATE FANS (LOC 1).
ARE THE FANS RUNNING?
YN
934

OBSERVE CU-PS-92 C8l (LOC 1).
IS THE CU DC POWER LED ON?
YN

THE AC CIRCUIT IS FAILING.

IS CB1 TRIPPED?
YN

1 1

2 1
P QR

TA90 MG EC C13764

9 8 7

STU

MAP 0400--Tape Control Unit DC Power

PWR 400-6

MAP 0400-Tape Control Unit DC Power

PWR 400-7

DC POWER MAP

MAP 0400--Tape Control Unit DC Power

PAGE

7 OF 19

aJB

935

SET THE CU POWER ON/OFF SWITCH TO THE OFF

THERE IS AN OPEN wIRE FROM

POSITION (LOe I).

CU-PS-91 P2-1 TO TCU-PS-92 Pl-l
(YFgel) (YFae2)

DISCONNECT THE VOLTAGE TAP PlUG(S) AS SHOWN
IN THE CHART ON PAGE PWR 14.

OR
CONTINUITY CHECK THE JUMPER PlUG(S).

CU-PS-91 P2-J TO TCU-PS-92 PI-J.

DOES THE METER INDICATE CONTINUITY?
YN

REPAIR OPEN IN CABLE.
GO TO PAGE 19. STEP 135.
ENTRY POINT C.

935

I REPAIR THE VOLTAGE TAP PLUG.
II

939

GO TO PAGE 19, STEP 135,
ENTRY POINT C.

SET THE CU POWER ON/OFF SWITCH TO THE ON
POSITION (lOC 1).

937
ON THE AC SUPPLY.
DISCONNECT THE CABLE
CU-PS-91 P2 (LOC 1).
ON THE DC SUPPLY,

DISCONNECT THE CABLE
CU-PS-92 PI (lOC 1).
CHECK FOR CONTINUITY FROM
CU-PS-91 P2-I TO TCU-PS-92 PI-l AND FROM
CU-PS-91 P2-3 TO TCU-PS-92 Pl-3.

·SEE DETAILED DIAGRAM ON PWR 59.

CHECK AC CABLE BETWEEN AC PS AND DC PS

PRESS AND HOLD THE LOCAL POWER ENABLE SWITCH
FOR SEVERAL SECONDS AND THEN RELEASE IT.
OBSERVE THE CU POWER ON lEO (LOC 1).
IS THE CU
POWER ON LEO ON?
YN
949

AC POWER FAILED TO COME UP.
GO TO MAP 9199. ENTRY POINT A.

DOES THE METER INDICATE CONTINUITY?
YN

TA90 MG EC C13764

8
X

MAP 0400--Tape Control Unit DC Power

PWR 400-7

MAP 0400-Tape Control Unit DC Power
TX

MAP 0400-Tape Control Unit DC Power

PWR 400-8

DC POWER MAP

6 7

PAGE

8 OF 19

941

. SET THE MULTlHETER TO MEASURE 229VAC.

946

MEASURE THE VOLTAGE BETWEEN CU-PS-9l J2-1
AND J2-3.
IS THE VOLTAGE BETWEEN I89V AC AND 249 V AC?
YN
942

DISCONNECT THE CU GATE F'AN 1 (LOC 1).

SEE CARR-TCU 1500.

RESET CBI.

THE AC FOR THE GATE FANS GO THROUGH CU-PS-92
·C81.
SEE OVERVIEW DIAGRAM ON PWR 34.

DID CB1 TRIP ?
YN

THE CU AC POWER SUPPLY. TCU-Ps-e1. IS
FAILING.

SEE CARR-TCU 1449.

GO TO PAGE 19, STEP 135,
ENTRY POINT C.

947

THE CU GATE FAN 1 IS FAILING.
EXCHANGE FRU15e.

SEE CARR-TCU 1-1.

GO TO PAGE 19. STEP 135.
ENTRY POINT C.

943
THE CU DC POWER SUPPLY, TCU-PS-92, IS
FAILING.

EXCHANGE FRUI45.

RESETTING CBl CORRECTED THE PROBLEM.
REFER TO THE CE/HSC SECTION AND RUN GMP.

DANGER
HIGH VOLTAGE IS PRESENT.

EXCHANGE FRU144.

945

MEASURE OUTPUT OF' THE AC PS ..

948

SEE CARR-TCU 1459.
DISCONNECT THE CU GATE FAN 2 (LOC 1).

GO TO PAGE 19. STEP 135,
I ENTRY
POINT C.
I

RESET CBl.

944
RESET CB1.

SEE CARR-TCU 1509.

DID C81 TRIP ?

PRESS AND HOLD THE IML SWITCH (LOC 1).
RELEASE THE IML SWITCH.
010 CS1 TRIP AGAIN?

9 9

TA90 MG EC C13764

A A

MAP 0400-Tape Control Unit DC Power

PWR 400-8

MAP 0400-Tape Control Unit DC Power
5 AA
6 AB

DC POWER MAP

MAP 0400-Tape Control Unit DC Power

PWR 400-9

8 8

PAGE

9 OF 19

949

952

THE CU GATE FAN 2 IS FAILING.

ON THE CU GATE. METER TS3-12 (+) TO TS3-1S
(-) FOR +24 V DC (LOC 1).

EXCHANGE FRU1S8.

SEE CARR-TCU 1-1.

GO TO PAGE 19, STEP 13S,
ENTRY POINT C.

DID THE METER READ GREATER THAN +19 V DC ?
YN
9S3
SET THE CU POWER ON/OFF SWITCH TO THE OFF
POSITION (LOC 1).

9SS
THE CU DC POWER SUPPLY, TCU-PS-92, IS
FAILING.
EXCHANGE FRU145

DISCONNECT THE CABLE
CU-PS-92 P4 (LOC 1).

SEE CARR-Teu 1-1

GO TO PAGE 19, STEP 135,

CHECK FOR CONTINUITY FROM
CU-PS-92 P4-7 TO alA-TB3-12 AND FROM
CU-PS-92 P4-8 TO alA-TBl-le

I ENTRY POINT C.
aS1

CONNECT METER TO r-EASURE
+24 V DC BETWEEN 91A-A2H4 J96(+)
AND 91A-A2H4 098(-) (LOC 1).

THE ~24 V DC IS MISSING AT THE POR CARD.

OOES THE METER INDICATE CONTINUITY?
YN

+24 V DC ANO AC IS AVAILABLE TO THE DC SUPPLY,
BUT THE DC VOLTAGES ARE NOT ON.
THIS SECTION CHECKS THE DC TURN ON CIRCU[TS.

I REPAIR
954
CABLE FROM CU-PS-92 P4 TO eIA-TB3

SEE DETAILED DIAGRAM ON PWR 59.

THE +24 V DC IS MISSING AT TB3.
SEE DETAILED DIAGRAM ON PWR 59.

THE +24 V DC CHECKS THAT FOLLOW ARE
NOT INTENDEO TO BE TOLERANCE CHECKS
BUT AS CHECKPOINTS FOR PROBLEM
ANALYSIS. YOU WILL FINO TOLERANCE
TABLES ON PWRZ9.

GO TO PAGE 19, STEP 13S,
ENTRY POINT C.
9S5
THE CU DC POWER SUPPLY, TCU-PS-92, IS
FAILIHG.

DID THE METER READ GREATER THAN +18 V DC ?

EXCHANGE FRUI45.

SEE CARR-TCU 1-1.

GO TO PAGE 19, STEP 135,
ENTRY POINT C.
.

1
9

AA
C0

TA90 MG EC C13764

a
A
E

MAP 0400--Tape Control Unit DC Power

PWR 400-9

MAP 0400-Tape Control Unit DC Power
DC POWER MAP

MAP 0400-Tape Control Unit DC Power

PWR 400-10

PAGE 10 OF 19

956

959

ON THE CU GATE, METER T83-13 (+) TO T63-19
(-) FOR 24 V DC (LOC I).

ON THE DC POWER SUPPLY, SET CU-PS-92 cel TO
OFF.

DID THE METER READ GREATER THAN +19 V DC ?
Y Ii

DISCONNECT THE CASlE
CU-PS-92 P4 (LOC I).

957

INSTALL A JUMPER FROM CU-PS-92 J4-8 TO J4-9
(LOC 1).

THE CU GATE UPPER THERMAL IS FAILING.

THE 24 V DC IS OK TO THE POR CARD.

THIS JUMPER BYPASSES THE TURN ON CIRCUITRY.

SET CU-PS-92 CSI TO ON.

OBSERVE THE LEOS ON THE DC TEST TOOL.
THE STI GATE THERMAL IS FAILING.
IS LED 1 ONLY LED ON?
YN

THE SERVICE SWITCH IS FAILING.

969

USHIG THE DIAGRAM ON PWR 59, ISOLATE TO THE
FAILING COMPONENT. THEN •••••

REMOVE JUMPER FROM CU-PS-92 J4-8 TO J4-9
(lOC 1).

EXCHANGE FAILING COMPONENT.

CHECK FOR CONTINUITY FROM
CU-PS-92 P4-9 TO 9IA-A2H4 013.

GO TO PAGE 19, STEP 135,
ENTRY POINT C.

DOES THE METER INDICATE CONTINUITY?
YN

958
THERE IS AN OPEN WIRE FROM
91A-TBJ-13 TO 91A-A2H4 J96.

SEE ALD zr929.

961
THERE IS AN OPEN WIRE FROM
CU-PS-92 P4-9 TO 91A-TBJ-II.

REPAIR OPEN IN CABLE.

SEE ALD ZT929.

-----OR-----

GO TO PAGE 19, STEP 135, ENTRY POINT C.

THERE IS AN OPEN. WIRE FROM
OIA-TBJ-II TO 9IA-A2H4 013.
REPAIR OPEN IN CABLE.
(Step 961 continues)
1 1

1 1
AA

TA90 MG EC C13764

MAP 0400-Tape Control Unit DC Power

PWR 400-10

MAP 0400-Tape Control Unit DC Power
DC POWER MAP

QA A

MAP 0400-Tape Control Unit DC Power

PWR 400-11

A A A

HJ K

6 F G

1 1
9 9

PAGE 11 OF 19
(Step 961 continued)
GO TO PAGE 19, STEP 135,
ENTRY POINT C.
I

a66

062
THE POR CARD, 91A-A2H4, IS FAILING.

EXCHANGE FRUI26.

EXCHANGE THE FAILING GATE FAN (FRU994)

THE DC SUPPLY TURNS ON OK WITH THE BYPASS
JUMPER. THE 24 V DC TO THE POR CARD AND THE
'PICK POWER ON CONTACT OR , NET FROM THE POR
CARD ARE OK.

967

SEE CARR-TCU 1-1.

SET THE CU POWER ON/OFF SWITCH TO THE OFF
POSITION (lOC 1).

I THE
963
CU DC POWER SUPPLY, TCU-PS-92, IS

ON THE AC SUPPLY. SET CIRCUIT BREAKER

cu-Ps-al CSI TO THE OFF POSITION (lOC 1).

FAILING.
EXCHANGE FRUI45.

TO PAGE 19, STEP 135,
ENTRY POINT C.

THERE IS AN OPEN WIRE FROM
CU1A P1-1 TO TCU-PS-92 P3-1 (YF99S)(LOC 1)

SEE CARR-Teu 1-1.

---9R---

1 GO

El64
CHECK THE STr GATE FANS FOR PROPER OPERATION.

seE CARR-TCU 1-1

GO TO PAGE 19, STEP 135.
ENTRY POINT C.

GO TO PAGE 19, STEP 135,
ENTRY POINT C.

THE STI GATE FAN IS FAILING.

THERE IS AN OPEN WIRE FROM
, CU1A P1-J TO TCU-PS-9Z P3-3 (LOC19)

REPAIR THE OPEN CIRCUIT.
GO TO PAGE 19, STEP 135,
ENTRY POINT C.

968

CHECK FOR ANY OBSTRUCTION
TO THE AIR FLOW.
GO TO PAGE 19, STEP 135, ENTRY POINT C.

III
A AA
HJ K

TA90 MG EC C13T64

MAP 0400-Tape Control Unit DC Power

PWR 400·11

MAP 0400-Tape Control Unit DC Power
DC POWER MAP

P
6

MAP 0400-Tape Control Unit DC Power

PWR 400-12

LA
5 L

PAGE 12 OF 19
(Step 972 continued)
~n

".~~

uv IV r~uc

969

!~t

~?~~

~It~

~~~

iJO,

ENTRY POHIT C.

CHECK THE CU GATE FANS FOR PROPER OPERATION
(LOC 1).

973

ARE THE FANS OPERATING CORRECTLY?

CHECK FOR ANY OBSTRUCTION
TO THE AIR FLOW.

'( N

GO TO PAGE 19, STEP 135,
ENTRY POINT C.
ARE BOTH FANS FAILING?
YN

974

971

RELEASE THE IML SWITCH.

THE CU GATE FAN IS FAILING.

OBSERVE THE lEOS ON THE DC TEST TOOL.

EXCHANGE THE FAILING GATE FAN (FRUI59)

SEE CARR-TCU 1-1.

GO TO PAGE 19, STEP 135,
ENTRY POINT C.
972

SET THE CU POWER ON/OFF SWITCH TO THE OFF
POSITION (lOC I).
ON THE AC SUPPLY, SET CIRCUIT BREAKER
CU-PS-91 C81 TO THE OFF POSITION (lOC 1).
THERE IS AN OPEN WIRE FROM
CUIA PI-l TO TCU-PS-92 P3-1 (YFGS5)(lOC 1)
---GR--THERE IS AN OPEN WIRE FROM
CU1A PI-3 TO TCU-PS-92 P3-3 (lOCI9)
REPAIR THE OPEN CIRCUIT.

lED ON/OFF V DC
24CTL
ON
1
OFF
2
OFF
3
OFF
4
+8.5
ON
5
ON
6
-5
+5
ON
7
+5
ON
B

FUSE:/CB
F2
N/A
N/A
N/A
Fl
CB4
CB2
CB3

DOES THE CHART AND DC TEST TOOL AGREE?
YN
975
CONNECT METER TO MEASURE
+1.7 V DC BETWEEN 91A-A1T2 B93(+)
AND 91A-AIT2 098(-).

CHECK FOR MISSING VOLTAGE AT THE REGULATOR
CARD.

OBSERVE THE METER WHILE PRESSING THE IML
SWITCH.
DID THE METER READ ABOVE +1.6 V DC?
YN

(Step 972 continues)

1 11

533
A

AAA

MNP

TA90 MG EC C13764

MAP 0400-Tape Control Unit DC Power

PWR 400-12

MAP 0400-Tape Control Unit DC Power
A A
NP

1 1
2 2

DC POWER MAP

MAP 0400-Tape Control Unit DC Power

PWR 400-13

A
Q

PAGE 13 OF 19

976

979

I~~S~~N~~·!I~.D~Ni~yT~~I~RB:'RO.

CONNECT METER TO MEASURE
-5 V DC BETWEEN 91A-A2H4 D9S(+)
AND 91A-A2H4 B96(-).

a77

OBSERVE THE METER WHILE PRESSING THE IML
SWITCH.

(ENTRY POINT E)
CONNECT METER TO MEASURE
+1.7 V DC BETWEEN S1A-A2H4 Gll(+)
AND elA-A2H4 098(-).
OBSERVE THE METER WHILE PRESSING THE IML
SWITCH.
DID THE METER READ ABOVE +1.6 V DC?
YN

MISSING VOLTAGE AT POR CARD OR DEFECTIVE
CARD.

CHECK FOR MISSING VOLTAGE AT POR CARD.

DID THE METER READ BETWEEN -4.5 V DC AND
-5.5 V DC?
YN

I 9a9

I YDIDNTHE METER READ GREATER THAN 9 V?
981

a78

THE -5 V DC NET IS OPEN.

THE 1.7 V DC NET IS OPEN.

REFERENCE ALOS YF992 AND ZT929.

I SEE DETAILED DIAGRAM ON PWR 59.

I LOCATE AND REPAIR THE OPEN.

I REPAIR OPEN IN THE -5 V DC NET

I REFERENCE LOGIC PAGE RGgel.

I GO TO PAGE 19, STEP 135,
I ENTRY POINT C.

GO TO PAGE 19, STEP 135,
ENTRY POINT C.

982

THE DC POWER SUPPLY, cU-Ps-e2, IS FAILING.
EXCHANGE FRUI45.

SEE CARR-TCU 1-1.

GO TO PAGE 19, STEP 135,
ENTRY POINT C.
.

I
1
4
A
Q

TA90 MG EC C13764

MAP 0400-Tape Control Unit DC Power

PWR 400-13

MAP 0400-Tape Control Unit DC Power
DC POWER MAP

A
R
1
3

MAP 0400-Tape Control Unit DC Power

PWR 400-14

AA
S T

PAGE 14 OF 19

983

SSo

CONNECT METER TO MEASURE
+5 V DC BETWEEN 9lA-A2H4 082(+)
AND 91A-A2H4 098(-).

THE 91A-A2 +5 V NET IS OPEN.
SEE DETAILED DIAGRAM ON PWR 59.

DeSERVE METER WH!LE PRESSING THE IML SWITCH.

REPAIR OPEN IN THE +5 V DC NET

DID THE METER READ +S V DC?
YN

GO TO PAGE 19, STEP 135,
ENTRY POINT C.

984
THE alA-AI +5 V NET IS OPEN.
SEE DETAILED DIAGRAM ON PWR S8.
REPAIR OPEN IN THE +5 V DC NET
GO TO PAGE 19. STEP 13S,
ENTRY POINT C.
985

987

REFERENCE ALDS YFee2 AND ZTeHI.

CONNECT METER TO MEASURE
+8.5 V DC BETWEEN 9lA-A2H4 Bl1(+),
AND B1A-A2H4 098(-).
OBSERVE THE METER WHILE PRESSING THE IML
SWITCH.
DID THE METER READ +8.5 V DC?
YN
988

CONNECT METER TO MEASURE
+5 v DC BETWEEN 91A-A2H4 003(+)
AND 81A-A2H4 098(-).

THE +8.5 V DC NET IS OPEN.

REPAIR OPEN IN THE +8.5 V DC NET

DID THE METER READ +S V DC?
YN

GO TO PAGE 19. STEP 13S,
ENTRY POINT C.

TA90 MG EC C13764

REFERENCE ALOS YFSe2 AND ZT929.

SEE DETAILED DIAGRAM ON PWR 58.

OBSERVE THE METER WHILE PRESSING THE IML
SWITCH.

REFERENCE ALDS YFGe2 AND ZTe!!.

1
5
A
U

MAP 0400-Tape Control Unit DC Power

PWR 400-14

MAP 0400-Tape Control Unit DC Power
DC POWER MAP

MAP 0400-Tape Control Unit DC Power

PWR 400-15

1 1
2 4

PAGE 15 OF 19

989

993

CONNECT METER TO MEASURE
+24 V DC BETWEEN 91A-A2H4 J96(+)
AND 91A-A2H4 099(-).

CONNECT METER TO MEASURE
+5 V DC BETWEEN 91A-A2H4 Jl1(+)
AND 91A-A2H4 098(-).

OBSERVE THE METER WHILE PRESSING THE IML
SWITCH.

Y N

DID THE ~lETER READ BETWEEN +4 V DC AND +5 V DC ?
994
SET THE CU POWER ON/OFF SWITCH TO THE OFF
POSITION (LOC 1).

0[0 THE METER READ +24 V DC?

ege
THE +24 V DC HET [S OPEN.

REFERENCE ALDS.YFa92 AND ZTS2e.

SEE DETAILED DIAGRAM ON PWR 59.

I I

995

GO TO PAGE 19, STEP 135,
ENTRY POINT C.

SET THE SERVICE SWITCH TO OFF (LOe 1).·

I
I THE paR CARD, 91A-A2H4, IS FAILING.

I e91
I SET THE SERVICE SWITCH TO OFF (LOC 1).

I EXCHANGE FRUI26.

SEE CARR-TCU 1 FOR.

19, STEP 135.
II GOENTRYTO PAGE
POINT C.

THE POR CARD, 91A-A2H4, IS FAILING.
EXCHANGE FRU126

CHECK FOR CONTINUITY FROM
91A-A2H4 Jl1 TO 91A-A2 H4 oa9.
DOES THE METER INDICATE CONTINUITY?
YN

REPAIR OPEN IN +24 V OC NET.

THE DC LEO IS OFF BUT ALL THE VOLTAGES APPEAR
TO BE OK. THE LED OR THE POR CARD IS FAILING
OR GROUNDED.

SEE CARR-TCU 1-1.

GO TO PAGE 19, STEP 135,

996

SET THE SERVICE SWITCH TO OFF (LOC 1).

I ENTRY POINT C.

REMOVE THE POR CARD AT 91A-A2H4.

992

CHECK FOR CONTINUITY FROM
91A-A2H4 J11 TO 91A-A2 H4 D9S.

SUSPECT INTERMITTENT PROBLEM ON THE POR CARD.
EXCHANGE FRU126
GO TO PAGE 19, STEP 135, ENTRY POINT C.

SEE CARR-rcu 1-1.

DOES THE METER lNOICATE COHTIHUITV?

,lj
1 11

666
AAA
V Wx

TA90 MG EC C13764

MAP 0400-Tape Control Unit DC Power

PWR 400-15

MAP 0400-Tape Control Unit DC Power
AA
WX

DC POWER MAP

MAP 0400-Tape Control Unit DC Power

PWR 400-16

A
V

1 1
5 S

1
5

PAGE 16 OF 19

697

191

THE POR CARD, 91A-A2H4, IS FAILING.

CONNECT METER TO MEASURE
+S.5 V DC BETWEEN 91A-A2H4 B94(+)
AND 91A-A2H4 098(-).

EXCHANGE FRU126.

SEE CARR-TCU 1-1.

GO TO PAGE IS. SiEP 135,
ENTRY POINT C.

DID THE METER READ BETWEEN +5 V DC AND +19 V DC ?

I
998

YN
192

DISCONNECT THE CABLE
CU-OSU PI (LOC 1).

CONNECT METER TO MEASURE
+S V DC BETWEEN SlA-A2H4 018(+)
AND elA-A2H4 09S(-).

CHECK FOR CONTINUITY FROM
9IA-A2H4 JIl TO 9IA-A2 H4 09S.

DID THE METER READ BETWEEN +1 V DC AND +S V DC

DOES THE METER INDICATE CONTINUITY?

193

999

THE paR CARD, 91A-A2H4, IS FAILING.

THE CU-OSU BOARD IS FAILING.
EXCHANGE FRUI41.

EXCHANGE FRUI26.

SEE CARR-TCU 1-1.

SEE CARR-TCU 1-1.
GO TO PAGE 19, STEP 135,
ENTRY POINT C.

GO TO PAGE 19. STEP 135.
ENTRY POINT C.

194

le9

THE '+OC POWER ON' NET IS SHORT CIRCUITED TO
GROUND.

SET THE CU POWER ON/OFF SWITCH TO THE OFF
POSITION (LOC 1).

SEE DETAILED DIAGRAM ON PWR S9.

DISCONNECT THE CABLE
CU-OSU PI (LaC 1).

REPAIR SHORT TO GROUND.

CHECK FOR CONTINUITT FROM
91A-A2H4 DIG TO CU-OSU PI-2.
(Step 194 continues)

GO TO PAGE 19, STEP 135, ENTRY POINT C.

1
7
A

TA90 MG EC C13764

MAP 0400-Tape Control Unit DC Power

PWR 400-16

MAP 0400-Tape Control Unit DC Power
DC POWER MAP

A
Y

MAP 0400-Tape Control Unit DC Power
198

(ENTRY POINT B)
IS LEO 5 OFF OR DIM?
YN

1
6

PAGE 17 OF 19

OOES THE METER INDICATE CONTHIUITY?

1 119

IS LED 7 OFF?

195
THE '+OC POWER ON' NET IS OPEN.

111
IS LED 8 OFF?

SEE DETAILED DIAGRAM ON PWR 59.

REPAIR OPEN IN NET.

112

RELEASE THE IML SWITCH.

GO TO PAGE 19, STEP 135,
ENTRY POINT C.

IS LED 1 THE ONLY LED ON?
YN

I
196
(THE DC POWER LED IS FAILING.)

113

SEE CARR-TCU 1-1.

GO TO PAGE 19, STEP 135,
ENTRY POINT C.

GO TO PAGE 19, STEP 135,
ENTRY POINT C.
I

114

THE POR CARD, 91A-A2H4, IS FAILING.

I I ! I
!I II !• I SET THE SERVICE SWITCH TO OFF (LOC 1).
I

197
SET THE SERVICE SWITCH TO OFF (LOC 1).
THE POR CARD, elA-A2H4, IS FAILING.
EXCHANGE FRU126.

DUE TO BACK C!RCUITS.LED 5 ~~y
GLOW WHEN FUSE 1 IS BLOWN.
COMPARE INTENSITY WITH lEO 1.

1139
IS LEO 6 OFF?
YN

(Step 194 continued)

EXCHANGE FRU141.

PWR 400-17

EXCHANGE FRU126.
SEE CARR-TCU 1-1.

SEE CARR-Teu 1-1.

GO TO PAGE 19, STEP 135.
ENTRY POINT C.

GO TO PAGE 19, STEP 135, ENTRY POINT C.

II
111 1
9 8 S S

ABBB
Z ABC

TA90 MG EC C13764

MAP 0400-Tape Control Unit DC Power

PWR 400-17

MAP 0400-Tape Control Unit DC Power
Ba

DC POWER MAP

MAP 0400-Tape Control Unit DC Power

PWR 400-18

1 1
7 7

PAGE 18 OF 19
122

IS CB3 TRIPPED?

RESET CB2.

PRESS AND HOLD THE IML SWITCH (LOC 1).
116

EXCHANGE FRU145.
GO TO PAGE 19. STEP 135.
ENTRY POINT C.

RELEASE THE IML SWITCH.

SEE CARR-leu 1-1.

DID CB2 TRIP AGAIN?
YN

117

123
RESETTING ca2 CORRECTED THE PROBLEM.

RESET ca3.

REFER TO THE CE/HSC SECTION AND RUN GMP.

PRESS AND HOLD THE IML SWITCH (LOC 1).

124

RELEASE THE IML SwITCH.

ISOLATE CAUSE OF CB2 TRIPPING.

oro CB3 TRIP AGAIN?
YN

GO TO MAP 429, ENTRY POINT A.

118

125
IS CB4 TRIPPED?
YN

RESETTING CB3 CORRECTED THE PROBLEM.
REFER TO THE CE/HSC SECTION AND RUN GMP.

126

119

EXCHANGE FRUI45.

ISOLATE CAUSE FOR CB3 TRIPPING.

SEE CARR-TCU 1-1.

GO TO PAGE 19. STEP 135,

ENTRV POINT C.

GO TO MAP 429, ENTRY POINT B.
129
IS ca2 TRIPPED?

121

EXCHANGE FRU145.
GO TO PAGE 19, STEP 135.
ENTRY POINT C.

SEE CARR-TCU 1-1.

1
9
B
E

TA90 MG EC C13764

MAP 0400-Tape Control Unit DC Power

PWR 400-18

MAP 0400-Tape Control Unit DC Power
DC POWER MAP

AB
ZE

MAP 0400-Tape Control Unit DC Power

PWR 400-19

i i

PAGE 19 OF 19

127

132

RESEi CB4.

EXCHANGE FUSE Fl.

(ENTRY POINT C)
CLEANUP AFTER REPAIR.

PRESS AND HOLD THE IML SWITCH (LOC I).

RELEASE THE IML SWITCH.

SET THE CU POWER ON/OFF SWITCH TO THE OFF
POSITION (LOC 1).

DID CB4 TRIP AGAIN?
YN

DID FUSE F1 BLOW AGAIN.
YN

128
RESETTING CB4 CORRECTED THE PROBLEM.

133
EXCHANGING FUSE F1 CORRECTED PROBLEM.

I REFER TO THE CE/HSC SECTION AND RUN GMP.

I REFER TO.THE CE/HSC SECTION AND RUN GMP.

129

134

ISOLATE CAUSE FOR CB4 TRIPPING.

ISOLATE CAUSE OF Fl BLOWING.

GO TO MAP 439, ENTRY POINT A.

GO TO MAP 449, ENTRY POINT A.

RECONNECT ANY CABLES REMOVED FOR
TROUBLESHOOTING.
REPLACE ANY FUSES REMOVED FOR
TROUBLESHOOTING.
RESET ANY CB TRIPPED FOR TROUBLESHOOTING.
REMOVE ANY JUMPERS USED FOR TROUBLESHOOTING.
GO TO MAP 9199, ENTRY POINT A.

130

CHECK CU-PS-92 FUSE Fl.
IS FUSE Fl BLOWN?
YN
131
THE 8.5 LED IS OFF AND FUSE Fl IS OK.
EXCHANGE FRU145.

SEE CARR-Teu 1-1.

GO TO STEP 135,
ENTRY POINT C.

B
F

TA90 MG EC C13764

MAP 0400-Tape Control Unit DC Power

PWR 400-19

MAP 0400-Tape Control Unit DC Power

Notes

TA90 MG EC C04824

MAP 0400-Tape Control Unit DC Power

Notes

MAP 0410-7 Volt DC Regulator

MAP 0410-Tape Control Unit DC Power

PWR 410-1

(Step eel continued)

+1. 7 V DC REGULA TOR

ARE ANY LEOS ON?
YN
PAGE

1 OF

ae2
RECYCLING POWER CORRECTED THE
PROBLEM.

ENTRY POINTS
FROM

SUSPECT AN INTERMITTENT REGULATOR
CARD.
GO TO PAGE 4, STEP a17
ENTRY POINT C.

i ENTER THIS MAP

-------+----------------------

I ENTRY
PAGE
STEP
POINT NUMBER NUMBER
-------+---------------------e1es I A
1
eel
SleG
B
3
ale

MAP
NUMBER

9411

ee3

MEASURE +24 V DC BETWEEN
9IA-AIT2 Se6{+) ANO alA-AlT2 DBa

917

USE ALD RGSSI AS A REFERENCE.

(-).

eel
(ENTRY POINT A)

MAP DESCRIPTION: MAP eleB DIRECTED
YOU TO THIS MAP TO ISOLATE A
FAILURE OF THE ON BOARD REGULATOR
CARD, 9lA-A1T2 •
START CONDITIONS:
-POWER ON LEO ON
-AN SIA-AlT2 LED ON OR
MISSING VOT.I\GE.
FRUS DIAGNOSED:
-REGULATOR CARD, SlA-AlT2
-REGULATOR CARD,
BIA-AlT2 FUSES.

+24 V DC GOOD?

YN
994

OPEN CIRCUIT BETWEEN B1A-AlT2 SOS
AND elA TB3-13.

REPAIR OPEN CKT.

USE ALD RGSSI AS A REFERENCE.

I
I REFER TO THE CE/HSC SECTION AND
I RUN Gtf'.
I

ADDITIONAL SERVICE AIDS:
-TAPE CONTROL UNIT DC POWER
DISTRIBUTION DIAGRAM
ON PWR 34.
RESET THE VOLTAGE REGULATOR BY
SETTING THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT
SERVICE SWITCH TO OFF FOR FIVE
SECONDS AND THEN BY SETTING THE
TAPE CONTROL UNIT SERVICE SWITCH
TO ON.
OBSERVE THE LEOS LOCATED ON THE CU
REGULATOR CARD, SlA-AlT2.
(Step eel continues)

TA90 MG EC C13764

SEE LOC 1.

2
A

MAP 0410-7 Volt DC Regulator

PWR 410-1

MAP 0410-Tape Control Unit DC Power

PWR 410-2

MAP 0410-7 Volt DC Regulator

PWR 410-2

+1.7 V DC REGULATOR

MAP 0410-7 Volt DC Regulator

PAGE

2 OF

4
SGS

995

EXCHANGING FUSE CORRECTED
PROBLEM.

SET THE SERVICE SWITCH TO OFF (LOC
1).

REFER TO THE CE/HSC SECTION AND
RUN GfoP.

REMOVE CARD 91A-AIT2 FROM THE GATE.
CHECK THE +24 V DC FUSE ON THE
REGULATOR CARD.
NOTE: SOME MODELS OF THE REGULATOR
CARD DO NOT HAVE AN Fl FUSE.
IF FUSE Fl IS NOT PRESENT ON
THE CARD YOU JUST REMOVED,
ANSWER "YES" TO THE FOLLOWING
QUESTION.

24 V DC FUSE IS THE LOWER FUSE (Fl).

SSg
GO TO PAGE 4. STEP 917.
ENTRY POINT C.

IS THE FUSE GOOD?
YN

see

EXCHANGE +24 V DC FUSE ON CARD
SlA-AIT2.
REINSTALL CARD SlA-AIT2.
SET THE SERVICE SWITCH TO ON (LOC
1) •

OBSERVE THE LEOS ON THE REGULATOR
CARD.

ARE THE LEOS OFF?
YN

ee7
GO TO PAGE 4, STEP 917,
ENTRY POINT C.

TA90 MG EC C13764

MAP 0410-Tape Control Unit DC Power

J
3 OF

REINSTALL CARD elA-AIT2.
SET THE SERVICE SWITCH TO ON (lOC
1) •

MEASURE REGULATOR +1.7 V DC OUTPUT.
91A-AIT2 893(+) TO 91A-AIT2
098(-).

OBSERVE THE METER WHILE PRESSING
THE IML SWITCH.
IS +5 V DC INPUT VOLTAGE MISSING?

IS THE 1.7 V DC MISSING?
YN

I EXCHANGING

911

913

SET THE SERVICE SWITCH TO OFF
(LOC 1).

! CHECK THE +5 V DC FUSE.
NOTE: SOME MODELS OF THE
REGULATOR
CARD DO NOT HAVE AN F2 FUSE.
IF FUSE F2 IS NOT PRESENT ON
THE CARD YOU JUST REMOVED,
ANSWER "YES" TO THE FOLLOWING
QUESTION.

FUSE CORRECTED

PROBLEM.
REFER TO THE CE/HSC SECTION AND
RUN GMP.

REMOVE CARD 91A-AIT2 FROM THE
GATE.

IS THE FUSE OKAY?
YN

PWR 410-3

812
EXCHANGE FUSE ON CARD 91A-AIT2.

CONNECT METER TO MEASURE
+5 V DC BETWEEN 91A-AIT2 093(+)
AND elA-AIT2 008(-).

'I:

MAP 0410-7 Volt DC Regulator

91e
(ENTRY POINT B)
CHECK +5 V DC INPUT TO THE REGULATOR
CARD.

PWR 410-3

+1.7 V DC REGUlAiOR

PAGE

MAP 0410-7 Volt DC Regulator

+5 V DC FUSE IS THE UPPER FUSE (F2).

I
II·

914
GO TO PAGE 4, STEP 917,
ENTRY POINT C.

915
GO TO PAGE 4, STEP 917,
ENTRY POINT C.

oEF

TA90 MG EC C13764

MAP 0410-Tape Control Unit DC Power
D

+1.7 V DC REGULATOR

4 OF

PWR 410-4

MAP 0410-7 Volt DC Regulator

PWR 410-4

917

PAGE

MAP 0410-7 Volt DC Regulator
(ENTRY POINT C)
REGULATOR CARD FAILURE.
EXCHANGE 91A-AIT2 (FRU138).

SEE CARR-Teu 1-1.

REFER TO THE CE/HSC SECTION AND RUN
GMP.

916
SET THE SERVICE SWITCH TO OFF (LOC
1) •

EXCHANGE BOARD elA-Al (FRU139).

SEE CARR-TCU 1-1.

REFER TO THE CE/HSC SECTION ANO RUN
GMP.

TA90 MG EC C13764

MAP 0420--+5 Volt CB Tripped

MAP 0420-+ 5 Volt CB Tripped

PWR 420-1

(Step gel continued)

TCU +5 VOLT CB TRIPPED

RELEASE THE IML SWITCH.
PAGE

1 OF

DID Ca2 TRIP?
YN

FROM

i ENTER THIS MAP

EXIT THIS MAp

I ENTRY
PAGE
STEP
POINT NUMBER NUMBER

PAGE
STEP
NUMBER NUMBER

-------+----------------------

MAP
NUMBER

e92

EXIT POINTS

ENTRY POINTS

-------+---------------------9409
A
1
eel
9409
9421
9421

B
0

4
6

RECONNECT THE CABLE
CU-PS-9Z pg (LOC 1).

i TO

IMAP
ENTRY
NUMBER. POINT

---------------+--------------

SET THE SERVICE SWITCH TO OFF
(LOC I).

---------------+-------------6

919 I 9199

DISCONNECT THE elA-Al +5 V BUSS
CABLES FROM elA-Al Y2 AND Y5
(LOC 1).
(SEE ALD PAGE YZ992).

elZ
92a
919

e9l
(ENTRY POINT A)

MAP DESCRIPTION: MAP 94ee DIRECTED
YOU TO THIS MAP BECAUSE CB2 WILL
NOT STAY RESET.
THERE IS AN OVERLOAD ON THE +5 V
CIRCUIT TO THE e1A-Al LOGIC BOARD
THIS SECTION ISOLATES THE SHORT
CIRCULi •

OVERLOAD MAY BE DUE TO Al BOARD,
ITS CARDS OR THE RESISTIVE PRELOAD
DEVICE.

REMOVES BOARD Al ANO ITS CARDS FROM
LOAD.

SET THE SERVICE SWITCH TO ON

II (LOC 1).

AND HOLD THE IMl SWITCH
I. PRESS
(LOC 1).
I RELEASE THE IML SWITCH,

I DID CB2 TRIP?
! YN
,
I

SEE DETAILED DIAGRAM ON PWR 42.
REMOVE THE +8.5 V DC FUSE, CU-PS-02
Fl.

REMOVING THE FUSE PREVENTS THE DC
POWER FROM HOLDING DURING THIS
SECTION.

OPEN THE REAR DOOR OF THE TAPE
CONTROL UNIT AND REMOVE THE SUB
COVER.

DISCONNECT THE CABLE
CU-PS-92 P9 (LOC 1).

ISOLATES THE POWER SUPPLY FROM ALL
LOADS.

RESET CS2.

PRESS AND HOLD THE IML SWITCH
(LOC I).
(Step eel continues)

TA90 MG EC C13764

3 2 2

ABC

MAP 0420--+5 Volt CB Tripped

PWR 420-1

MAP 0420-+5 Volt CB Tripped

PWR 420-2

MAP 0420--+ 5 Volt CB Tripped

PWR 420·2

+5 VOLT CB TRIPPED

C
1

PAGE

2 OF

(Step aa4 continued)

aa3

REINSTALL FUSE Fl.

SET THE SERVICE SWITCH TO OFF
(LOC 1).

THIS REMOVES THE +24 V DC FROM THE
LOGIC BOARDS.

EXCHANGE THE FAILING CARD.

RECONNECT alA-A! V2 AND Y5 (YZa02)
(LOe 1).

GO TO PAGE 6. STEP
I ENTRY
POINT D.

REMOVE ALL CARDS FROM THE elA-AI
BOARD (LOC 1).
(SEE ALD PAGE AAa00).

aas

SET THE SERVICE SWITCH TO ON
(LOC 1).

REINSTALL FUSE Fl.

THE alA-AI BOARD IS FAILING.

EXCHANGE FRU139.

PRESS AND HOLD THE IML SWITCH
(I nl'
\,-",\,1

1 \

'&'J-

RELEASE THE IML SWITCH.

SEE CARR-TCU 1-1.

GO TO PAGE 6, STEP a2a,
ENTRY POINT D.

aes

010 CB2 TRIP?

ae4
SET THE SERVICE SWITCH TO OFF
(LOC 1).
REINSTALL THE CARDS, ONE AT A
TIME. DO NOT INSTALL THE TOP
CARD CONNECTORS (TCC).

92a~

A LOGIC CARD IS CAUSING THE CB TO
TRIP.

POWER SUPPLY REGULATION IS
MAINTAINED BY USING A RESISTIVE
PRELOAD. THE RESISTIVE PRELOAD MAY
BE LOCATED IN CARD SLOT A2P2 OR IN
A LOAD BOX MOUNTED TO THE FRAME.
IS THERE A CARD LOCATED IN THE A2P2
SLOT?
YN

EACH TIME A CARD IS INSTALLED;
-SET THE SERVICE SWITCH TO ON.
-PRESS AND HOLD THE. IML
SWITCH FOR SEVERAL SECONDS.
-SET THE SERVICE SWITCH TO OFF.
-CHECK IF CB2 IS TRIPPED.
REPEAT THIS STEP UNTIL THE
FAILING CARD IS LOCATED.
THEN ••••••
(Step ae4 continues)

3 3

TA90 MG EC C13764

MAP 0420-+ 5 Volt CB Tripped

PAGE

3 OF

PWR 420-3

MAP 0420--+ 5 Volt CB Tripped

PWR 420-3

AE G
1 2

+5 VOLT CB TRIPPED

F
2

MAP 0420--+5 Volt CB Tripped

eag

ee7
I

SET THE SERVICE SWITCH TO OFF
(LOC 1).

THERE IS A SHORT CIRCUIT FROM
cu-ps-e2 P9-l TO FRAME GROUND.

RECONNECT elA-Al Y2 AND Y5 (YZee2)
(LOC 1).

LOCATE AND REPAIR THE SHORT
CIRCUIT USING PWR 42 AS A
TROUBLESHOOTING AID.

DISCONNECT THE LOAD BOX +5 V CABLE
FROM TBl-5
(SEE ALD PAGE ZTalS).

GO TO PAGE 6, STEP 919,
ENTRY POINT E.

RESET CB2.

919

SET THE SERVICE SWITCH TO ON
(LOC 1).

THERE IS A SHORT CIRCUIT FROM
CU-PS-92 P9-1 TO FRAME GROUND.

PRESS AND HOLD THE IML SWITCH
(LOC I),

LOCATE AND REPAIR THE SHORT
CIRCUIT USING PWR 42 AS A
TROUBLESHOOTING AID.

RELEASE THE IML SWITCH.

GO TO PAGE 6, STEP 919,

I ENTRY POINT E.

DID CB2 TRIP?
YN

911

aea
THE LOAD BOX IS FAILING.

THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT DC SUPPLY,
CU-PS-9Z, IS FAILING (LOC 1).

REINSTALL FUSE Fl.

EXCHANGE FRUI45.

EXCHANGE FRU279.
GO TO PAGE 6, STEP 929,
ENTRY POINT D.

SEE CARR-TCU 1-1.

GO TO PAGE 6, STEP 92a,
ENTRY POINT D.

TA90 MG EC C13764

MAP 0420-+5 Volt CB Tripped

MAP 0420- + 5 Volt CB Tripped
J

+5 VOLT CB TRIPPED

PAGE

4 OF

PWR 420-4

a12

(ENTRY POINT B)

913

MAP DESCRIPTION: MAP 9499 DIRECTED
YOU TO THIS MAP BECAUSE CBl WILL
NOT STAY RESET.
THERE IS AN OVERLOAD ON THE +5 V
CiRCUIT TO THE 91A-A2 LOGIC BOARD.
THIS SECTION ISOLATES THE SHORT
CIRCUIT •
SEE DETAILED DIAGRAM ON PWR 42.

REMOVE THE +8.5 V DC FUSE, CU-PS-92
Flo

REMOVING THE FUSE PREVENTS THE DC
POWER FROM HOLDING DURING THIS
SECTION.

OPEN THE REAR DOOR OF THE TAPE
CONTROL UNIT AND REMOVE THE SUB
COVER.
DISCONNECT THE CABLE
CU-PS-92 PII (LOC 1).
RESET CBl (LOC 1).

RECONNECT THE CABLE
CU-PS-92 Pl1 (LOC 1).

OVERLOAD MAY BE DUE TO A2 BOARD OR
ITS CARDS.

DISCONNECT THE 91A-A2 +5V BUSS
CABLES FROM 91A-A2 Y2 AND Y5
(LOC 1).
(SEE ALD PAGE YZeSl).
PRESS AND HOLD THE IML SWITCH
(LOC 1).
RELEASE THE IML SWITCH.
DID CBl TRIP?

'i N

914
ISOLATES THE POWER SUPPLY FROM ALL
LOADS.

RECONNECT 9IA-A2 Y2 ANO Y5
(YZaal) (LOC 1).
SET THE SERVICE SWITCH TO OFF
(LOC 1).

PRESS AND HOLD THE IML SWITCH
(LOC 1).

REMOVE ALL CARDS FROM THE SlA-A2
BOARD (LOC I)
(SEE ALD PAGE AAeS1).

RELEASE THE IML SWITCH.
(THE DC POWER WILL GO OFF SINCE F1
FUSE IS REMOVED.)

SET THE SERVICE SWITCH TO ON
(LOC 1).

DID CBl TRIP?
YN

PRESS AND HOLD THE IML SWITCH
(LOC 1).

THIS REMOVES THE +24 V DC FROM THE
LOGIC BOARDS.

RELEASE THE IML SWITCH.
DID CBl TRIP?
YN

TA90 MG EC C13764

555
K L M

MAP 0420-+5 Volt CB Tripped

PWR 420-4

(

MAP 0420-+ 5 Volt CB Tripped
LM

5 OF

PWR 420-5

SET THE SE~JICE SWITCH TO OFF
(lOC 1).

917

A LOGIC CARD IS CAUSING THE ce TO

TRIP.

REINSTALL THE CARDS. ONE AT A
TIME. DO NOT INSTALL THE TOP
CARD CONNECTORS (TCC).

THERE IS A SHORT CIRCUIT FROM
CU-PS-92 Pl1-1 TO FRAME GROUND.
LOCATE AND REPAIR THE SHORT
CIRCUIT USING PWR 42 AS A
TROUBLESHOOTING AID.

EACH TIME A CARD IS INSTALLED;
-SET THE SERVICE SWITCH TO ON.
-PRESS AND HOLD THE IML
SWITCH FOR SEVERAL SECONDS.
-SET THE SERVICE SWITCH TO OFF.
oCHECK IF CBJ IS TRIPPED.

GO TO PAGE 6, STEP 919.
ENTRY POINT E.

918
THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT DC SUPPLY.
CU-PS-92, IS FAILING (LOC 1).

REPEAT THIS STEP UNTIL THE
FAILING CARD IS LOCATED.
THEN ••••••

EXCHANGE FRU145.

SEE CARR-TCU 1-1.

GO TO PAGE 6, STEP 929,
ENTRY POINT D.

REINSTALL FUSE Fl.

MAP 0420--+5 Volt CB Tripped

4 4

915
I

PWR 420-5

+5 VOLT CB TRIPPED

4 4

PAGE

MAP 0420--+ 5 Volt CB Tripped

EXCHANGE THE FAILING CARD.

I GO TO PAGE 5. STEP B2e,

I ENTRY POINT D.
Ell 6

THE 91A-A2 BOARD IS FAILING.
REINSTALL FUSE Fl.
EXCHANGE FRU149.

SEE CARR-Teu 1-1.

GO TO PAGE 6. STEP 92e.
ENTRY POINT D.

TA90 MG EC C13764

MAP 0420-+ 5 Volt CB Tripped

MAP 0420--+5 Volt CB Tripped

PWR 420-6

MAP 0420--+ 5 Volt CB Tripped

PWR 420-6

+5 VOLT CB TRIPPED

PAGE

6 OF

919

92e

(ENTRY POINT E)
CLEANUP AFTER REPAIR.

(ENTRY POINT 0)
RETURN AFTER REPAIR.

SET THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT POWER
ON/OFF SWITCH TO THE OFF POSITION
(LOC 1).

REFER TO THE CE/HSC SECTION OF THE
MG AND RUN GMP.

REMOVE ANY JUMPERS USED FOR
TROUBLESHOOTING.
RECONNECT ANY CABLES REMOVED FOR
TROUBLESHOOTING~

RE-INSTALL ANY FUSES REMOVED FOR
TROUBLESHOOTING.
RESET ANY CB TRIPPED FOR
TROUBLESHOOTING.
GO TO MAP 9199, ENTRY POINT A.

TA90 MG EC C13764

MAP 0430-Tape Control Unit DC Power

MAP 0430-Tape Control Unit -5 Volt CB Tripped

PWR 430-1

MAP 0430-Tape Control Unlt·5 Volt CB Tripped

PWR 430·1

TCU -5 VOLT CB TRIPPED

PAGE

1 OF

I
I

a92

EXIT POINTS

ENTRY POINTS
FROM

I ENTER THIS MAP

EXIT THIS MAP

I ENTRY
PAGE
STEP
POINT NUMBER NUMBER

PAGE
STEP
NUMBER NUMBER

-------+----------------------

MAP
NUMBER

-------+---------------------94e8
9431
9431

I A0
E

1
6
6

66l
621
929

eel

(ENTRY POINT A)

I TO

I NUMBER ENTRY
POINT

---------------+-------------MAP

---------------+-------------6

626 I 9196

MAP DESCRIPTION: HAP 6469 DIRECTED
YOU TO THIS MAP BECAUSE CB4 WILL
HOT STAY RESET.

THIS SECTION ISOLATES THE SHORT
t'TDrIlTT
",.",",v," I .

SEE DETAILED DIAGRAM ON PWR 46.

RESET CB4 (LOC 1).
PRESS AND HOLD THE IML SWITCH
(LOC 1).

REINSTALL FUSE Fl.
GO TO PAGE 6, STEP 629.
ENTRY POINT E.
963

SET THE SERVICE SWITCH TO OFF
(LOC 1).

THERE IS AN OVERLOAD ON THE -5 V DC
CIRCUIT •

REMOVE THE +B.5 V DC FUSE, cU-Ps-e2
Fl.

THE TROUBLE HAS DISAPPEARED.

REMOVING THE FUSE PREVENTS THE DC
POWER FROM HOLDING DURING THIS
SECTION.

DISCONNECT THE alA-AI VOLTAGE
CROSSOVERS (6):
83 EBI. B4 Eel. 85 EB1
U3 E91. U4 E9l. U5 E91
(SEE ALD PAGE YZ9e2).
SET THE SERVICE SWITCH TO ON
(LOC 1).

RESET CB4.

PRESS AND HOLD THE IML SWITCH
(LOC 1).

RELEASE THE IML SWITCH.
DID CB4 TRIP?

RELEASE THE IHL SWITCH.
(THE DC POWER WILL GO OFF SINCE Fl
FUSE. I S REMOVED.)
DID CB4 TRIP?
YN

II
2 2
C0

TA90 MG EC C13764

MAP 0430-Tape Control Unit -5 Volt CB Tripped

MAP 0430-Tape Control Unit DC Power

-5 VOLT CB TRIPPED

PWR 430-2

PAGE

2 OF

(Step 995 continued)

ea4

REPEAT THIS STEP UNTIL THE
FAILING CARD IS LOCATED.
THEN ......

SET THE SERVICE SWITCH TO OFF
(LOC 1).
RECONNECT THE eIA-AI VOLTAGE
CROSSOVERS {6}.
B3 E9l, B4 E9l, 85 Eel
U3 Eel, U4 Eel, U5 Eel
(SEE ALD PAGE YZ992).

REINSTALL FUSE Fl.
EXCHANGE THE FAILING CARD.
GO TO PAGE 6, STEP 921,
ENTRY POINT D.

REMOVE ALL CARDS FROM THE 9IA-AI
BOARD (LOC 1)
(SEE ALD PAGE AAeaa).

a9S

THE 91A-AI 80ARD IS FAILING.

SET THE SERVICE SWITCH TO ON
(Lee 1).

REINSTALL FUSE Fl.

PRESS AND HOLD THE IML SWITCH
(LOC 1).

EXCHANGE FRU139.

RELEASE THE IML SWITCH.

GO TO PAGE 6, STEP 921,

ENTRY POINT D.

DID CB4 TRIP?

991

aes
SET THE SERVICE SWITCH TO OFF
(LOC 1).
REINSTALL THE CARDS, ONE AT A
TIME. DO NOT INSTALL THE TOP
CARD CONNECTORS (TCC).
EACH TIME A CARD IS INSTALLED;
-SET THE SERVICE SWITCH TO ON.
-PRESS AND HOLD THE IML
SWITCH FOR SEVERAL SECONDS.
-SET THE SERVICE SWITCH TO OFF.
-CHECK IF C84 IS TRIPPED.
(Step 995 continues)

SEe CARR-Teu 1-1.

SET THE SERVICE SWITCH TO OFF
(LOC 1).
A LOGIC CARD IS CAUSING THE CB TO
TRIP.

RECONNECT THE alA-AI VOLTAGE
CROSSOVERS (6).
83 E9I. 84 E9l. 85 E9l
U3 E91. U4 E91, U5 E9l
(SEE ALD PAGE YZ992).
DISCONNECT THE 91A-A2 VOLTAGE
CROSSOVERS (6):
83 E9l. 84 E9l, 85 E9l
U3 E9l, U4 E9l, U5 E9l
(SEE ALD PAGE YZ9B3).
(Step a97 continues)

TA90 MG EC C13764

MAP 0430-Tape Control Unit -5 Volt CB Tripped

PWR 430-2

MAP 0430-Tape Control Unit -5 Volt CB Tripped

MAP 0430-Tape Control Unit DC Power
-5 VOLT CB TRIPPED

PWR 430-3

I I
PAGE

3 OF

(Step ee7 continued)

RESET CB2.

eeg
I

SET THE SERVICE SWITCH TO ON
(LOC 1).

EACH TIME A CARD IS INSTALLEDi
-SET THE SERVICE SWITCH TO ON.
-PRESS AND HOLD THE IML
SWITCH FOR SEVERAL SECONDS.
-SET THE SERVICE SWITCH TO OFF.
-CHECK IF CB4 IS TRIPPED.

RELEASE THE IML SWITCH.

oro CB4 TRIP?
YN
008

REPEAT THIS STEP UNTIL THE
FAILING CARD IS LOCATED.
THEN ••••.•

SET THE SERVICE SWITCH TO OFF
(LOC 1).
RECONNECT 91A-A2 VOLTAGE
CROSSOVERS.
B3 Eel, B4 Eel. B5 Eel
I U3 Eal, U4 Eel, U5 Eel
(SEE ALD PAGE YZaa3).

I REMOVE ALL CARDS FROM THE 91A-A2
j

I BOARD (LOC 1)

(SEE ALD PAGE AAa92).
SET THE SERVICE SWITCH TO ON
(LOC 1).
PRESS AND HOLD THE IML SWITCH
(LOC 1).
RELEASE THE IML SWITCH.
DID CB4 TRIP?

I Y' It

A LOGIC CARD IS CAUSING THE CB TO
TRIP.

REINSTALL THE CARDS, ONE AT A
TIME. DO NOT INSTALL THE TOP
CARD CONNECTORS (TCC).

PRESS AND HOLD THE IML SWITCH
(LOC I).

SET THE SERVICE SWITCH TO OFF
(LOC 1).

REINSTALL FUSE Fl.

I EXCHANGE THE FAILING CARD.

I
'I'

GO TO PAGE 6, STEP 921,
ENTRY POINT D.

919

THE 91A-A2 SOARD IS FAILING.
REINSTALL FUSE Fl.
EXCHANGE FRUI4e.

SEE CARR-TCU 1-1.

GO TO PAGE 6, STEP e2l,
ENTRY POINT D.

III

F GH

TA90 MG EC C13764

MAP 0430-Tape Control Unit -5 Volt CB Tripped

PWR 430-3

MAP 0430-Tape Control Unit -5 Volt CB Tripped

MAP 0430-Tape Control Unit DC Power
KL

-5 VOLT CB TRIPPED

F
3

PAGE

4 OF

6
1"1'"
VJ...l

911

THE LOAD BOX IS FAILING.

SET THE SERVICE SWITCH TO OFF
(LOC 1).

EXCHANGE FRU279.

RECONNECT 9lA-A2 VOLTAGE
CROSSOVERS.
B3 E9l, 84 E91. 85 E9l
U3 E91. U4 E91. us Eel
(SEE ALD PAGE YZe93).

914
SET THE SERVICE SWITCH TO OFF
(Loe 1).

RECONNECT THE LOAD BOX -5 V CABLE.
DISCONNECT THE CABLE
CU-PS-92 P4 (LOC 1).

IS THERE A CARD LOCATED IN THE A2P2
SLOT?
YN

CHECK FOR CONTINUITY FROM CU-PS-92
P4-2 TO FRAME GROUND. THE METER
SHOULD INDICATE AN OPEN CIRCUIT.

912
DISCONNECT THE LOAD BOX -5 V CABLE
FROM T83-7
(SEE ALD PAGE ZT929).

CHECK FOR A DEFECTIVE LOAD BOX.

DOES THE METER INDICATE AN OPEN
CIRCUIT?

RESET CB4.

915

SET THE SERVICE SWITCH TO ON
(LOC 1).

THERE IS A SHORT CIRCUIT FROM
CU-PS-92 P4-2 TO FRAME GROUND.

PRESS AND HOLD THE IML SWITCH
(LOC 1).
RELEASE THE IML SWITCH.

LOCATE AND REPAIR THE SHORT
CIRCUIT USING PWR 46 AS A
TROUBLESHOOTING AID.

DID CB4 TRIP?
YN

GO TO PAGE 6. STEP 929,
ENTRY POINT E.

TA90 MG EC C13764

SEE CARR-Teu 1-1.

GO TO PAGE 6. STEP 921.
ENTRY POINT D.

POWER SUPPLY REGULATION IS
MAINTAINED BY USING A RESISTIVE
PRELOAD. THE RESISTIVE PRELOAD MAY
BE LOCATED IN CARD SLOT A2P2 OR IN
A LOAD BOX MOUNTED TO THE FRAME.

5
J KL

PWR 430-4

5
M

MAP 0430-Tape Control Unit -5 Volt CB Tripped

PWR 430-4

MAP 0430-Tape Control Unit DC Power
J M

MAP 0430-Tape COntrol Unit -5 Volt CB Tripped

PWR 430-5

-5 VOLT CB TRIPPED

4 4

PAGE

5 OF

916

919

THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT DC SUPPLY:
CU-PS-92, IS FAILING (LOC 1).

THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT DC SUPPLY,
cu-Ps-sz, IS FAILING (lOC 1).

EXCHANGE FRU145.
GO TO PAGE 6, STEP 921,
ENTRY POINT D.

SEE CARR-TCU 1-1.

EXCHANGE FRUI45.

SEE CARR-TCU 1-1.

GO TO PAGE 6. STEP 921.
ENTRY POINT D.

817

DISCONNECT THE CABLE
CU-PS-S2 P4 (LOC 1).
CHECK FOR CONTINUITY FROM CU-PS-92
P4-2 TO FRAME GROUND. THE METER
SHOULD INDICATE AN OPEN CIRCUIT.
DOES THE METER INDICATE AN OPEN
CIRCUIT?

YN
S18
THERE IS A SHORT CIRCUIT FROM
CU-PS-92 P4-2 TO FRAME GROUND.
LOCATE AND REPAIR THE SHORT
CIRCUIT USING PWR 46 AS A
TROUBLESHOOTING AID.
GO TO PAGE 6, STEP 928,
ENTRY POINT E.

TA90 MG EC C13764

MAP 0430-Tape Control Unit -5 Volt CB Tripped

PWR 430-5

MAP 0430-Tape Control Unit DC Power

MAP 0430-Tape Control Unit ·5 Volt CB Tripped

PWR 430-6

MAP 0430-Tape Control Unit ·5 Volt CB Tripped

PWR 430-6

-5 VOLT CB TRIPPED

PAGE

6 OF

a29

021

(ENTRY POINT E)
CLEANUP AFTER REPAIR.

(ENTRY POINT 0)
RETURN AFTER REPAIR.

SET THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT POWER
ON/OFF SWITCH TO THE OFF POSITION
(LOC i).

MG AND RUN GMP.

REFER TO THE CE/HSC SECTION OF THE

REMOVE ANY Jlt1PERS USED FOR
TROUBLESHOOTING.
RECONNECT ANY CABLES REMOVED FOR
TROUBLESHOOTING.
RE-INSTALL ANY FUSES REMOVED FOR
TROUBLESHOOTING.
RESET ANY CB TRIPPED FOR
TROUBLESHOOTING.
GO TO MAP 6190, ENTRY POINT A.

TA90 MG EC C13764

MAP 0440-Tape Control Unit DC Power

MAP 0440-Tape Control Unit +8.5 Volt Fuse Blows

PWR 440-1

MAP 0440-Tape Control Unit +8.5 Volt Fuse Blows

PWR 440-1

(Step eel continued)

TCU +8.5 VOLT FUSE BLOWS

RELEASE THE IHL SWITCH.
(THE DC POWER WILL GO OFF SINCE C84
IS TRIPPED.)

PAGE

IS FUSE Fl BLOWN?
YN

1 OF

FROM

I ENTER THIS MAP

I ENTRY
PAGE
STEP
POINT NUMBER NUMBER

-------+----------------------

MAP
NUMBER

-------+---------------------940a
9401
0491

I AC
0

EXIT POINTS

ENTRY POINTS

1
5
5

eal
a29
921

eal

(ENTRY POINT A)

EXIT THIS MAP

I TO

I NUMBER POINT

---------------+-------------PAGE
STEP
HAP
ENTRY
NUMBER NUMBER

---------------+-------------5

a2e I a199

RESET CB4
GO TO PAGE 5, STEP 920.
ENTRY POINT C.

SET THE SERVICE SWITCH TO OFF
(LOC 1).
MAP DESCRIPTION: MAP 94ea DIRECTED
YOU TO THIS HAP BECAUSE FUSE Fl
BLOWS REPEATEDLY

THIS SECTION ISOLATES THE SHORT
CIRCUIT •

SEE DETAILED DIAGRAM ON PWR 48.

OPEN THE REAR DOOR OF THE TAPE
CONTROL UNIT AND REMOVE THE SUB
COVER.

THE TROUBLE HAS DISAPPEARED.

993

THERE IS AN OVERLOAD ON THE +8.5 V
CIRCUIT •

SET CU-PS-92 C84 TO THE OFF
POSITION (LOC 1).

ee2

TRIPPING THE ca PREVENTS THE DC
POWER FROM HOLDING DURING THIS
SECTION.

DISCONNECT THE alA-AI VOLTAGE
CROSSOVERS (6):
B2 AI4, B3 AI4, 84 AI4
U2 A14, U3 AI4, U4 Al4
(SEE ALD PAGE YZ992).
EXCHANGE FUSE Fl.
SET THE SERVICE SWITCH TO ON
(LOC 1).
PRESS AND HOLO THE IML SWITCH FOR
SEVERAL SECONDS.
RELEASE THE IHL SWITCH.
IS FUSE Fl BLOWN?

EXCHANGE FUSE Fl.
(SEVERAL FUSES MAY BE NEEDED).
PRESS AND HOLO THE IML SWITCH
(LOC 1).
(Step eel continues)

2 2

TA90 MG EC C13764

MAP 0440--Tape Control Unit +8.5 Volt Fuse Blows

MAP 0440-Tape Control Unit DC Power
AC
1

+8.5 VOLT FUSE BLOWS

B
1

PAGE

2 OF

PWR 440-2

(Step aas continued)

aS4

REPEAT THIS STEP UNTIL THE
FAILING CARD IS LOCATED.
THEN •••••.

SET THE SERVICE SWITCH TO OFF
(lOC l).
RECONNECT THE elA-AI VOLTAGE
CROSSOVERS (Sj.
B2 A14, BJ AI4, B4 AI4
U2 AI4, UJ AI4, U4 Al4
(SEE ALD PAGE YZeB2).

RESET C84.
EXCHANGE THE FAILING CARD.
GO TO PAGE 5, STEP 921,
ENTRY POINT D.

REMOVE ALL CARDS FROM THE eiA-AI
BOARD (LOC 7) (LaC 1).
(SEE ALD PAGE AAeee).

aes

SET THE SERVICE SWITCH TO ON

THE elA-AI BOARD IS FAILING.

'1/\1'

,'-VV J.J.

EXCHANGE FRU139.

PRESS AND HOLD THE IML SWITCH FOR
SEVERAL SECONDS.

GO TO PAGE 5, STEP 921,
ENTRY POINT D.

RELEASE THE IML SWITCH.

997

IS FUSE FI BLOWN?
YN

SET THE SERVICE SWITCH TO OFF
(LOC 1).

ea5
SET THE SERVICE SWITCH TO OFF
(LOC 1).
REINSTALL THE CARDS, ONE AT A
TIME. DO NOT INSTALL THE TOP
CARD CONNECTORS (TCC).
EACH TIME A CARD IS INSTALLED;
-SET THE SERVICE SWITCH TO ON.
-PRESS AND HOLD THE IML
SWITCH FOR SEVERAL SECONDS.
-SET THE SERVICE SWITCH TO OFF.
-CHECK IF Fl IS BLOWN.
(Step BB5 continues)

SEE CARR-TCU 1-1.

A LOGIC CARD IS CAUSING THE CB TO
TRIP.

DISCONNECT THE elA-A2 VOLTAGE
CROSSOVERS (6):
B2 A14, 83 A14, B4 A14
U2 A14, UJ A14, U4 A14
(SEE AlD PAGE YZaB3).
EXCHANGE FUSE Fl.
SET THE SERVICE SWITCH TO ON (LOC 1).
PRESS AND HOLD THE IML SWITCH (LOC 1).
(Step ee7 continues)

TA90 MG EC C13764

MAP 0440-Tape Control Unit + 8.5 Volt Fuse Blows

PWR 440-2

MAP 0440-Tape Conlrol Unit + 8.5 Volt Fuse Blows

MAP 0440-Tape Control Unit DC Power
+8.5 VOlT FUSE BLOWS

PAGE

3 OF

PWR 440-3

REINSTALL THE CARDS. ONE AT A
TlHE. DO IIOT IIiSTALL THE TOP
CARD CONNECTORS (TCC).

RELEASE THE IHL SWITCH.
IS FUSE F1 BLOWN?

ees
SET THE SERVICE SWITCH TO OFF
(LOC 1).
RECONNECT 8lA-AZ VOLTAGE
CROSSOVERS (6).
B2 A14. BJ A14. B4 A14
U2 A14. UJ A14. U4 A14
(SEE ALD PAGE YIeBJ).

£ACH TIME A CARD IS INSTALLED:
-SET THE SERVICE SWITCH TO ON.
-PRESS AND HOLD THE IHL
SWITCH FOR SEVERAL SECOIIDS.
-SET THE SERVICE SWITCH TO OFF.
-CHECIC IF F1 IS BLOWN.
REPEAT THIS STEP UNTIL THE
FAILING CARD IS LOCATED.
THEN ••••••
RESET CB4.

REMOVE ALL CARDS FROM TIlE elA-A2
BOARD (LOC 7) (LOC 1).
(SEE ALD PAGE MeaZ).
SET THE SERVICE SWITCII TO 011 (LOC I).

EXCHANGE THE FAILING CARD.

60 TO PAGE 5. STEP 821.
ENTRY POINT D.

PRESS AIIO HOlD THE IML SWITCII FOR
SEVERAL SECONDS.

~18

RELEASE THE IHL SWITCH.

THE 81A-A2 BOARO IS FAILING.

IS FUSE F1 BLOWN?

EXCHANGE FRU148

60 TO PAGE 5. STEP eZl. ENTRY POINT D.

I I I

oE F

A LOGIC CARD IS CAUSING THE FUSE TO
BLOW.

SET THE SERVICE SWITCH TO OFF (LOC 1).

(Step ae7 continued)

en
POWER SUPPlY REGUlATION IS
MAINTAIMED BY USING A RESlsnVE
PRELOAD. THE RESISTIVE PRELOAD MAY
BE LOCATED IN CARD SLOT A2PZ OR IN
A LOAD BOX MOUIITED TO THE FRAME.
IS THERE A CARD LOCATED IN THE A2P2 SLOT?
Y

a12
SET THE SERVICE SWITCH TO OFF (LOC 1).
DISCOMNECT THE LOAD BOX +8.5 V CABLE FROM TBJ-Z
(S~E ALD PA6.E .ZTB.2,9.).

EXCHANGE FUSE Fl.
SET THE SERVICE SWITCH TO ON (LOC 1).
. PRESS AND llOLD THE 1HI. SlmCH (LOC 1).
RELEASE THE IHl SWITCH.
IS FUSE F1 BLOWN?

II
4 4 4
6 HJ

TA90 MG EC C13764

MAP 0440-Tape Control Unit + 8.5 Volt Fuse Blows

PWR 440-3

MAP 0440-Tape Control Unit + 8.5 Volt Fuse Blows

MAP 0440-Tape Control Unit DC Power
HJ
3 3

+S.5 VOLT FUSE BLOWS

PAGE

4 OF

913

e15

THE LOAD BOX IS FAILING.

THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT DC SUPPLY.
CU-PS-92. IS FAILING (LOC 1).

EXCHANGE FRU279

SEE CARR-TCU 1-1

EXCHANGE FRU145

5. STEP S21.
I GOENTRYTO PAGE
POINT D.
014

DISCONNECT THE CABLE
CU-PS-92 P4 (LOC I).

CHECK FOR CONTINUITY FROM CU-PS-92
P4-1 TO FRAME GROUND. THE METER
C:UnJll n

GO TO PAGE 5. STEP 921,
ENTRY POINT D.
917

DISCONNECT THE CABLE
CU-PS-92 P4 (LOC 1).

""''I ..................

PWR 440-4

TldnTr"TC
4 .• "' .... "'n.

/Ill
nn

nnr- .. I"'Y"""T'"
vrl;.l1

v l n."'U 1 I •

DOES THE METER INDICATE AN OPEN
CIRCUIT?
YN

CHECK FOR CONTINUITY FROM CU-PS-92
THE METER
SHOULD INDICATE AN OPEN CIRCUIT.

P4-1 TO FRAME GROUND.

DOES THE METER INDICATE AN OPEN
CIRCUIT?
YN

915

alS

THERE IS A SHORT CIRCUIT FROM
CU-PS-02 P4-1 TO FRAME GROUND.

THERE IS A SHORT CIRCUIT FROM
CU-PS-92 P4-1 TO FRAME GROUND.

SEE PWR 48 TO HELP ISOLATE THE
SHORT CIRCUIT.

WHEN THE PROBLEM IS CORRECTED,
RECONNECT THE VOLTAGE CROSSOVERS
TO THE eiA-Al AND 91A-A2 BOARDS
(YZee2) (YZee3).

WHEN THE PROBLEM IS CORRECTED.
RECONNECT THE VOLTAGE CROSSOVERS
TO THE alA-AI ANO eIA-A2 BOARDS

(YZee2) (YZee3).

GO TO PAGE 5. STEP a2e.
ENTRY POINT C.

TA90 MG EC C13764

GO TO PAGE 5. STEP.a2a.
ENTRY POINT C.

5
L

MAP 0440--Tape Control Unit +8.5 Volt Fuse Blows

PWR 440-4

MAP 0440-Tape Control Unit + 8.5 Volt Fuse Blows

MAP 0440-Tape Control Unit DC Power
L

921

+8.5 VOLT FUSE BLOWS

829

(ENTRY POINT C)
CLEANUP AFTER REPAIR.

(ENTRY POINT D)
RETURN AFTER REPAIR.

PAGE

SET THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT POWER
ON/OFF SWITCH TO THE OFF POSITION
(lOC 1).

f1j

5 OF

919

THE TAPE CONTROL UNIT DC SUPPLY,
CU-PS-92, IS FAILING (LOC 1).

PWR 440-5

REFER TO THE CE/HSC SECTION OF THE
AND RUN GMP.

REMOVE ANY JUMPERS USED FOR
TROUBLESHOOTING.

EXCHANGE FRU145

RECONNECT ANY CABLES REMOVED FOR
TROUBLESHOOTING.

GO TO STEP 921,
ENTRY POINT O.

RE-INSTALl ANY FUSES USED FOR
TROUBLESHOOTING.

SEE CARR-Teu 1-1

RESET ANY CB'S TRIPPED FOR
TROUBLESHOOTING.
GO TO MAP 9199, ENTRY POINT A.

TA90 MG EC C13764

MAP 0440-Tape Control Unit + 8.5 Volt Fuse Blows

PWR 440-5

MAP 0900 - Automatic Cartridge Loader Procedure

PWR 900-1

(Step eel continued)

AUTOMATIC CARTRIDGE LOADER PROCEDURE

IS THE FUSE OK?
YN
PAGE

1 OF

ge2

ENTRY POINTS

EXIT POINTS

I ENTER THIS MAP
-------+----------------------

EXIT THIS MAP

FROM

MAP
NUMBER

I ENTRY
PAGE
STEP
POINT NUMBER NUMBER

-------+---------------------e999 I A
1
991

HAS THE FUSE BEEN EXCHANGED BEFORE?
YN

I TO

I
---------------+-------------I

---------------+-------------PAGE
STEP
MAP
ENTRY
NUMBER NUMBER
3

924
93e

e93

NUMBER POINT

EXCHANGE THE +5 V LOADER FUSE.

92e9
0299

POWER ON THE DRIVE.

IS THE LOADER POWER-ON LED ON?
YN

991

094

(ENTRY POINT A)

GO TO STEP e91,
ENTRY POINT A.

YOU ARE HERE BECAUSE THE POWER-ON LED
AT THE OPERATOR PANEL OF THE AUTOMATIC
CARTRIDGE LOADER IS NOT ON.

905

GO TO PAGE 5, STEP 938,
ENTRY POINT C.

DANGER
LETHAL VOLTAGES ARE PRESENT IN THE
POWER SERVICE AREA. SAFETY IS MOST
IMPORTANT. TREAT ALL CIRCUITS AS LIVE
UNTI L MEASURED.

aas

BECAUSE THIS FAILURE HAS BEEN
IDENTIFIED AS A SINGLE DRIVE PROBLEM
(THE OTHER DRIVE IN THE TAPE TRANSPORT
UNIT IS OPERATIONAL) NO ANALYSIS OF AC
INPUT VOLTAGES WILL BE MADE.

EXCHANGE THE +5 V LOADER FUSE.
POWER ON THE DRIVE.

EXCHANGE THE LOADER CONTROL CARD.

SEE CARR-DR 1-1.
FRU 281, ALD ALeel

IS THE LOADER POWER-ON LEO ON?
YN

ON THE FAILING DRIVE, SET THE
ONLINE/OFFLINE SWITCH TO OFFLINE.
POWER OFF THE FAILING DRIVE.
CONTINUITY CHECK THE +5 V LOADER FUSE.
(Step e9l continues)

+5 V FUSE IS THE LOWER FUSE ON THE

LOADER.
REFER TO MG LOC 1 FOR LOCATION.
2 2 2

ABC

TA90 MG EC C13764

MAP 0900 - Automatic Cartridge Loader Procedure

PWR 900-1

MAP 0900 - Automatic Cartridge Loader Procedure

""R agee

ABC
111

MAP 0900 - Automatic Cartridge Loader Procedure
EF

I I
PAGE

2 OF

6
I

ee7
I

PWR 900-2

EXCHANGE THE LOADER OPEP~TOR PANEL.

913

EXCHANGE THE +24 V LOADER FUSE.

SEE CARR-DR 1- L
FRU 298, ALD ALge2

POWER ON THE DRIVE.

EXCHANGE THE +5 V LOADER FUSE.
POWER ON THE DRIVE.

IS THE LOADER POWER-ON LED ON?
YN

rs THE LOADER POWER-ON LED ON?
YN

914
GO TO PAGE I. STEP a91,
ENTRY POINT A.

aea
GO TO POWER 3e.

I eag

GO TO PAGE 5, STEP a38,
ENTRY POINT c.

915
GO TO PAGE 5, STEP 938,
ENTRY POINT C.

916
EXCHANGE THE LOADER CONTROL CARD.

elf)

GO TO PAGE 5, STEP 938,
HITRY POINT C.

SEE CARR-OR I-I.
FRU 281, ALD ALaa1

EXCHANGE THE +24 V LOADER FUSE.
POWER ON THE DRIVE.

all
IS THE LOADER POWER-ON LED ON?

CONTINUITY CHECK THE +24 V LOADER FUSE.

IS THE FUSE OK?

+24 V FUSE IS THE UPPER FUSE ON THE
LOADER.
REFER TO MG Loe 1 FOR LOCATION.

917

EXCHANGE THE LOADER OPERATOR PANEL.

1312

SEE CARR-OR 1-1.
FRU 298, ALD ALGa2

EXCHANGE THE +24 V LOADER FUSE.
POWER ON THE DRIVE.

HAS THE FUSE BEEN EXCHANGED BEFORE?

IS THE LOADER POWER-ON LED ON?

918

GO TO POWER 3e.

II
3

oEF

TA90 MG EC C13764

3 3

MAP 0900 - Automatic Cartridge Loader Procedure

PWR 900-2

MAP 0900 - Automatic Cartridge Loader Procedure

o GH

PWR agee

3 OF

e19
GO TO PAGE 5, STEP e38,
ENTRY POINT C.

a?']

v ....

POWER OFF THE DRIVE AND DISCONNECT THE
INTERPOSER CABLE AND CONNECTOR FROM THE
POWER DISTRIBUTION CABLE CONNECTOR.

I
e29

GO TO PAGE 5, STEP 938,

I ENTRY POINT C.

IS VOLTAGE WITHIN LIMIT +4.5 AND +5.5

924

GO TO HAP a2ee. ENTRY POINT A.

a22

POWER ON THE DRIVE AND MEASURE
VOLTAGE ACROSS AL-D9/1-CC-P3-4 (+5V)
ANO AL-09/1-CC-P3-J (COM) WITH A
VOLTMETER.
IS VOLTAGE WITHIN LIMIT +4.5 AND +5.5

SEE ALD ZZ828 OR ALD ZZ129

V DC?

IS THE LOADER POWER-ON LED ON?
VN

DISCONNECT LOADER POWER CABLE
(CONNECTOR J3) FROM LOADER CONTROL
CARD.

REFER TO MG Loe 1 FOR CONNECTOR
DIAGRAM.

':.

POWER ON THE DRIVE AND MEASURE VOLTAGE
ACROSS TU-09/1-P1-Pl-3 (+5 V) ANO
TU-De/l-PI-Pl-9 (COM) WITH A VOLTMETER.

e21
VERIFY THAT THE CONNECTIONS FROM THE
LOADER POWER CABLE TO THE FUSE HOLDERS
ARE GOOD.
POWER ON THE DRIVE.

V DC?

PWR 900-3

222

PAGE

MAP 0900 - Automatic Cartridge Loader Procedure

REFER TO MG LOC 1 FOR CONNECTOR
DIAGRAM.

925

POWER OFF THE DRIVE.
RE-CONNECT THE INTERPOSER CABLE AND
CONNECTOR TO THE POWER DISTRIBUTION
CABLE CONNECTOR.
REMOVE THE LOADER MECHANICAL ASSEMBLY.

SEE CARR-DR I-I,
FRU 285.

POWER ON THE DRIVE AND MEASURE THE
VOLTAGE ACROSS TU-09/1-PI-J6-1 (+5 V)
AND TU-09/1-PI-J6-2 (COM).
IS VOLTAGE WITHIN LIMIT +4.5 AND +5.5

V DC?

6 4
J KL

TA90 MG EC C13764

4 4
MN

MAP 0900 - Automatic Cartridge Loader Procedure

PWR 900-3

MAP 0900 - Automatic Cartridge loader Procedure
K MN

PWR 891313

4 OF

PWR 900-4

333
PAGE

MAP 0900 - Automatic Cartridge Loader Procedure

926

929

THE INTERPOSER CABLE AND CONNECTOR
IS DEFECTIVE.

POWER OFF THE DRIVE AND D!SCONNECT THE
INTERPOSER CABLE AND CONNECTOR FROM THE
POWER DISTRIBUTION CABLE CONNECTOR.

REFER TO MG lOC 1 FOR CONNECTOR
DIAGRAM.

POWER ON THE DRIVE ANO MEASURE VOLTAGE
ACROSS TU-D8/1-P1-P2-1 (+24 V) AND
TU-D8/1-PI-P2-7 (COM) WITH A VOLTMETER.

ALD ZZ828 OR ALD ZZ128.

EXCHANGE THE INTERPOSER CABLE AND
CONNECTOR.
GO TO PAGE 5. STEP 1338.
ENTRY POINT C.

SEE CARR-OR I-I.
FRU 269. ALD lZ829/128.

IS VOLTAGE WITHIN LIMIT +21.6 AND +26.4

827

V DC?

YN
I THE LOADER POWER CABLE IS DEFECTIVE.

939

I EXCHANGE THE LOADER POWER CABLE.
· GOENTRYTO PAGE
5. STEP 838.
POINT C.
I

SEE CARR-OR I-I.
F~U 287, ALD ZZ929/129.

B31

828
MEASURE VOLTAGE ACROSS CC-P3-2 (+24 V)
AND CC-P3-1 (COM) WITH A VOLTMETER.
IS VOLTAGE WITHIN LIMIT +21.6 AND +26.4
V DC?
YN

GO TO MAP 92BB, ENTRY POINT A.

REFER TO MG LOC 1 FOR CONNECTOR
DIAGRAM.

POWER OFF THE DRIVE.
RE-CONNECT THE INTERPOSER CABLE AND
CONNECTOR TO THE POWER DISTRIBUTION
CABLE CONNECTOR.
REMOVE THE LOADER MECHANICAL ASSEMBLY.

SEE CARR-DR 1-1.
FRU 285.

POWER ON THE DRIVE AND MEASURE THE
VOLTAGE ACROSS TU-OB/1-PI-J6-3 (+24 V)
AND TU-D9/1-P1-J6-2 (COM).
IS VOLTAGE WITHIN LIMIT +21.6 AND +26.4
V DC?

II
5
PQ

TA90 MG EC C13764

5 5
RS

MAP 0900 - Automallc Cartridge Loader Procedure

PWR 900-4

MAP 0900 - Automatic Cartridge Loader Procedure
PRS
4 4 4

PWR a900

PAGE

5 OF

MAP 0900 - Automatic Cartridge Loader Procedure

PWR 900-5

FJ32

EXCHANGE THE LOADER OPERATOR PANEL.

THE INTERPOSER CABLE AND CONNECTOR
IS DEFECTIVE.
EXCHANGE THE INTERPOSER CABLE AND
CONNECTOR.
GO TO STEP 938,
ENTRY POINT C.

SEE CARR-OR 1-1.
FRU 269, ALD ZZ929/12e.

POWER ON THE DRIVE,
IS THE LOADER POWER-ON LED ON?
YN
636

633

EXCHANGE THE LOADER CONTROL CARD.

THE LOADER POWER CABLE IS DEFECTIVE.

GO TO STEP 938,
ENTRY POINT C.
934

SEE CARR-DR 1-1.
FRU 287, ALD ZZ929/129.

GO TO STEP 938,

9J7
GO TO STEP 938,

ENTRY POINT C.
938

RE-CONNECT CONNECTOR J3 AND MAKE
CERTAIN THAT THE CONNECTION IS GOOD.

(ENTRY POINT C)

IS THE LOADER POWER-ON LED ON?
YN

SEE CARR-DR 1-1.
FRU 281, ALD ALaOI.

I ENTRY POINT C.

POWER OFF THE DRIVE.

POWER ON THE DRIVE.

SEE CARR-OR I-I.
FRU 298, ALD ALea2.

RECONNECT ANY CABLES REMOVED FOR
TROUBLESHOOTING.
REPLACE ANY FUSES REMOVED FOR
TROUBLESHOOTING.
REPLACE ANY FRUS REMOVED FOR
TROUBLESHOOTING.
SET THE ONLINE/OFFLINE SWITCH TO
ONLINE.
REFER TO THE CE/HSC SECTION AND RUN
GMP.

TA90 MG EC C13764

MAP 0900 - Automatic CartrIdge Loader Procedure

PWR 900-5

(

MAP 0900 - Automatic Cartridge Loader Procedure

PWR 900-6

MAP 0900 - Automatic Cartridge Loader Procedure

PWR 900-6

PWR agee

J
3

PAGE

6 OF

939

GO TO PAGE 5, STEP 938,
ENTRY POINT C.

TA90 MG EC C13764

Contents

Sense Description ... . . . . . . . . . . . .
How to Determine the Sense Data Format
Formats 19 and 20
Format 21, and 30

100
100
100
100

Sense Byte Summary

102

Formats 19, 20, 21, and 30 Sense Bytes 0-2 Table

105

Formats 19, 20, 21, and 30 Sen~: Bytes 0-2 OescripUc:,: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Byte 0
Byte 1
Byte 2

110
110
110
110

Formats 19, 20, 21, and 30 Sense Byte 3 Table

115

Formats 19, 20, 21, and 30 Sense Byte 3 Description

115

Formats 19, 20, 21, and 30 Sense Bytes 4-7 Table

125

Formats 19, 20, 21, and 30 Sense Bytes 4-7 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Byte 4
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , 130
Bytes 5 and 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 130
Byte 7
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 130
Formats 19 and 20 Sense Bytes 8·15 Table

135

Formats 19 and 20 Sense Bytes 8·15 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Byte a - Drive Error Recovery Procedure Action (ERPA) Code . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
Byte 9 - First TCU Microcode Error Flags Byte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bytes 10 and 11 - First TCU Microcode Error Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bytes 12 and 13 - Second TCU Microcode Error Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bytes 14 and 15 - Last TCU Microcode Error Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

140
140
140
140
140
140

Formats 19 and 20 Sense Bytes 16-23 Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

145

Formats 19 and 20 Sense Bytes 16·23 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bytes 16 and 17 - TCU Hardware Error Code
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
Byte 18 - Drive Flag 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Byte 19 - Drive Model Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Byte 20 - Drive CDmmand COd.e 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • .
Byte 21 - Drive Error Code 1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
Byte 22 - Drive Command Code 2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
Byte 23 - Drive Error Code 2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
Drive Command Codes

150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150

Formats 19 and 20 Sense Bytes 24-31 Table

155

Formats 19 and 20 Sense Bytes 24-31 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Byte 24 - Tape Control Unit Channel Adapters Installed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Byte 25 - Tape Control UniVDrive Features
. . . . . . . .
.. . . . . . ..
Byte 26 - Tape Control Unit Microcode EC Level . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . ..
Byte 27 - Hardware Tape Control Unit Information . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . ..
Bytes 28 and 29 - Tape Control Unit Serial Number (Low Orderj
. . . . . . . ..
Byte 30 - Drive Address
. . . . . . .
Byte 31 - Data Byte Count . . . . .
. . . . . ..

160
160
160
160
160
160
160
160

Format 21 Sense Bytes 8·15 Table

165

Format 21 Sense Bytes 8-15 Description

170

TA90 MG EC C13764

Byte 8 - Read Forward Data Checks . . . . .
. .............. .
Byte 9 • Read Backward Data Checks
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Byte 10 - Write Data Checks ...
. . . . .. . . . . . . . . .
Byte 11 - Read Blocks Corrected. . . .
. .............. .
Byte 12 - Write Blocks Corrected ...
. ................ .
Byte 13 - Tape Control Unit Equipment Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bytes 14 and 15 - Read Bytes Processed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

170
170
170
170
170
170
170

Format 21 Sense Bytes 16-23 Table

.....

175

Format 21 Sense Bytes 16-23 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bytes 16 and 17 - Write Bytes Processed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Byte 18 - Read Blocks Processed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Byte 19 - Write Blocks Processed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.......................... .
Byte 20 - Write Transient Conditions
........................ .
Byte 21 - Read Transient Conditions
........................ .
Byte 22 - Criteria Write Data Checks
Byte 23 - Criteria Read DB:ta Checks
........................ .

180
180
180
180
180
180
180
180

Format 21 Sense Bytes 24-31 Table

185

Format 21 Sense Bytes 24-31 Description . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Byte 24 - Erase Gap Counts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Byte 25 - Drive Detected Errors
............................... .
Byte 26 - Low-Order Read or Write Blocks Processed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Byte 27 - Hardware Tape Control Unit Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bytes 28 and 29 - Tape Control Unit Serial Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Byte 30 - Read Recovery Retry Count . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Byte 31 - Drive Address . . . . . .
. ........................ .

190
190
190
190
190
190
190

Format 30 Sense Bytes 8-15 Table

215

Format 30 Sense Bytes 8-15 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Byte 8 - Device Read Forward Data Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Byte 9 - Device Write Forward Data Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Byte 10 - Device Read Backward Data Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Byte 11 - Reserved . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Byte 12 - Device Read Criteria Data Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Byte 13 - Device Write Criteria Data Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .- ... , .. .
Byte 14 - Device Read Recovery Erase Gaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Byte 15 - Device Write Recovery Erase Gaps . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . .

220

;90

220
220
220
220
220

220

Format 30 Sense Bytes 16·23 Table

SENSE 1

...

225

Format 30 Sense Bytes 16·23 Descrlplion
Byte 16· Device Read Transient Conditions . . . . . . . .
Byte 17 - Device Write Transient Conditions . . . . . . . . .
Byte 18 - Device Read Blocks Corrected . . . . . . . . . . .
Byte 19 - Device Write Blocks Corrected . . . . . . .
Bytes 20-21 - Reserved . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Byte 22 - Channel Read Data Request Timeouts . . . . . . . . . .
Byte 23 - Channel Write Data Request Timaouts

230
230
230
230
230
230
230
230

Format 30 Sense Bytes 24-31 Table

235

Format 30 Sense Bytes 24-31 Description
. . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . ..
Byte 24 - Channel Transfer Equipment Checks
. . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . ..
Byte 25 - Drive Detected Errors
........... ......
. . . . . . . . . . ..
Byte 26 - Device and/or Cartridge Action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Byte 27 - Hardware Tape Control Unit Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bytes 28-29 - Tape ContrOl Unit Serial Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Byte 30 - Drive Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Byte 31 - Reserved . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

240
240
240
240
240
240
240
240

Format 30 Sense Bytes 32-40 J"able

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245

Format 30 Sense Bytes 32-40 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bytes 32-34 - Channei Read Bytes Processed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bytes 35-37 - Channel Write Bytes Processed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bytes 38-40 - Device Read Bytes Processed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

250
250
250
250

Format 30 Sense Bytes 41-49 Table

..... .

255

Format 30 Sense Bytes 41-49 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bytes 41-43 - Device Write Bytes Processed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bytes 44-46 - Channel Read Blocks Processed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bytes 47-49 - Channel Write Blocks Processed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

260
260
260
260

Format 30 Sense Bytes 50-55 Table

265

Format 30 Sense Bytes 56-63 Table

270

Format 30 Sense Bytes 50-63 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bytes 50-52 - Device Read Blocks Processed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bytes 53-55 - Device Write Blocks Processed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bytes 56-63 - Reserved
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..

270
270
270
270

Status Byte Description
Status Bits 0-7 Description

285
290

220

. Contents

SENSE 1

Notes

SENSE 2

TA90 MG EC C13764

Notes

SE NSE 2

(
Sense Description
The TA90 subsystem tape control unit and tape drive
microprocessors repeatedly check all subsystem operations for
errors. Some errors can be corrected by the subsystem
microcode and error correction circuits. These errors are
recorded for later analysis if necessary. Other errors that cannot
be corrected cause an interruption in subsystem operation. All
available information about the error is recorded as sense data
to aid in finding the subsystem problem that caused the error.
Sense data is recorded in four formats-Hi. 20. 2;. and 30. Each
tape drive has sense data stored in the tape control unit. Each
tape drive has 32 bytes of sense data in each format stored in the
TAgO Model AD2 tape control unit. A Sense command causes
Formats 19 and 20 data to be transferred to the STI-FIPS Adapter.
A Read Buffered Log command causes Format 21 or 30 to be sent
to the STI-FIPS adapter.

Sense Description

SENSE 100

Sense Description

SENSE 100

Formats 19 and 20
Formats 19 and 20 consist of drive and tape control unit error
information. The formats are given when a Sense command is
received by the selected drive.
Sense data in formats 19 and 20 are not valid for a drive after the
following operations:
•
•
•
•

System reset
Selective reset
Power on reset
Any 110 command other than Test I/O or NOP after a
contingent connection
A temporary error that has been recovered.

See SENSE 135 through SENSE 160 for a detailed description of
the formats 19 and 20 sense bytes.

How to Determine the Sense Data Format
Sense bytes 0 through 7 are common to the five sense formats.
See SENSE 105 through SENSE 130 for a detailed description of
these eight bytes. The format of bytes 8 through 31 is indicated
in sense byte 7.
Note: The bits in the sense bytes are numbered 0 through 7,
starting on the left.
•

Note: Format 19 data is only present when forced logging
has been enabled by the CE panel. Forced logging is
used by field service as a troubleshooting tool.
Sense byte 7 = hexadecimal 21 (format 21).
Bytes B to 31 contain statistical information about subsystem
operattons.
•

Format 21 consists of 32 bytes of command when the Improved
Data Recording Capability feature is not installed or allowed.
Format 21 is also given when:

•

Sense byte 7 = hexadecimal 19 or 20 (format 19 or 20).
Bytes 8 to 31 of both formats contain drive and tape control
unit error information. However. when Format 19 is
indicated. the Force Error Logging bit has been set by the
system and the sense data is also logged in an Error Log
Report.

•

Format 21

Sense byte 7 = hexadecimal 30 (format 30).
Bytes a to 63 contain statistical information about subsystem
operations.

A Sense command is received and one or more of the
statistica'l error counters has an overflow.

Buffered log (format 21) data is reset to zero after a:
•

Read Buffered Log command

•

System reset

•

Selective reset

•

Power on reset.

If a unit check occurs. the tape control unit keeps a contingent
connection to the selected drive on the same channel path as the
original unit check was received. This contingent connection is
kept until a command other than Test I/O or NOP is received by
that drive. The STI-FIPS Adapter usually sends a Sense
command to get the failure information.
See SENSE 165 through SENSE 190 for a detailed description of
the format 21 sense bytes.
Note: The bits in the sense bytes are numbered 0 through 7.
starting on the left.

Format 30
Format 30 consists of 64 bytes of buffered log data and is
obtained by a Read Buffered Log command when the Improved
Data Recording Capability feature is installed and allowed.
See SENSE 215 through 275 for a detailed description of Format
30 sense bytes.

TA90 MG EC C13764

Sense Byte Summary

BYTE/BIT (Forllats 19. 20. 21. and 30)
MEANING
(COf0t40N)

PAGE

Byte 0
Bit e
Bit 1
Bit 2
Bit 3
Bit 4
Bit 5
Bit 6
Bit 7

110
110
110
110
110
110
110

Byte 1
Bit e
ait 1
Bit 2
Bit 3
Bit 4
Bit 5
Bit 6
Bit 7
Byte 2
Bits 9-3
Bit 4
Bit 4

Bit 5
Bit 6
Bit 7
Byte 3
Byte 4
Bi ts 9-1

Bits 2-7

COlllllland reject
Intervent; on requ; red
Bus out check
Equipll4!nt check
Data check
Overrun
Deferred Uni t Check
As signed e15 ewhe re
locate fai 1ure
Orive online to tape controi unit
Reserved
Record sequence error
Beginning of tape (BOT)
Write .ode
Write protect
Not capable
Reporti ng channel path
Reporti ng tape control unit
Ta91! eQntrQl ~n;t !O
Automat; c cartr; dge
loader act i 'Ie
Tape synchronous mode
Tape pos i ti oni ng
Error Recovery Action
(ERA) code
Format indication

ee • Standard TA99 format

91 a Reserved
19 • TA9a Improved Llata
Record; ng Capalli 1i ty
11 • Spec;al Harks
High-order channel logical
block nUillber

Bytes 5 and 6

low-order channel logical
block number

Byte 7

Format of bytes 8-31

110

119
119

ll9
110
119
110
119

BYTE/BIT
(FORMATS 19 ANO 20)

MEANING

PAGE

BYTE/BIT
(FORMATS 19 ANO 20)

Byte 8

Drive Error Recovery
Action (ERA) code

140

Byte Z7

Byte 9

First TCU microcode
error flags

149

Bytes 10 and 11

First TCU microcode
error code

140

Bit 2

Bytes 12 and 13

Second TCU microcode
error code

140

Bit 3
Bits 4-7

Bytes 14 and 15

last iCU microcode
error code

14€1

Bytes 28 and 29

Bytes 16 and 17

TCU hardware error code

150

Byte 18

Or; ve flag

150

Byte 39
Bits 9-3
Bits 4-7
Byte 31

Reserved
Drive Hodel BOX
Reserved

110

Byte 29

Dr; 'Ie cOllllland code 1

150

119
119

Byte .21

Drive error code 1

150

Byte 22

Drive command code Z

150

Byte 23

Drive error code Z

159

Channel adapters installed
Data transfer mode
Tape control unit channel
adapters installed

11£1

115

130

139

13(;)

Byte 24
8i ts 9-3
Bits 4-7
Byte 24
Byte 25
Bit 0
Bi t 1-3
Bit 4
Bit 5

139

Bit 6
Bit 7
Byte 26

TA90 MG EC C13764

PAGE

Hardware tape control
unit information
Tape control unit EC switch e
Tape control unit EC switch 1
Tape control unit hardware
flags
1 • Tape control unit has only
Hodel BOX tape transport units
Tape Control unit EC switch 2
Tape control unit serial
number (high-order digit)

169
160
160
160

Bit a
Bit 1
Bit 2
Bit 3

Hardware tape control
un; t i nformat ; on
Not defined
e • Oigital model rA90
e • Reserved
1 • Tape control unit has only
Model BOX tape transport units
Tape control unit
hardware flag
Tape control unit serial
number (high-order digit)

199
190

190

169

Bits 4-7

168
169

Bytes 28 and 29

Tape control unit serial
number (low-order digit)

190

Tape control unit seriai
number (low-order digit)

16G

Byte 30

Read recovery retry count

199

Ori ve address
Logical drive address
Phys i ca 1 dri ve address
Buffered data bytes

169
169

Byte 31
Bi ts 9-3
Bits 4-7

Dri ve address
logi ca 1 drive address
Physical drive address

190
190
199

190

169

150

Byte 19
Bits 0-5
Bit 6
Bit 7

119
110

Bit e
Bit 1
Bits 9 and 1

Byte 27
MEANING

SENSE 102

BYTE/BIT
(FORHAT 21)

MEANING

PAGE

Byte 8

Read forward data checks

179

Byte 9

Read backward data checks

179

Byte 18

Write data checks

179

Byte 11

Read blocks corrected

179

169
169
169

Byte 12

Write blocks corrected

170

Byte 13

Tape control unit
equi pment checks

179

Tape control uni t feature
Two tape control units
feature
Reserved
Improved Data Recording
Capability Allowed
Improved Data Recording
Capabil i ty Install eO
Upgraded buffer
Automatic cartridge
loader installed

169
160

Bytes 14 and 15

Read bytes processed

179

Tape control unit
microcode EC level

Bytes i6 and 17

Wri te bytes processed

189

169
169

Byte 18

Read blocks processed

1S9

169

Byte 19

Write blocks processed

189

169
169

Byte 2a

Write transient conditions

18G

Byte 21

Read transient conditions

189

169

Byte 22.

Cri ter; a wri te data checks

189

Byte 23

Cri teri a read data checks

189

Byte 24

Write recovery erase gap count

190

Byte 25

Orive detected errori

199

eyte 26

low order of read or
write blocks processed

198

Sense Byte Summary

SENSE 102

Sense Byte Summary (Continued)

SENSE 103

Sense Byte Summary (Continued)

SENSE 103

BYTE/BIT (Fonnat 39)

BYTE/BIT (Fonmat 30)
(COHMON)
HEANING

PAGE

(COMMON)

MEANING

PAGE

Bytes 32-34

Channel read bytes processed

25El

Bytes 35-37

Channel write bytes processed 250

Bytes 38-40

Device read bytes processed

259

Bytes 41-43

Device write bytes processed

260

Bytes 44-46

Channel read blocks processed 260

Bytes 47-49

Channel write blocks
processed

260

Bytes 50-52

Device read block processed

279

Bytes 53-55

Device write blocks
processed

270

Bytes 56-63

Reserved

270

Byte B

Dev f ce read f Ol'WArd di!! ta
checks

229

Byte 9

Device write forward data
data checks

2213

Device read backward data

220

Byte 19

Sense Byte Summary (Continued)

cheCKS

Byte 11

Reserved

229

Byte 12

Device read criteria data
checks

229

Byte 13

Device write criteria data
checks

229

Byte 14

Device read recovery retries

229

Byte 15

Dev i ce WI"' ite recovery erase
gaps

220

Byte 16

Device read transient
conditions

230

Byte 17

Devi ce WI'" i te trans i ent
conditions

239

Byte 18

Device read blocks corrected

239

Byte 19

Device write blocks corrected 230

Bytes 20-21

Reserved

239

Byte 22

Channel read data request
timeouts

239

Byte 23

Channel write data request
t imeouts

239

Byte 24

Channel transfer equipment
checks

249

Byte 25

Drive detected errors

249

Byte 26

Device and/or Cartridge
Action

9yt~27

HttNM~

249
240

Bit 0

Bit 1
Bit 2
units
Bit 3
Bits 4-7
Bytes 28-29

contrnl unit

informat ion
Tape contra!" unit EC switch G 248
Tape contra I unit EC switch 1 249
o • Reserved
1 • Tape Control unit has only
Hode I BOX tape transport
Tape control unit EC switch 2 240
Tape control unit serial
249
nunber (high order digit)
Tape control unit serial
nllnber (low order digit)

249

Byte 38
Bf ts 9-3
Bfts 4-7

logical drive address
Physical drive address

249
240

Byte 31

Reserved

249

TA90 MG EC C13764

Formats 19, 20, 21, and 30 Sense Bytes 0-2 Table

Formats 19,20,21, and 30 Sense Bytes 0-2

SENSE 105

Formats 19, 20, 21, and 30 Sense Bytes 0-2

SENSE 105

FORMATS 19. 2a. 21. and 30 BTYES a-2
BYTE

BIT a

BIT 1

BIT 2

Command

Intervent i on
Requi red

Bus Out

Check

Record
Sequence
Error

Beginningof-Tape
(BOT)

Channel
Assignment

Tape Control
Unit [0

Rejet:t

BrT 4

BIT 5

BIT 6

BIT 7

Equipment

Data

Overrun

Check

Deferred
Uni t Check

Assigned
Eisewhere

Write

Write
Protect

Not
Capable

Drive In
Synchronous
Data Transfer

Block ID
Position
Indicator

BIT 3

I
1

locate
Failure

Device
Online
to TCU

Reserved

Channel Adapter Code

TA90 MG EC C13764

Mode

Automatic
Cartridge
loader
Active

(

Formats 19, 20, 21, and 30 Sense Bytes 0-2

Formats 19, 20, 21, and 30 Sense Bytes 0-2 Description
Sense bytes ()..7 are common to all formats. Bytes 0-2 have the
following meaning:

Byte 0

Bit 3 • Equipment Check: Bit 3 is set when:
•
•

An error is sensed during a read operation in read buffered
mode.
No other bit is set in sense bytes 0 and 1 and there is an
error for the drive.

Bit 0 • Command Reject: Bit 0 is set when:
•
•

A Write, Write Tape Mark. Erase Gap. or Data Security Erase
command is sent to a tape that is file protected.
The tape control unit receives a not valid command.

•

A Data Security Erase command is sent that is not
command-chained to an Erase Gap command.

•

The subsystem received an inhibited supervisor channel
command.

•

The subsystem s.enses a not valid channel program
sequence.

•

A not valid argument is specified in a command.

Bit 1 • Intervention Required: Bit 1 is set when the addressed
drive is not ready or does not exist.
Bit 2 • Bus Out Check: Bit 2 is set when the channel bus out has
wrong parity during a command or flag byte movement.

Bit 4 - Data Check: Bit 4 is set when an error is sensed during an
operation in which data is being written on or read from the tape.
Bit 5 - Overrun: Bit 5 is set when a data movement in tape
synchronous mode finds the tape control unit buffer full during a
read operation or finds the tape control unit buffer empty during
a write operation. The subsystem attempts error recovery
procedures before this bit is set. Data overrun is the only type of
overrun from which the subsystem attempts to recover, and the
data overrun condition is not sent to the STI-FIPS Adapter.
Bit 6 • Unit Check Timing: Bit 6 is set to 1 when a preceding unit
check. to which this sense data is connected. is a deferred unit
check or a postponed unit check. This bit is set to 0 when the
unit check is connected to the channel command that the Channel
Status Word indicates. If the STI-FIPS Adapter sent a Sense
command and no waiting contingent connection is in effect. the
content of the bit can not be relied on.
Bit 7 • Assigned Elsewhere: This bit is set to 1 if the data is
associated with unit check status which is generated because the
device is disabled by dynamic partitioning on the selected
channel path.

SENSE 110

Byte 1

Byte 2

Bit 0 • Locate Failure: This bit is set to 1 if the data is associated
with unit check status which is generated because the block
requested by a Locate command could not be found.

Bits 0.1.2, and 3 • Channel Adapter Code: Bits O. 1.2. and 3
identify the channel adapter that reported this sense record.

Bit 1 • Device Online to Control Unit: This bit is set to 1 if the
device state in the control unit is -online".

1.':\ 1
3

- - - -

Bit 2 • Reserved: Bit 2 is always O.
Bit 3 • Record Sequence Error: Bit 3 is set if an out-ot-sequence
record is detected while reading the block 10.
Bit 4 - Beginnlng-o.-Tape (eOT): Bit 4 is set when the tape is at
the beginning-of-tape (BOT) position.
Bil 5 • Write Mode: Bit 5 is set when the latest command sent to
the drive was a write-type command.
Bit 6 - Write Protect: Bit 6 is set when the cartridge in the
selected drive is protected against write operations. This bit is
valid only when byte 1 bit 1. device online is also set to 1.
Bit 7 - Not Capable: Bit 7 is set when the data on the cartridge
cannot be read because the format is not correct.

MEANING
,.;:

_ _. .... ..-.-_ .. -

.. ....

.~-

- -

... .....

o EI 1 €I
o1 S 0
e €I 1 1

TCUO Channe 1 Interface A

ale 1

TCUl Channe 1 Interface B

TCUS Channel Interface B
TeUl Cnannel Int!!"face A

Bit 4 • Reporting Tape Control Unit: Bit 4 indicates the tape
control unit that detected and generated the sense data. If bit 4
equals O. the sense data was assembled in tape control unit O. If
bit 4 equals 1. the sense data was assembled in tape control unit
,. In {l single tape control unit configuration, this bit is always O.
Bit 5: The automatic cartridge loader is in system or automatic
mode; there are more cartridges in the input stack and the
automatic cartridge loader is capable of indexing at least one
cartridge into the drive.
Bit 6 - Tape Synchronous Mode: This bit is set when the tape
control unit places !he drive in tape synchronous mode.
Bit 7· Tape Positioning: This bit is active if channel block 10
needs to be adjusted to obtain the channel block 10 associated
with the failing block.

T AgO MG EC C13764

Formats 19, 20, 21, and 30 Sense Bytes 0-2

SENSE 110

Formats 19, 20, 21, and 30 Sense Byte 3 Table

Formats 19, 20, 21, and 30 Sense Byte 3

SENSE 115

Formats 19, 20, 21, and 30 Sense Byte 3

SENSE 115

FORMATS 19, 20, 21, and lG BYTE 3

BYTE

BIT 1

BIT El

BIT 2

BIT 3

BIT 4

BIT 5

BIT 6

BIT 7

I
I

Subsystem Error Recovery Action (ERA) Code

Formats 19, 20, 21, and 30 Sense Byte 3 Description
Byte 3
Byte 3 contains the subsystem Error Recovery Action (ERA) code. It describes the action that the STI-FIPS Adapter should take to recover from an error in the subsystem.
Note: See SENSE 120 for a description of the recovery action.
ERA
CODE
(HEX)

DESCRIPTION
OF ERROR

Unsolicited sense

01-20

Reserved

Data streaming not
operational

Path equipment check

Read data check

Load display
command to prior
CHK message

I 25

Write data check

I Read data check'

Command reject

Write 10 mark check

Reserved

ACTION
If in response to unit check status
logs permanent errors. else no
action.

Physical end of tape

Permanent error

Backward at
8eginning-ol-Tape

O. else job terminated

!
I Retry
Permanent error

Permanent error
Permanenl error

Not capable (BOT
error)

Reserved

Wrile protected

Tape void

Lost tape tension

Permanent error

Load failure

Operalor intervention

Unload laiture

Operator intervention

Drive equipment
check

Permanent error

I Reserved

Operator intervention

Permanent error il btock 10 not Operator intervention

Manual Rewind or

I Reserved
Overrun

40
41

ACTION

Drive switched not
ready

I Unload
3C-3F

TA90 MG EC C13764

Permanent error

Resume

Dale security erase
lailure

Tape length check
error

Environmental data
present after a rewind
unload command

Retry

Permanenl equipment
check

DESCRIPTION
OF ERROR

Retry

Unsolicited
environmental dala
(error counter
overflow)

ERA
CODe
(HEX)

Record sequence
error

I
I

Permanent error
Retry

Degraded mode
errors

I Drive not ready

Locale block
unsuccessfut

Permanent error

Drive assigned
elsewhere

Permanent error

I Drive not online

I Permanent error

Volume fenced

Permanenl error

Unsolicited
informational data

Retry

Bus Out check

Permanent error

Recovered CK 1
lailure

Retry

Read bullered tog
(overflow)

Resume

Read bulfered 'og
(EQV)

Resume

End 01 volume
complete

Resume

51
52

Operator intervention

Not.: • Same error as ERA 23. but the error occurred alialn when readin, in
the OPPOSite Clirection.

Formats 19, 20, 21, and 30 Sense Byte 3 Description (Continued)

Formats 19, 20, 21, and 30 Sense Byte 3

SENSE 120

Formats 19, 20, 21, and 30 Sense Byte 3

SENSE 120

Permanent Error
The STI-FIPS Adapter should send a permanent error signal to
the access method or user program.

Operator Intervention
The operator must perform some manual action; such as moving
a tape, to continue processing on the subsystem.

Resume
The channel program continues processing at the point of
interruption after the system control program has performed any
needed action. No error signal is sent to the user.

TA90 MG EC C13764

Formats 19, 20, 21, and 30 Sense Bytes 4-7 Table

Formats 19,20,21, and 30 Sense By1es 4-7

SENSE 125

Formats 19, 20, 21, and 30 Sense Bytes 4-7

SENSE 125

FORMATS 19, 20. 21. AND 30 ByTES 4-7
BYTE

BIT a

BIT 1

BIT 2

BrT 7

BIT 6

BIT 5

BIT 4

BIT 3

Format Mode

High-order channel logical "loek number

1
1

I
I

Mid-Order ch~nnel logical bloc~ nu~ber

1
I

I
I

1
I

Low-Order channel logical block number

-I

I
~

TAgO MG EC C13764

I
I

1
I

I
I

Sense Byte Format

Formats 19, 20, 21, and 30 Sense Bytes 4-7 Description

Formats 19, 20, 21, and 30 Sense Bytes 4-7

SENSE 130

Formats 19,20,21, and 30 Sense Bytes 4-7

SENSE 130

Byte 4
Bits 0-1 • Formal Mode:
These two bits indicate the format mode at the time the error
occurred. A TA90 Improved Data Recording Capability indicates
that the data was processed with Improved Data Recording
Capability enabled by the tape control unit.

GO :: TAgG Format
01 = Reserved
10 = TAge Improved Data Recording Capability
11 = Special Marks
Bits 2-7 • High-Order Channel Logical Block Number:
These bits contain the high-order bits of the channel logical block
number which would be accessed in the forward direction from
the control program's perspective.

Bytes 5 and 6
These bytes contain the low-order bits of the channel logical
block number which would be accessed in the forward direction
from the control program's perspective.

Byte 7
The contents of byte 7 determine the format of bytes 8 through
31. If byte 7 contains 19 or 20 (hexadecimal). the format
represents subsystem error sense data. If byte 7 contains 21 or
30 (hexadecimal). the format represents operating condition data
(media statistics). Only 19, 20. 21. or 30 is valid in sense byte 7.

TA90 MG EC C13764

Formats 19 and 20 Sense Bytes 8-15 Table

Formals 19 and 20 Sense Bytes 8-15

SENSE 135

Formats 19 and 20 Sense Bytes 8-15

SENSE 135

FaRHA TS 19 and 20 BYTES 8-15
BYTE

BIT a

BIT 1

~1T2

BIT 6

BIT 5

BIT 4

BIT 3

BIT 7

Drive Error Recovery Action (ERA) Code

J
I

I
I

1
I

I
I

1
I

I
I

First ieU Hicrocode Error Flags Byte

First TCU Microcode Error Code

I
I

1
I

First TCU Hicrocode Error Code

I
I

J
I

1
I

Second TCU Hi crocode Error Code

I
I

J
I

Second TeU Hi crocode Error eode

I
I

Las t TeU Hi crocode Error eode

I
I

1
I

Last fCU Hicrocode Error Code

TA90 MG EC C13764

Formats 19 and 20 Sense Bytes 8-15 Description
Byte 8

Drive Error Recovery Action (E RA) Code

ERA

TAPE CONTROL UNIT ACTION

(HEX)

Backspace and write block again

40 or CD

If a write operation,
reposition tape and issue the
fa i1 Ing carmand aga In. If a read
operation, do nothing unless It
is a tape control unit failure.

4F or CF

5B or DB I Give the last (fa i1 ing) cocnnand

I again.
i

SF or OF

The drive has automatically
returned the tape to the
preceding position after
a failure.
Give the preceding serial
comnand.

(HEX)

69 or E9

Give a RESETA conmand and
continue.

63 or E3

If the BlKIO-e, this Is a
permanent error. (f not, give
a locate command and attempt
again.
Load the drive patch area.

TA90 MG EC C13764

Byte 9 - Tape Control Unit Flags
COOE

73 or Fl

75 or F5 I Sends an equipment check message

I Manual action needed. Equipment

I error
If a data path transfer
occurred, return the tape
I,

to Its preceding position and

i att~t the command again.

5E or EE I Give a Locate conmand to
I Se'1'lent 55, followed by II rewind
i operation to the BOT.

79 or Fa i Manual action needed. Operator
j must unload the tape, change the
! position of the file protect
I switch on the cartridge, and
i load the cartridge again.
; A write commend was given to a

i fi Ie-protected tape.
71 or Fl

Forward ccnmand at PEOT, stoplock, on moving forward into
PEOT during a read operation,
or moving forward into PEOT
during a write operation.

72 or F2

Sends an equipment check message
to the conso 1e.

Byte 9 contains more information about the fiist tape control unit
microcode error code (bytes 10 and 11). if available. See the
error code in the FSI section for byte 9's meaning.

Manual action needed. The
equipment check bit is set.
The operator must load or
unload the tape.
to the console. Send a load
Ofsp lay ccnmand to the fail inC)
drive.

_1 check bit is set.

60 or EO

TAPE C~TROl UNIT ACTION

(HEX)

6C or EC

SENSE 140

ERA

Manual action needed. Operator
can remove any slack In the tape
by press 1"9 the Rewind switch
to reload the tape.

6B or EB I .Give
a •RESETB command, find
.
•
•
__ __
blOCk wnere error occurrea, ana
continue operation.

The serial command was not
processed.
51 or El

TAPE CONTROL UN(T ACTION

COOE

Byte 8 contains the ERA code when a drive has asked for action
from the error recovery procedures. The ERA codes and tape
control unit actions are described in the Following table:

ERA
CODE

Formats 19 and 20 Sense Bytes 8-15

76 or F6

Glve a Rewind tl110ad ccmnand frOlll
the hos t. I f the tape does no t
unload, tape damage can result.

78 or Fa

Manua I Rewi nd conmand has been
InitIated. The operator pressed
the Not Ready and Rewind
switches.

79 or F9

Request tape control unit
issue a Rewind Unload command.

7D or FD

Log temporary error to host.

Read one block to Identify a
tape position reference, then
continue.

If a data path transfer error
occurred, inhibit autospace
operations on this block. If
not, no tape control unit is
needed.

Bytes 10 and 11 - First lCU Microcode Error
Code
Bytes 10 and 11 contain the tape control un; t microcode detected
error code for the first error of the tape control unit or drive. See
the FSI section for the meaning of the error codes.

Bytes 12 and 13 - Second TCU Microcode Error
Code
I

Bytes 12 and 13 contain the tape control unit microcode detected
error code for the second error of the tape control uni t or drive.
See the FSI section for the meaning of the error codes.

Bytes 14 and 15 - Last lCU Microcode Error
Code

Bytes 14 and 15 contain the tape controi unit microcode detected
error code for the last error of the tape control unit or drive. See
the FSI section for the meaning of the error codes.

OSE failed (write RAS not valid)

Formats 19 and 20 Sense Bytes 8-15

SENSE 140

Formats 19 and 20 Sense Bytes 16·23 Table

Formats 19 and 20 Sense Bytes 16-23

SENSE 145

Formats 19 and 20 Sense Bytes 16-23

SE NSE 145

FORHATS 19 AND 2tJ BYTES 16-23
BYTE

BIT e

BIT 1

Bn z

an 3

BIT 4

Bn 5

BIT 7

BIT 6

Teu Herdware Error Cede

Teu Hardware Error Code

Drive Flag - 1

Reserved
19

Reserved

Drive COII'IIIand Code - 1

Drive Error Code - 1

Drive Conmand Code - 2

Drive Error Code - 2

TA90 MG EC C13764

Drive
Hodel
Nunber

BOX

Formats 19 and 20 Sense Bytes 16-23 Description
Bytes 16 and 17 - leU Hardware Error Code

Drive Command Codes

Bytes 16 and 17 contain the Tape Control Unit Hardware Detected
Error Code. For a specific error code, see the EAD section for
the meaning of that code.

Code

Description

Test 110

Read Forward

Read Backward

Sense

Patch Load

Clamp

Byte 18 - Drive Flag 1
Byte 18 contains engineering information. See the specific error
code in the FSI section for the meaning of byte 18, if available.

Byte 19 - Drive Model Number

Unclamp

Reserved

Reset A

Model BDX

Reset B

Reserved

Write or Erase Gap

Set Di agnostic

load Display

Read Control Store

Write Control Store

Data Security Erase

Autospace Backward

Autospace Forward

Rewind

Rewind/Unload

Locate

Read LSRs

Read X-Regs

Write X-Regs

load Automatic Cartridge Loader code

ee·

Bus Parity error when loading commands

Byte 23 - Drive Error Code 2

FF·

Load/Unload and unloaded drive

Byte 23 contains the last error that occurred, whether or not
more than two errors occurred since the last drive sense
command was sent For a specific error code, see the FSI
section for the meaning of that code. The error code number is
the same as the CHK number.

• Not actual command codes. These codes are used when no
command is being executed.

The command active or I ast given at the time that drive error
code 1 occurred. See the "Drive Command Codes" list on this
page.

Byte 21 - Drive Error Code 1
Byte 21 contains the first error detected since the last device
sense command. For a specific error code, see'the FSI section
for the meaning of that code. The error code number is the same
as the CHK number.

Byte 22 - Drive Command Code 2
The command active or last given at the time that drive error
code 2 was detected. See the "Drive Command Codes" list on
this page.

TA90 MG EC C13764

SENSE 150

Formats 19 and 20 Sense Bytes 16-23

SENSE 150

Command

0-5

Byte 20 - Drive Command Code 1

Formats 19 and 20 Sense Bytes 16-23

Formats 19 and 20 Sense Bytes 24-31 Table

Formats 19 and 20 Sense Bytes 24-31

SENSE 155

Formats 19 and 20 Sense Bytes 24-31

SENSE 155

FORMATS 19 AND 20 BYTES 24-31
BYTE

Bn a

BIT 1

Channel adapter Installed

Two Tape Contro I
Unit
Comnun i ca t i on
Feature

BIT 2

BIT 3

Reserved

BIT 6

Bn 5

BIT 7

Data transfer mode

Extended
Data Record1"9 Fonnat
Allowed

Reserved

Upgraded
Buffer

Extended
Data Recordfng Fonnat
(nstalled

Autanatfc
Cartridge
loader
Insta lled

BIT 4

Tape Control Unit Microcode EC level

Tape Control
Unit EC

Tape Contra 1
Unit EC

Swft!:h (I

S~!!:!:h

Tape Contra I
Unit
Hcd:l
l·AQX

a-TAga

Tape Control
{)lit EC
Swit~h 2

Tap.: Cuiitful Unit S':fiil nunber {High Order;

I
I

28
I
I

Tape Control Unit Serfal Hunber (low Order)
I

Physical Drive Address

logical Drive Address

I
I

1
I

I
I

Buffered Data Bytes

TA90 MG EC C13764

Tape Control Unit Serial Hunber (Hid Order)
I

Formats 19 and 20 Sense Bytes 24-31

Formats 19 and 20 Sense Bytes 24-31 Description
Byte 24 - Tape Control Unit Channel Adapters
Installed
Byte 24 indicates the channel adapters that are installed on the
tape control unit and the mode to which the active channel
adapter is set on the tape control unit panel. Bits 0 through 3 are
relative to the subsystem path described in sense byte 2.
Bit 0 - Channel Adapter A

Byte 27 - Hardware Tape Control Unit Information

Byte 31 - Data Byte Count

The bits in byte 27 are set by the switches under the covers of the
tape control unit Usually, they are changed only by maintenance
personnel during service or by plant personnel during
manufacture.

Byte 31 contains a count or the blocks of data in the buffer. The
count is specified in 4K blocks. For example, a 3,456-byte block
of data is given as a count of '01', and a S,678-byte block of data
is given as a count of '02' .

Bit 0 - Tape Control Unit EC Switch 0:

Bit 1 - Channel Adapter B

B ~ Two board tape controi unit
1 ~ Reserved

Bit 2 - Reserved

Bit 1

Bit 3 - Reserved
Bits 4 S 6 7

SENSE 160

= Tape Control Unit EC Switch 1: Reserved
Bit 2 = Tape Control Unit Model:
e = Hodel Reserved

Bits 0 0 0 0

Reserved

1 = Hodel ADX

Bi ts 0 0 0 1

Reserved

Bit 3 = Tape Control Unit EC Switch 2: Reserved

Bi ts 0 1 0 1

Reserved

Bits 0 1 1 0

3 Megabyte Streaming

Byte 25 - Tape Control Unit/Drive Features
Bit 0 • Two Tape Control Unit Feature: This bit indicates that a
two Tape Control Unit communication feature is installed.
Bits 1 through 3 • Reserved: Bits 1 through 3 are reserved and
are always O.
Bit 4 • Improved Data Recording Capability Allowed: This bit on
indicates that data can be processed with Improved Data
Recording Capability enabled as it is received rrom the channel
adapter.
Bit 5 - Improved Data Recording Capability Installed: This bit on
indicates that the Improved Data Recording Capability reature is
installed.

BitS· Upgraded Suffer
Bit 7 - Automatic Cartridge Loader Installed

Bits 4 through 7 - Tape Control Unit Serial Number (High-Order
Digit)

Bytes 28 and 29 - Tape Control Unit Serial
Number (Low Order)
Bytes 28 and 29 contain the low-order digits of the tape control
unit serial number. Usually, they are changed only by
maintenance personnel during service or by plant personnel
during assembly.

Byte 30 - Drive Address
Bits 0 through 3 - Logical Drive Address: Bits 0 through 3 are the
low-order bits or the extemal diive address. This field contains
the value that the drive responds to upon receipt of a command
from the host
Bits 4 through 7 - Physical Drive Address: Bits 4 through 7
contain a number that cannot be modified by the operator. It Is
set at installation or the drive by the Service Representative. (No
duplicate numbers should be set on any drives in this
subsystem.)

Byte 26 - Tape Control Unit Microcode EC Level
The bits in byte 26 vary when new versions of microcode are
used on the subsystem.

TA90 MG EC C13764

Formats 19 and 20 Sense Bytes 24-31

SENSE 160

Format 21 Sense Bytes 8·15 Table

Format 21 Sense Bytes 8-15

SENSE 165

Format 21 Sense Bytes 8-15

SENSE 165

FORMAT 21 BYTES 8-15

BYTE

BIT e

BIT 1

BIT 2

BIT 3

BIT 4

BIT 5

BIT 6

BIT 7

I
Read Forward Data Checks

Read Backward Data Checks

Wri te Data Checks

Read B10cks Corrected

Wri te B10cks Corrected

Tape Control Unit Equipment Checks

Read Bytes Processed

TA90 MG EC CQ4824

Format 21. Sense Bytes 8-15 Description

Format 21 Sense Bytes 8-15

SENSE 170

, Format 21 Sense Bytes 8-15

SENSE 170

Byte 8 - Read Forward Data Checks
Byte 8 contains a count of the temporary read errors that needed
ERP action.

Byte 9 - Read Backward Data Checks
Byte 9 contains a count of the temporary read backward errors
that needed ERP action.

Byte 10 - Write Data Checks
Byte 10 contains a count of the temporary write errors that
needed ERP action.

Byte 11 - Read Blocks Corrected
Byte 1~ contains a count of the read errors corrected without
needing ERP action.

Byte 12 - Write Blocks Corrected
Byte 12 contains a count of the write errors corrected without
needing ERP action.

Byte 13 - Tape Control Unit Equipment Checks
Byte 13 contains a count of the recoverable errors that were
found during uses of the external registers.

Bytes 14 and 15 - Read Bytes Processed
Bytes 14 and 15 contain a count of the bytes read from the drive
to the channel. Each count has a value of 4K bytes.

TA90 MG EC A58299

Format 21 Sense Bytes 16-23 Table

Format 21 Sense Bytes 16-23

SENSE 175

Format 21 Sense Bytes 16-23

SENSE 175

FORMAT 21 BYTES 16-23

BYTE

BIT e

BIT 1

BIT 2

BIT 4

BIT 3

BIT 5

BIT 6

BIT 7

I
Wri te Bytes Processed

Wr1 te Bytes Processed

Read 810cks Processed

Wri te B10cks Processed

Wri te Trans; ent Cond1 ti ons

Read Trans;ent Conditicl"!s

22 .~

Criteria Write Data Che:ks

Cri teri a Read Data Checks

TA90 MG ECC04824

Format 21 Sense Bytes 16-23 Description

Format 21 Sense Bytes 16-23

SENSE 180

'Format 21 Sense Bytes 16-23

SENSE 180

Bytes 16 and 17 - Write Bytes Processed
Bytes 16 and 17 contain a count of the bytes written from the
channel to the drive. Each count is equal to 4K bytes.

Byte 18 - Read Blocks Processed
Byte 18 contains a count of the blocks read forward and
backward for this volume. Each count has a value of 256 read
blocks.

Byte 19 - Write Blocks Processed
Byte 19 contains a count of the blocks written on this volume.
Each count is equal to 256 write blocks, and a maximum value of
65,536 write blocks can be counted.

Byte 20 .. Write Transient Conditions
Cartridge stress conditions such as exposure to extreme heat or
cold can cause short-term velocity changes to occur while writing
the tape. This condition is detected and the event is recorded in
this sense byte as a temporary, recoverable event.

Byte 21 - Read Transient Conditions
Cartridge stress conditions such as exposure to extreme heat or
cold can cause short-term velocity changes to occur while
reading the tape. This condition is detected and the event is
recorded in this sense byte as a temporary, recoverable event.

Bytes 22 - Criteria Write Data Checks
A count of temporary data checks that occurred with no hardware
FRU indicators. These counts are a subset of the count contained
in sense ~yte 10 and are Included in sense byte 10.

Bytes 23 - Criteria Read Data Checks
A count of temporary read data checks that occurred with no
hardware FRU indicators. These counts are a subset of the count
contained in sense bytes 8 and 9 and are included in sense bytes
8 and 9.

TA90 MG EC C04824

Format 21 Sense Bytes 24-31 Table

Format 21 Sense Bytes 24-31

SENSE 185

Format 21 Sense Bytes 24-31

SENSE 185

FORMAT 21 BYTES 24-31
BYTE

BIT 9

BIT 3

BIT 2

BIT 1

BIT 4

an 7

BIT 6

81T 5

Write Recovery Erase Gape Count

Drive Detected Errors

I
I

Tape Control
Unit EC
Switch 1

I
I
I
I
!
!
Tape Control Unit Serial Ntmber (High Order)

Tape Control
Tape Control
Unit Hodel
tklit EC Switch 2
9 • Reserved .

1 • AOX

Tape Control Unit Serial tbnber (Hid-Order 4 Digits)

I
I

Tape Control Unit Serial tbnber (Low-Order 4 Digits)

I
I

Low-Order write Blocks Processed

Low-Order Read Blocks Processed

Tape Control
Unit EC
Switch 9

I
I

I
I
I Read Recovery Retry
I Count

I
I

Phys f ca 1 Drive Address

Log i ca 1 Dri ve Address

TA90 MG EC C13764

Format 21 Sense Bytes 24-31 Description
Byte 24 - Write Recovery Erase Gap Check

Byte 30 - Read Recovery Retry Count

Tape Control Unit error recovery procedure was required to
erase and rewrite a block or tape mark.

Byte 30 contains a count of the times the tape control unit
attempted consecutive read recovery actions for the same block.

Byte 25 - Drive Detected Errors

Byte 31 - Drive Address

Byte 25 contains a count of unit checks set by the drive.

Bits 0 through 3 - Logicai Drive Address: Bits 0 ihrough 3 are the
low-order bits of the external drive address. This field contains
the value that the drive responds to upon receipt of a command
from the host

Byte 26 - Low-Order Read or Write Blocks
Processed
Bits 0 through 3 contain a low-order count of the blocks read
forward and backward for this volume; see byte 18 for the
high-order count Each count has a value of 16 read blocks.

Format 21 Sense Bytes 24-31

SENSE 190

Format 21 Sense Bytes 24-31

SENSE 190

Bits 4 through 7 - Physical Drive Address: Bits 4 through 7
contain a number that cannot be modified by the operator. It is
set at installation of the drive by the Field Engineer. (No
duplicate numbers should be set on any drives in this
subsystem.)

Bits 4 through 7 contain a low-order count of the blocks written
on this volume; see byte 19 for the high-order count Each count
has a value of 16 write blocks.

Byte 27 - Hardware Tape Control Unit Information
The bits in byte 27 are set from switches under the covers of the
tape control unit. Usually, they are changed only by maintenance
personnel during service or by plant personnel during assembly.

Bit 0 - Tape Control Unit EC Switch 0

a = Two board tape control unit
1 = Reserved

Bit 1 - Tape Control Unit EC Switch 1

9 = Digitai Model iA9S
1 = Reserved
Bit 2 • Tape Control Unit model

9 = Mod.e 1 Reserved
1 or Model AOX
Bit 3 • Tape Control Unit EC Switch 2
Reserved
Bits 4 through 7 • Tape Control Unit Serial Number (High-Order
Digit)

Bytes 28 and 29 - Tape Control Unit Serial
Number
Bytes 28 and 29 contain the low-order 4 digits of the tape control
unit serial number. The serial number is set by switches on the
drive adapter card (01A-A1Q2). The serial number must match
the base casting seri al number.

TA90 MG EC C13764

Format 30 Sense Bytes 8-15 Table
F~HAT 39 BYTES

BYTE

BIT 1

Bn 9

BIT 2

SE NSE 215

Format 30 Sense Bytes 8-15

SE NSE 215

B - 15

BIT 4

BIT 1

Format 30 Sense Bytes 8-15

BIT 6

BIT 5

BIT 7

Device read fOMolard data checks

1
I

I
I

J
I

I
I

Device write forward data checks

I
I

Device read backward data checks

1
I

I
I

Reserved

1
I

I
I

Device read criteria data checks

1
I

I
I

Device write criteria data chec:lts

I
I

Device read recovery retries

I
I

Device write recovery erase gaps

TA90 MG EC C13764

Format 30 Sense Bytes 8-15 Description

Format 30 Sense Bytes 8-15

SENSE 220

Format 30 Sense Bytes 8-15

SENSE 220

Byte 8 - Device Read Forward Data Checks
Byte 8 contains a count of the temporary read eriOiS that needed
ERP action.

Byte 9 - Device Write Forward Data Checks
Byte 9 contains a cOI..!nt of the temporary write errOi"S that needed
ERP action.

Byte 10 - Device Read Backward Data Cheeks
Byte 10 contains a count of the temporary read backward errors
that needed ERP action.

Byte 11 - Reserved
Byte 12 - Device Read Criteria Data Cheeks
Byte 12 contains a count of temporary read data checks that
occurred with no hardware error indications. These counts are a
subset of the count contained in log bytes 8 and 10 and are
included in log bytes 8 and 10.

Byte 13 - Device Write Criteria Data Cheeks
Byte 13 contains a count of temporary write data checks that
occurred with no hardware error indications. These counts are a
subset of the count contained in sense byte 9 and are included in
sense byte 9.

Byte 14 - Device Read Recovery Retry Count
Byte 14 contains a count of the times the tape control unit
attempted consecutive read recovery actions for the same block.

Byte 15 - Device Write Recovery Erase Gaps
Byte 15 contains a count of the times a block is erase and written
again during error recovery for the addressed drive.

TA90 MG EC C13764

Format 30 Sense Bytes 16-23 Table
F~HAT 39 BYTES

BYTE r

BIT 0

BIT 1

BIT 3

SENSE 225

Format 30 Sense Bytes 18-23

SENSE 225

16-23

BIT 4

Format 30 Sense Bytes 16-23

BIT 5

BIT 6

BIT 7

Device read transient condltfons

Device write transient conditions

Device read blocks corrected

I
Device write blocks corrected

I
I

I
Reserved

Reserved

Channe 1 read data request t imeouts

! !
23

Channel write datil "quest timeout!

I I

TA90 MG EC C13764

Format 30 Sense Bytes 16-23 Description

Format 30 Sense Bytes 16-23

SENSE 230

Format 30 Sense Bytes 16-23

SENSE 230

Byte 16 - Device Read Transient Conditions
Cartridge stress conditions such as exposure to extreme heal or
cold can cause short-term velocity changes to occur while
reading the tape. This condition is detected and the event is
recorded in this sense byte as a temporary. recoverable event

Byte 17 - Device Write Transient Conditions
Cartridge stress condi tions such as exposure to extreme heat or
cold can cause short-term velocity changes to occur while writing
to the tape. This condition is detected and the event is recorded
in this sense byte as a temporary. recoverable event

Byte 18 - Device Read Blocks Corrected
Byte 18 contains a count of the blocks that had read errors
corrected without needing ERA action.

Byte 19 - Device Write Blocks Corrected
Byte 19 contains a count of the blocks that had write errors
corrected without needing ERA action.

Bytes 20 and 21 - Reserved
Byte 22 - Channel Read Data Request Timeouts
Byte 22 contains a count of the data request timeouts detected
during data transfers from the tape control unit buffer to the
STI-FIPS adapter.

Byte 23 - Channel Write Data Request Timeouts
Byte 23 contains a count of the data request timeouts detected
during data transfers from the STI-FIPS adapter to the tape
control unit

TA90 MG EC C13764

Format 30 Sense Bytes 24-31 Table
FIRHAT 30 BYTES 24 - 31

an 1

BIT a

BYTE

aIT 2

BIT 3

BIT 5

BIT "

BIT 6

Format 30 Sense Bytes 24-31

SENSE 235

Format 30 Sense Bytes 24-31

SENSE 235

SIT 7

Channel transfer equpment checks

Orin detected errors

Cl ean Devi ce

81 • Rewrite Cartridge
11 • Rep lace Cartridge

Reserved

~--~--~--~----~--~~--~--,~
Tape Control
Unit
EC Switch 8

,I 27

Tape Control
Unit
EC Switch 1

Tape Control
unit
Model
a • Reserved

Tape Controi Unit
EC Switch 2
Tape Control 111ft Serial Hunber (High order)

1 • ADX

I
28

TapE Control :"'nit SErial I'UntlE!" (Hfd cd!r 4 dfqfts)

II
I

I
29

Tape Control Unit Serial Hunber (low order 4 digits)

I
39

Physical Drive Address

logical Drive Address

TA90 MG EC C13764

Reserved

Format 30 Sense Bytes 24-31 Description
Byte 24 - Channel Transfer Equipment Checks
Byte 24 contains a count of the number of errors, excluding data
request timeouts, detected during data transfer between the host
channel and the tape control unit buffer.

Format 30 Sense Bytes 24-31

SENSE 240

Formal 30 Sense Bytes 24-31

SENSE 240

Bits 4 through 7 contain a number that cannot be modified by the
operator. It is set by the Field Engineer during installation. No
duplicate numbers should be set on any drives in this subsystem.

Byte 31 - Reserved

Byte 25 .. Drive Detected Errors
Byte 25 contains a count of unit checks set by the drive.

Byte 26 .. Device and/or Cartridge Action
Bit 0 • Clean Device
Bit 1 through 5 • Reserved
Bits 6 and 7 • Cartridge Action:

91 • Rewrite Cartridae
11 = Replace Cartridge

Byte 27 .. Hardware Tape Control Unit Information
Bit 0 • Tape Control Unit EC Switch 0:

9 = Two board tape control unit
1 = Reserved
BIt 1· Tape Control Unit EC Switch 1: Reserved
Bit 2 • Tape Control Unit Model:

9 .. Reserved

1 = ADX

Bit 3· Tape Control Unit EC Switch 2: Reserved
Bits '4 through 7 • Tape Control Unit Serial Number (High order
digit)

Bytes 28 and 29 .. Tape Control Unit Serial
Number
Bytes 28 and 29 contain the low order 4 digits of the tape control
unit seri al number. The seri al number is set by swi lehes on the
drive adapter card (01A·Al02). The serial number must match
the base casting serial number.

Byte 30 .. Drive Address
Bits 0 through 3 • logical Drive Address:
Sits 0 through 3 are the low order bits of the external drive
address. This field contains the value that the drive responds to
upon receipt of a command from the host
Bits 4 through 7 • Physical Drive Address:

TA90 MG EC C13764

Format 30 Sense Bytes 32-40 Table

Format 30 Sense Bytes 32-40

SE NSE 245

Format 30 Sense Bytes 32·40

SENSE 245

FM.HAT 39 BYTES 32-40
Bn 0

BVTE

BIT 1

BIT 2

Bn 3

BIT 4

I BIT 5

BIT 6

BIT 1

Channe 1 read bytes processed hi

(4096)

Channel read bytes processed mid (4996)

Channel read bytes processed 10 (4096)

Channel write bytes processed hi

Channe 1 writ! byhs processed !!lid (49%)

(4096)

i
I

r-r-----t--f---+----t----t---t------t------I
31

Channel write bytes processed 10 (4096)

Device read bytes processed hi

Device read bytes processed mid

• Devi ce read bytes processed 10

TA90 MG EC C13764

Format 30 Sense Bytes 32-40 Description

Format 30 Sense Bytes 32-40

SENSE '250

Format 30 Sense Bytes 32-40

SENSE 250

Bytes 32 - 34 - Channel Bytes Processed
Bytes 32 through 34 contain a count of the number of bytes read
from the tape control unit buffer to the channel.
This count includes:
•

Formatted data block

•

Data block trailer

•

Pad bytes

Residuai count

•

Cyclical redundancy check (RCR).

Bytes 32.33, and 34 are combined to form a 24 bit binary counter
of write bytes processed. Each count is equal to 4096 (1000 16)
and the counter has a maximum value of 256 gigabytes.
When each tape synchronous mode read block is processed, the
true byte count is not known, !herefcre a number is added to the
Read Bytes Processed counter equal to the current segment size.

Bytes 35 - 37 - Channel Write Bytes Processed
Bytes 35 through 37 contain a count of the number of bytes
written from the channel to the tape control unit buffer.
This count includes:
•

Formatted data block

•

Data block trailer.

Bytes 35,36, and 37 are combined to form a 24 bit binary counter
of write bytes processed. Each count is equal to 4096 (1000 Is)
and the counter has a maximum value of 256 gigabytes.

Bytes 38 - 40 - Device Read Bytes Processed
Bytes 38 through 40 contain a count of the blocks read forward
and backward for this vOlume"from the device to the tape control
unit buffer.
Bytes 38, 39, and 40 are combined to form a 24 bit binary counter
of read and read backward blocks processed. Each count is
equal to one block. The maximum value of the counter is 16
megablocks.

TA90 MG EC C13764

Format 30 Sense Bytes 41-49 Table

Format 30 Sense Bytes 41-49

SE NSE 255

Format 30 Sense Bytes 41-49

SENSE 255

FORMAT 39 BYTES 41-49
BIT 9

BYTE

BIT 2

Btl 1

BIT 3

D~vlce writ~

I
I

bytes proc~ss~d hi

-~-t------r---r-----I
Device writ~ bytes processed mid

I
43

_7_~

B1 T

f __
Bt_T_4_--+-_B_IT_5_ _ ..._B_IT_6_-J_ __

I
Device write bytes processed 10

i
I

Channel read blocks process~d hi

Channel read blotks p~c:!ss~d mid

.1
Chan~l

read blocks processed 10

Channel write blocks processed hi

I 48

Channel write blocks processed mfd

Channel write blocks processed 10

TA90 MG EC C13764

Format 30 Sense Bytes 41-49 Description

Formal 30 Sense Bytes 41-49

SENSE 260

Format 30 Sense Bytes 41-49

SENSE 260

Byte 41 - 43 - Device Write Bytes Processed
Bytes 41 through 43 contain a count of the blocks written on this
volume from the tape control unit buffer to the device.
Bytes 41,42, and 43 are combined to form a 24 bit binary counter
of write blocks processed. Each count is equal to one block. The
maximum value of the counter is 16 mega blocks.

Byte 44 - 46 - Channel Read Blocks Processed
Bytes 44 through 46 contain the number of logical blocks which
were successfully read by the channel.

Bytes 47 - 49. - Channel Write Blocks Processed
Bytes 47 through 49 contain the number of logical blocks which
were successfully written by the channel.

TA90 MG EC C13764

Format 30 Sense Bytes 50·55 Table

Format 30 Sense Bytes 50-55

SE NSE 265

Format 30 Sense Bytes 50-55

SENSE 265

FORHAT 39 BYTES 50-55

Bn e

BYTE

BIT 1

BIT 2

BIT 3

BIT 4

BIT 5

BIT 6

BIT 1

Device read blocks processed hi

Device read blocks processed mid

Device read blocks processed 10

Device write blocks processed hi

Device wr!te blocks processed mid

-I
Device write blocks processed 10

TA90 MG EC C13764

Format 30 Sense Bytes 50-63 Description

Format 30 Sense Bytes 50-63

SE NSE 275

Format 30 Sense Bytes 50-63

SENSE 275

Byte 50 - 52 - Device Read Blocks Processed
Bytes 50 through 52 contain the number of physical blocks which
were read 'rom the device to the tape control unit buffer.

Byte 53 - 55 - DevIce Write Blocks Processed
Bytes 53 through 55 contain the number of physical blocks which
were written from the tape control unit buffer to the device.

Bytes 56 - 63 - Reserved

TA90 MG EC C13764

Status Byte Description

status Byte Description

SENSE 285

status Byte Description

SENSE 285

The Status Byte
The status byte contains information about the current condi tion
of different parts of the subsystem. When the tape control unit
needs to present status for an addressed drive, the status is
represented in a single byte of data. The status bits are
described on SENSE 290.

Status Byte

BIT 9

8n 1

Attention

Status
Hodlfier

TA90 MG EC C13764

BIT 2

Tape Control
Unit End

BIT 3

Busy

BIT 4

Bn 5

BIT 6

an 7

Channel End

Device End

ttl i t Checlt

Unit
Exception

Status Byte (Continued)

Status Byte (Continued)
Status Byte Bits 0-7 Description
Bit 0 - Attention:
Bit 0 is set when the drive is changed From a not-ready to a ready
condition. The change of condition is caused by loading a tape in
the drive or by the operator changing the drive from offline to
online status, but only if the drive has been primed. See device
end (bit 5) for a description of primed. Device end (bit 5) and unit
exception (bit 7) are also set when the drive is changed to the
ready condition.

Bit 1 - Status Modifier:
Bit 1 in combination with busy (bit 3) indicates the tape control
unit is busy. This bit in combination with channel end (bit 4) and
unit check (bit 6) is used to place the channel in retry status.
When an immediate retry is requested, device end is set with
cnannei end and unit check bits. if the retry is not immediate.
device end is set by a delayed interrupt when the channel is
ready to retry.

Bit 2 - Tape Control Unit End:
If the tape control unit was busy during initial selection. bit 2 is
set when the tape control unit is no longer busy and can perform
a command. This bit is set with busy (bit 3) and status modifier
(bit 1) when the tape control unit is busy for only a short time.
This bit is always set with device end (bit 5) if channel end (bit 4)
was set earlier and unit check or unit exception is set with device
end

Bit 3 - Busy:
Bit 3 is set when the drive is busy on another channel path. This
bit is set with status modifier (bit 1) when the tape control unit is
busy. This bit is always set with status modifier and tape control
unit end bits when the tape control unit is busy for only a short
time.

SENSE 290

Bit 4 - Channel End:

Bit 6 - Unit Check:

Bit 7 - Unit Exception:

Bit 4 is set when the data transmit part of an 110 operation is
complete or when control information between the channel and
the tape control unit or drive is complete and the channel is no
longer needed for processing the current command.

Bit 6 is set when one of the following conditions is sensed in the
TA90 Magnetic Tape Subsystem:

Bit 7 is set if the logical end of tape is reached during processing
of a Write, Write Tape Mark, or Erase Gap command. It is also
set if a tape mark is sensed during the processing of a Read,
Read Backward, Forward Space Block, or Backspace Block
command.

•

The drive is in a not-ready condition and a movement-type
command is given to it

•

An error condition prevents an operation from completing
successfully.

Bit 5 - Device End:
Bit 5 is set when an 110 command has completed. It is also set
with the attention and unit exception bits when a drive is changed
from the not-ready to the ready condition and has been primed.
A drive is primed when an operator presses the Rewind Unload
push button, when an 110 command is given while the drive is in
the not-ready condition, or when the host gives an 110 request
and busy (bit 3) is returned. In the last event, the tape control
unit sets this bit to indicate the drive-busy condition has cleared.
Primed has a different meaning when a channel path group is·
operating in multipath mode. In this event, the primed status is
associated with the STI-FIP5 adapter 10 and not with a specific
channel path. So, although more than one chaMel is primed in a
channel path group that is operating in mullipath mode, anyone
of the channels in the channel path group is selected to receive
the status. Only one device end status condition is supplied to
the channel path group, regardless of the number of primed
channels in that group. See "Commands" for a description of the
Set Path Group 10 command.

•

A Read Backward, Backspace Block. or Backspace File
command is given to a drive th::,t is at the BOT position.

•

The drive has received a Rewind Unload command.

•

A deferred uni t check status occurs.

•

A not valid parity occurs on a command.

•

A command or command sequence is not valid.

•

Chaining occurs to or from a Set Path Group 10 command or
a Sense Path Group 10 command.

•

A write-type command is given to a file-protected tape.

•

The drive is assigned to exclusive use by another channel
path group.

•

The buffered log has had an overflow.

•

A deferred unit check occurs From an earlier 1/0 operation.

•

A forward-movement command is given to a drive that is at
the physical end-or-tape position.

This bit is set with status modifier (bit 1) and device end (bit 5)
when a drive is changed From the not-ready to the ready
condition.
Note: The unit exception status condition should be processed
as soon as it occurs to prevent a unit check status
condition and a possible loss of data caused by a physical
end-of-tape condition during write-forward operations.
However. there is enough space left on the tape after the
logical end of tape and before the physical end of tape for
all of the contents of the buffer to be written on the tape.

Note: The tape must be moved backward to at least the
logical end of tape before any forward-movement
command can be performed.
In response to a unit check status. the STI-FIPS adapter must
give a Sense command to obtain the information necessary to
record the error. The tape control unit maintains a contingent
connection between the STI-FIPS adapter and the drive when unit
check status occurs. yntil the STI-FIPS adapter gives a
command other than Test 110 or No Operation, the addressed
drive is busy to other 110 requests to ensure that the STI-FIPS
adapter can obtain the sense information.

If this bit is set during a deferred unit check. the busy status
condition is associated with a preceding command. Unit check
timing (sense byte 0 bit 6) is set when the status is sent as a
result of a deferred unit check.

TA90 MG EC C13764

status Byte (Continued)

SENSE 290

Notes

SENSE 295

TA90 MG EC C13764

Notes

SENSE 295

Contents
How to Operate the Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
How to Prepare the Drive for Operation
.............
How to End Drive Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
IML Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IMl Fail Indication
..........................

Contents

PANEL 1

Contents

PANEL 1

5
5
7

Tape Control Unit Switches and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
SeHh'!9 Address Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Setting the Tape ContrOl Unit Addresses . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Setting the Drive Addresses (Attached to TCUO) . . . . . . . . 12
Setting the Drive Addresses (Attached to TeU1) . . . . . . . . 12
Changing the Tape Control Unit Address Switch Settings ... 12
Tape Transport Unit Switches and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . 15
Drive Operator Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Tape Transport Unit AC Power CB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Drive Switch Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Message Display Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Message Display Characters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
LED Positions on the Message Display . . • . . . . . . . . . 30
Error Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Service Representative Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Drive Status When the Drive Is Online
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
30
Drive Status When the Drive Is Offline
Host Response . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Automatic Cartridge Loader Switches and Indicators
40
Mode Selection Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Start Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Attention Indicator .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Power Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

TA90 MG EC C04824

How to Operate the Drive

How to Operate the Drive
How to Prepare the Drive for Operation
To prepare the drive for operation, perform the following steps:
1. If the tape drive cartridge latch is closed, press the Unload
switch

Hold the cartridge as shown and slide the cartridge into the
openi ng in the front cover.

3. Move the ReadylNot Ready switch

0 to the Ready position.

The Operator Panel message display will show READY For
READY U condition. If the tape is at BOT, the message
display will show B.O.T. For B.O.T. U.
If any other message or indicator is displayed, go to
START 10.

ri~~U~D--R-E--A-D--y--u-----~--ll

"-";;D~--8--E3~

3. Remove the cartridge from the tape unit. If the latch door
does not open, go to START 10.

How to End Drive Operation
To end drive operation. perform the following steps:
1. Move the Ready/Not Ready switch
position.

tR,...
OJ
0, ,,

t '. ,

-';:.J

PANEL 5

B to the Not Ready

Nob~:

The cartridge latch should be closed when the tape
drive is not being used. (A cartridge need not be in
the drive.) When the tape drive is needed, open the
cartridge I atch by pressi ng the Unload switch.

o YF

2. Press the Unload switch
2. Move the latch cover down until it stops.

II.

Note: Pressing the Unload switch rewinds the tape, opens
the latch door, and locates the cartridge for removal.

.--.....

:-'

UN LOA 0 N G

.:>

a 8- e

- - 7EJ.- --

TA90 MG EC C13764

How to Operate the Drive

PANEL 5

1M L Procedure
IML Procedure

WRITE-PROTECTED DISKETTES

To IML the tape control unit perform the following:

IML Diskettes used in the TA90 Tape Control Unit should not be
write-protected. Diskettes that are write-protected will cause an
error during Power On and IML

1. Ensure that the subsystem power is on.

2. Place the tape control unit Online test/Offline test switch in
the Offline position.
3. Place the tape control unit NormallTest switch in the Normal
position.

IML Procedure

PANEL 7

IML Procedure

PANEL 7

On the reverse side of a 3.5 inch diskette, in the lower
corner, there is a write-protect window. When you slide the
plastic tab so that the window is open, the diskette is
write-protected. When the window is closed, data can be
written on the diskette.

4. Insert the IMl diskette into the IML device.
a. Push the release button on the IML diskette drive and
remove the head protector.
b. Insert the IML diskette (label up and toward you) and
push until the drive closes.

5. Press the tape control unit IML switch to the IML positjon~
6. Whe the IML completes successfully, the "wait" LED comes
on.

7. Place the tape control unitOnline test/Offline test switch in

Writeprotected

Non
Writeprotected

the Online Test position. The Offline indicator turns off.

8. If the IML is not successful, remove the functional diskette
fro!," the tape control unit and IML the support diskette.

IML Fail Indication
An IML Failure is indicated by the "error" LED on the tape
control unit switch panel.

TA90 MG EC C13764

Tape Control Unit Switches and Indicators

Tape Control Unit Switches and Indicators
The tape control unit has switches that permit the customer and
the CE to control specific subsystem functions. The switches are
located on the tape control unit panel. The tront cover must be
open to get access to the tape control unit switches except tor the
Unit Emergency Power and Power On/Off switches.

Port Select AlB Fault

When set to the enable (in)
position. the Port Select A and B switches allow the HSC to
access ports A and B. Under microprogrammed control, the HSC
can then cause port A or B to go online. (Until the port goes
online, access is limited to very few commands such as
retrieving status.)

II:

Power On/Olf

The Power On/Off switch is a two-position
is set to Local and the
switch. The Local/Remote switch
Power On/Off switch is placed in the On position to supply ac
power to the tape control unit and all attached TTUs. When ac
power is supplied, the dc power supplies are started and a Power
On Reset is generated. Placing this switch in the Off position
removes the ac power from the subsystem.

Power On Indicator

Placing the Port Select switch in the disabled (out) position with
the port online causes the formatter to alert the HSe. After
completing the current operation, the HSe disconnects the port
from the online state.
Note: When Port Select A and B are enabled, the formatter
samples each port until one receives a command to go
online.
The Port Select light comes on if the port is online or if an error
has been detected and Fault has been pressed. The Fault light
comes on when a potentially fatal error has been detected in the
formatter. (Even though an error has occurred, the formatter still
attempts to communicate with the HSC.)

II:

When a fatal error occurs. use Fault to retrieve an error code and
try to clear the error. If you press Fault when no fatal error has
occurred:

II: The Unit Emergency Power

switch supplies an emergency disconnect from the ac power
source. When the emergency switch is pushed, the ac power is
immediately removed from the subsystem without the delay that
occurs when the Power On/Off switch is placed in the Off
pOSition. The Unit Emergency Power switch must be placed in
the Power Enable position and the Local Power Enable
pushbutton
must be activated to restore power to the
subsystem.

Diskette Drive

II:

The diskette drive contains the Functional
diskette and is used in conjunction with the IML switch.

Local Power Enable

Error Indicator

II:

The Error Indicator either blinks or stays
on when an error is detected.

II:

This pushbutton switch re$ets the ac
power supply to allow power in the tape control unit when the
Unit Emergency Power switch
is in the Power Enable
position.

Normal/Test

II: This is an LED that lights when dc

power is available to the tape control unit.

IML III: The IML switch is a momentary switch. When the
switch is pressed, the tape control unit performs an IML
operation.

TCU Online Test/Offline Test
:.Jhis switch is placed in
the Online pOSition to permit tape control unit communication
with the STI-FIPS Adapter. When this switch is placed in the
Offline position, the drives are not available to the STI-FIPS
Adapter.
TCUOITCU1 If): This switch must be set at the time of
installation to a specific value, 0 or 1. to match the subsystem
cable configuration. In a single tape control unit subsystem, this
switch must be set to O. In a dual tape control unit subsystem
this switch must be set to 0 on the primary tape control unit and
set to 1 on the secondary tape control unit.

This switch is placed in the Normal position
for usual tape control unit operations. When the switch is placed
in the Test position. the IML switch is placed in the IML position,
and the Functional diskette is in the IML device. the tape control
unit performs the needed tests to verify subsystem operation.

Disabie
DC Power Indicator

This is a green LED that lights when
the tape control unit Power On switch is placed in the On position
to indicate that the tape control unit ac power is on.

Unit Emergency Power

II:

Walt Indicator
The Wait Indica10r blinks or stays on when
the microcode is executing. It is off when the microcode is not
loaded or not executing correc1ly.

PANEL 10

This indicator stays on during power-up and IML.
and turns off after a successful power-up and IML. An error in
the associated Channel Adapter causes the Disable indicator to
come on.

III:

TCU Address
These four thumbwheel switches represent
(in groups of two) the two STI-FIPS Adapters that are installed.
The first switch in each group has the hexadecimal value of 0 or
1. and is set to the tape control unit address corresponding to
The second switch in each group is set to a
TeU switch
mode .value that relates to the address. See PANEL 12 for the
correct setting of these thumbwheel switches.

Ill:

MD Connector
ini~ 26 pin connector is used to attach
the maintenance device to the tape control unit. (This is only
required for the support level utilities described in the MD/SDISK
section.)
Local/Remote

1iJ:

ThiS switch is placed in the Remote
position to enable the subsystem to power up when the host
system power is switched on and to power down when the host
system power is switched off. When this switch is placed in the
Local position. subsystem power is controlled by the Power
On/Off switch.

1. All three control panel lights will come on.
2. The Operator Panel will display a message identifying the
drives associated with each formatter.

--+-w~8
L

-----_ ... _-_._ .._---_._-

I ~1--1~r;s I
o ~
~r_--_t------r----+_--f----+--+_~--~--~~----~---------------~~

TA90 MG EC C04824

Tape Control Unit Switches and Indicators

PANEL 10

Setting Address Switches
The following procedure is used to set the tape control unit
addresses. Each TCU has two pairs of thumbwheel switches.
The left switch of each pair is the TCU Address. The right switch
is set to a value to be determined by the TCU base address.

Setting Drive Addresses

These switches should not be changed unless the correct
procedure is followed.

On the drives attached to TCU1, set the address switches in the
range of 8 through F. No two drives can have the same address.

CAUTION:
if me TCUOiTCUl 5wiich ii iei to iCUG, both ieii and fig",
thumbwheel switches must be set to OD. "both thumbwheel
switches are not set to 00, the HSC will not recognize all the
drives.

To set the address switches for drives 10 through 15 use the
following table.

The same condition holdl true when the TCUOITCU1 switch Is In
the TCU1 position. Both thumbwheel lettlngs must be at 1C.

Setting the Tape Control Unit Addresses
1. For a single tape control unit subsystem, set the TCUOITCU1
switch for tape control unit 0 to TCUO. For a dual tape
control unit subsystem, set the TCUOITCU1 switch for tape
control unit 0 to TCUD, and set the TCUDITCU1 switch for
tape control unit 1 to TCU1.
Note: TCUO has drive string containing addresses 0-7
physica!ly attached.
2. Start with the switches for channel adapter A (left). Set the
left thumbwheel switch to the tape control unit address. If
the TCUO/TCU1 switch is in the TCU.O position, set the
address to zero. If it is in the TCU1 position, set the address
to one.
3. Set the right thumbwheel switch to the value indicated on the
panel.
4. Repeat steps 1 through 3 for channel adapter B (right).

TA90MG. EC C04824

Setting Address Switches

PANEL 12

Setting Address Switches

PANEL 12

On the drives attached to TCUe, set the address switches in the
range of 0 through 7. No two drives can have the same address.

Unit Address Switch Setting
18
11

12
13
14
15

A
B
C
0

E
F

Changing the Tape Control Unit Address Switch
Settings'
Use this procedure to change the tape control unit address
(STI-FIPS adapter address) after installation:
1. Have the customer dismount all affected devices for that
tape transport unit.
2. Set the Enable/Disable switch to Disable.
3. Change the thumbwheel switches to the desired valid
settings.
4. Set the Enable/Disable switch to Enable.
5. Have the customer mount all affected devices using the new
unit numbers.

Tape Transport Unit Switches and Indicators

The tape transport unit operator panel switches
permit the
customer and the service representative to control specific drive
functions.

The tape transport unit ac power CB
Is located at the front of
the tape transport unit at the bottom right. The tape transport
unit front cover must be open and the safety cover must be
removed to get access to this switch. Push the door to open or
close.
Switches are also located on a drive switch panel • located at
the front center of the tape transport unit below the drives. The
four switches at the left are used with drive 0, and the four
switches at the right are used with drive 1. The tape transport
unit front cover must be open for access to the drive switch
panel.

Tape Transport Unit Switches and Indicators
Selected Indicator: The selected indicator . , when on,
Indicates that the drive is selected by a tape control unit.

Ready/Not Ready: When the Ready/Not Ready switch

placed in the Ready position and tape tension is correct, the
drive is placed in a ready condition and READY For B.O.T. F is
displayed on the operator panei if the tape is iiie protected. if the
tape is not file protected, READY U or B.O.T. U is displayed.

Unload: When the Unload switch

II indicate that

operator action Is needed before the drive can continue
operations.

III

Is pressed, and the drive
is in a not ready condition (Ready Indicator off), the drive rewinds
the tape and performs an unload operation.

Rewind: When the Rewind switch

Sar LEOs: When lighted, the bar LEOs

Online/Omlne: The Online/Offline switch

The tape transport unit ac power circuit breaker
supplies ac
voltage to the pump/motor, the blower assemblies, and the de
power supply. Before ac power is removed, both drives in the
tape transport unit should be offline.

is pressed, and the drive.
is in ! not ready condition (Ready Indicator off). the drive rewands
the tape to the beginning-of-tape (BOT). In addition, if tape
tension Is lost and the Rewind switch is pressed, the drive
performs a midtape load operation and rewinds the tape to the
BOT.

The drive switch panel switches are:

Drive Po we, On/Off: The Drive Power On/Off switch

is
placed in the On pOSition to supply ac voltage to the fans, and to
supply de voltage to pick the contactors in the power supply.
When the switch is placed in the Off pOSition, the ac and dc
power is removed from the corresponding drive. The drive
should be offline before power is removed.

n........... ..'1"

iiv"v...

IA''''a"' ....... 0 ............... : .......

is placed in the
Online position to permit drive communication with the tape
control unit. When this switch is placed in the Offline position,
the drive is not permitted to communicate with the tape control
unit.

Drive Address: The Drive Address thumbwheel switch
have the hexadecimal value of O-F, and is set to the drive

Drive Switch Panel
When 1he Ready/Not Ready switch is placed in the Not Ready
position, the drive ready condition is removed and NT ROY F or
NT ROY U is displayed. This permits the operator to perform a
rewind or unload operation.

Drive Operator Panel
Tha drlva oparator paiiel switches and Indicators ari:

ID is

Tape Transport Unit AC Power CB

PANEL 15

I!I I ...........................
~ ..... 1.. ...
I"''' g~..,~n..l, 1.1.'1;; UI Jvg

lIn;; I n;;;Qg, .:1ft.,,",,, . . . . . i:t

performs a Power-On Reset.

II can

address. Drives physically attached to the tape control unit with
the TCUOITCU1 switch set to zero must be addressed in the
range of 0-7. Drives physically attached to the tape control unit
with the TCUOITCU1 switch set to one must be addressed in the
range of 8-F.

Note.:
1. No two drives on the same tape control unit can have the
same drive address set in their thumbwheel switches.

2. System-wide unit numbers can be established outside the
drive address range by changing the basic address through
the CE panel.

Message Display: This is a red eight-character dot matrix LED

display
that supplies error. service representative
Information, drive status, and hos1 response messages. (See
PANEL 30 for a description of these messages.)

Drive Switch Panel

DRIVE POWER

'[0]
RESET

ONLINE

OFFLINE

DRIVE ADDRESS
ONLINE

OFFLINE

o
~ ~ ~
~--!! !-----. .," .,
m
TA90 MG EC C04824

m m.
Tape Transport Unit Switches and Indicators

PANEL 15

Message Display Messages
The following types of messages can be displayed on the
message display:
•

Error Message

•

Customer Engineer Information

•

Dri ve Status

•

Drive Status When the Drive Is Offline

Message Display Messages
Service Representative Information

Host Response.

(--.......---~!l

Loaded, ready, file protected,

,.....,.

This drive is being tested.

In addition to alphabetic characters, the message display can
show two other symbol s:

Drive status When the Drive is On-line

Example:

~--S?~eJ
Loaded, ready~ riot -file protected,
beginning-ot-tape

The drive status messages are generated by the TASO drive to
indicate the status of the drive or the operation that is being
performed.

I--

- 'r" '1ri'<'"~~--D-R-.-#-------'i'-.--0---; 1

r-":!

• E.O.T.

)

,r -"

~~'p- ~p"'j
_____

I~'~~_~_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _~~I

~~----------------l
CH K
XX • 0
I

nn.

~F.lI':"'"f.-------~i!

::~:
N T
R D Y F
0
·~~~-~------------------~-i

~~------------------~~-.!

=-.,-J

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 position number

Error Messages

(

I!~l.--'f~~r~~---L-O-C-~-A-T-;-t-~-G--------'!I!
t.:~

Example:

(
tlr;nffir.~~-------------------
I i
t:~~i.

I i t.;t;

High-speed locate in operation.

Loaded. not ready. file protected.

r:~n-f:------N-T------R-D---y---u~-~--:;l
_ _ _ _ _ ... -I
I·~-:=:..i:i.;.;

An error message is displayed when a failure is detected in the
drive whether it is on-line or off-line. This message has priority
over all other types of messages and remai ns displ ayed unti I the
failure is corrected.

Drive is offline; loaded. not ready. Can be
file protected or not file protected.

Logical End-Of-Tape reached.

Drive is offline; loaded. ready. Can be file
protected or not file protected.

r.-.n-------,:
I
r : Hti. N T
ROY
•

--~..,.....--~---,

When no cartridge loaded, or both AlB switches are out.

~:~~
Example:

LED Positions on the Message Display

When the drive is off-line, LED positions 1 and 8 are rectangles.
For drive status messages, any characters normally in positions
1 and number 8 are not visible. Any drive status message may
be displayed with the drive off-line.

begi~n in~-ot-t~pe

* . 'asterisk'

i:_:J

I:
m~ ____________________
TESTING
0~~;1
l~w~_~
I

'rectangle' (all the LEOs that make up
a character in one position are lighted)

1:_~U~U____~B=.=O~~~._F____~o_
-.jP
__

Message Display Characters

Drive status When the Drive Is Offline

Information messages are diagnostic aids for the service
representative who is performing FRU isolation on the TASO.
These are not error messages.

PANEL 30

§R

II·

ERA _
SIN _
G
0
- -...
=.;.-----'-_
_~I

Host Response

Data security erase in operation.
Loaded. not ready. not file protected.

~r.

i:~n~n-.--c-H--K----------~!l
X X .:)
II

: n:

'I i

;,;t;

I~~----------------------~

~----~

This is an error code message.

Indicates that the cleaning cartridge
should be inserted to clean the read/write
head.

• C LEA

,-,; !

-i

..,

xx '" Hexadecimal error code

(~~----------------,

REA 0 Y

l.~~

"'_~ J! I

Drive is offline; no cartridge loaded.

Ii(~~M~--------------------~l
§~
~ JI
REWIND NG

~$h.G'~

The host response messages are customer programmed
messages sent to the drive from the host system by using the
Load Display command.

rl~'I'i~ffl~R~----X~X·~--x-x~'-X--------~ll
Uti
:) j I

Rewind in operation.

~~r
.UU..----. . . U-N-l-O-A N-_~-_==~=~j

Customer programmed messages.

_-0

Unload in operation.

~-lISb~--"ie:aiiiilO

Loaded. ready. file protected.

r~!. .UrprU-. . R-E--A-O-Y--u--c-ll
Loaded. ready. not file protected.

TA90 MG EC C04824

Message Display Messages

PANEL 30

Automatic Loader Switches and Indicators

PANEL 40

Automatic Loader Switches and Indicators

PANEL 40

Mode Selection Switch
The mode selection switch
•

Auto

•

System

•

Manual

D is a three position rocker switch.

You can change the position of the switch at any time. Generally
the device switches to the new mode automatically without any
action by you, The one exception is when switching to Auto
mode. The Start switch must be pressed to activate the new
mode.

Auto Mode:

Auto

In this mode cartridges in the input stack are sequentially loaded
into the drive, and upon completion of use by the drive, will be
unloaded and positioned in the output stack.

System

Manual Mode:
In this mode you must manually insert the cartridges into the
drive, one at a time.
System Mode:
System mode is not currently supported by VMS. This switch
position should not be used.

Start Switch

The Start switch
is used by the operator to initialize Auto
mode after a Power-On Reset, IML, or switching from Manual to
Auto mode.
Reinitialize Auto mode after an input stack empty or output stack
full condition. Cartridges must be added to the input stack or
removed from the output stack before pressing the Start switch.
Activate each manual cartridge load cycle in Manual mode.

Attention Indicator

When the Attention indicator
LED is flashing. it i-n""dicates to
the operator that action is needed before the automatic cartridge
loader can continue operation.
When the LED is on solid, indicates an error condition. The
indication remains on until a power off or a manual resetllML of
the drive, or the error condition has been cleared by pressing the
drive Unload switch.
.

Power On Indicator

The Power On indicator
is on when the dc voltages supplied
by the drive power supply are on and are regulated.

TA90 MG EC C04824

Contents
Customer Engineering Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Customer Engineering Panel Description . . . . . . . . . . . .
Location of Controls and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Display . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . • • . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
Keypad
...............................
Special Function Key Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CE Messages .. . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . "
Information Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Question Message ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
Request Message . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power-uplTimeout . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
Setting the Base Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Running Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exiting Diagnostics • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . .

4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

ce Panel Flow Diagrams

GMP Diagnostics

Contents

CE/HSC 1

Contents

CE/HSC 1

4
4
4
4
4
4

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

Pinning a Drive' . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . • . 16

Hierarchical Storage Controller

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

How to use HSC Di agnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . 20
Subsystem Level Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . 20
Inline Tape Test (ILTAPE) . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . 20
Inline Tape Compatibility Test (ILTCOM) . . . . . . . . . 20
Infine Multidrive Exerciser (ILEXER) . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Operating Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
How to Run ILEXER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
ILEXER Test Parameter Entry . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . 22
ILEXE R Global User Prompts . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . 22
How to Run ILTAPE . • . . . . • . . . . • • • . . • . . . . . 22
ILTAPE/User Dialogue . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . • . . . 22

TA90 MG EC C13764

Customer Engineering Pa nel 0 escription

CE Panel DescrIption

CE/HSC 4

Customer Engineering Panel

CE MESSAGES
Cu~tomer F.na1nf'fl"ing Panel Description

Th. BASE key I. uud for aenlng the ba ..
addr .... 01 the aubayatem. It ahould not be
used during dla~nosllca.
The CIAG key Is used to place the sub.,stam 1n diagnostic modi iii.d to Gxlt fiom
dlagnolltlc mode.

The Cu.lorner Engineer (CE) Panel b the primary maintenance 1001 for Ihe TA90 Magnedc Tape Sub.y.tem. 11 i.
uacd 10 ICE the .ub.y.lem base add.rc •• and to run diagnostic •.

When pressed, this pushbutton signals
the CE to read the data that Is displayed
on the C E display. The ENTR pushbutton
may also be used to advanee to the next
operation.
CLR Is used to clear the display should a
data entry error be made. You must reenter all the data. a. CLR cleat. the entire
display.

Location or controls aDd indicators

When pressed, these pushbuttons enl.r
an alphabetic Y Of' N character to aupply
answer. to question. In the current display
to guide the CS through nnlng th~ b~~,
addr8ll' and running dlagnostlca.

The Cu.tomer Engineer Panel contain. the following:

Panel Ribbon Cable: The CE n"bbon cable u connec:ted
to the TA90 tape control unit to .upply the communication path between the CE panel and the TA90. The CE
connec:tor is locatcd in thc back of the TA90 tape control

•

Any of the following me.llse. indicale Ibac an
error hn Peen det~ted by CS panel diagno-d. c .:

TIle TA90 me.sage typel arc:

"ROM TEST FAll..URlL B

Llfomlll.lion

• QuclLion
•

Information that exceeds the 20 character
display capacity.
Data entry
keys (O-F)

The data entry keys are used 10 Input
diagnostic lest numbers and the base
acldr....

Request

Kcyp ••

The keypad consistl of a hcxad"imal cntry pad (O-F).
and cight .pecial function key •. The .pecial function keYI
are: BASE. DtAG. ENrR.. CUt. YES. NO, PREV, and

NEXT.
Special function key operations

If the panel il not used 'Within one hout of power-up.
there i•• timeout and the ditplay 'Will ahow the prcaent
base addrc:: of the subsystem &I foHows:
IBASE ADDRESS:

HIt,1

TIle infomlation messages arc used to Infoml you that the

Example of an Infonllatioll mess:1ge

!eXECUTING!
QUClitJOD message

TIle question message a$ks a question that nlusl be given
a YES or a NO IUlswer. and ends with a question mark (1).
Example of a Question melSage

Request message
Wben input Is needed. you are in.truClcd to enter the data.
To respond. enler the requested data and pre.. the El'oI'TR
key.

The dlaplay hal one lOW of 20 characten. and me••agcI
appear u either fu11sc:reen or bal!lCreen meSlagea. MCI• age. may originate from either adapter. Por halflCreen
DlcSlagel, the left 10 cbaractcn are rcaeIVed for the left
adapter and thc right 10 chancterl are retcrVcd foc Ihc
righ! adaplce.

"DUART FAILURE. "RAM TEST FAD..UR.E.-

CE is perfom1illB II function tlml take!! lime nml i. not idle.

Iuse LEFT ADAPTER 71
Display

NOTE:

CE M~,.~e Type"

NEXT and PREY are used to Icroll through

uniL

KeyboardIDiaplay: The keyboard/display permits communiclI.tion with the maintenance pro=edu.rc ••

Illfomllltion &lid dlrccllon message. IU~ dIsplayed on Ihe
keyboard! display when the CE iI u.ed with the TA90.
111C following Infonnatlon and eX&lilple. describe the type.
of menage. that are diaplayed.

EUfllple of I Request messag.

Setting the Base Addres.
Eoiei ihe hue .J&feii mo&lio b, pfioiiinj ihe. &AS£
key. When thc BASE key I. preucd. "BA IS 1fHU:
CHANGEr' appean on thc d1lplay. (I#HI 1& tbc Wating buc addrcII). At thil prompt. respond with. YES cr
NO.
It the re.ponlC 11 YES. "NEW BASE ADDRESS?· 11
displayed. Enter a decimal number (0-65520) and preas the
ENTR key. It a hexadecimal nwnbe{ or a nurnbe:' palCC
than 65.520 11 entered. an eIT'Or mcnas, wID appear, and
the original message "BASE ADDRESS: <1>" wID re.lwn
to the c:tisplay aftcr , Iccond•• When a leptima.. Dumber
is enlered, the new bue adc1re.. 'Will be diaplayed wich
"BASE ADDRESS: <1>".

It the rc'ponlc ia NO. the onpnal bue ad~.. me ..a,.
will appear.

Running Diagnostics
See the CE Panel functional flow diagram (C'ElHSC I)•

INEW BASE ADDRESS?l

Exiling Diagnostics
Power-uptrimeout

The diagnostic mode can be cxited in three wayS!

The CE panel is powered directly by the TCU power supply. The panel ribbon cable should alway! be connected to
thc bac:k oC the pocket such that when the TClJ (and consequently thc adapters) are powered up, the panel should
also be powered up.
When power-up diagnostics are completed on the CE
panel the hardw~ and software versions will be displayed.
When the adapter diagnostics are complete. the mcssage
"PWRUP OK" should appear on both halves of the panel
display. It this message docs not appear on both halves of
the display. the adapter corresponding to the absent message
is either nol present. or present and not able to communicate
with the CE paneL

1. DIAO 11 p~"ed twice (once \0 enter. the MConcS to
exit.)
2. The onc hour timeout h .. expired.
3. Thc adaptcn IR relCL

Thi. acetion dCICn"bcs thc operation. that occur when the
CE kcyboard pu.hbutton. arc prelled.

TA90MG EC C04824

CE Panel CescrlpUon

CE/HSC 4

CE Panel Flow Diagrams

(, 'WA U' 01( PWR U, 01(

Th...y .,." _ 1M CE 'AHEL •• ,1.,.1", iii.

•If'- "'., ...1 M ......_ •• Ih•••111"
C I ' .....1 ~ ••I.,..

CE/HSC 8

l START I

l
(

PP ... OIAO

USE LEFT ADAPTER?

(

lASE ADORESS IS: ....

l 'r... lASe I

I " ... ENTR J

I ,,,•• NUT. 'REV. VES. NO I
(

I.IFT 01( : RIGHT 01(

( '~E ADDRESS IS ...:CHANOE?

1
I
I

[;I,... YES 1

I PP,•• HO I

I",,· VES J

(

1
(

OlAO: RlOHT CONTROL

J
(

(

LEFT: NO RESPONse

RlOHT: NO RESPONSe

)

HEW BASl: ADDRESS ,

)

'0••

I J

P, ... VES

NUMBeRS 'lEASe

J
OIAO:!.!", CONTAOL

••• Md, •••

NOTE:
not
dI.n"• UftIl1 ......

Itutt.,.. I t . , . ,. . . out..

I Pr... EHr~ J
(

(

J
Ent., an acldr ... """,It" 1ft ItIe
,.".• • f 0-19'" aM ~ ••• ENTA

( B~E ADDRESS IS xxxx)

~Ei.ECTION (t)

I
Run GMP diagnostics

TA90 MG EC C13764

To check
SoftWIre/Hardware
revisions

To examine
COMTAB

To read
SENSE data

To run
TA90 support
di agnosti cs

To force
error Ioggi ng

CE Panel Flow Diagrams

CE/HSC 8

CE Panel Flow Diagrams (Continued)

CE/HSC 10

Set ecti on (1)

Forced Error logging

s •• OF. tor

RESERVE DRIVE JIll 1

COUT AS ,"forma'ioft

t-----tSee OIAG 1 for
test !'lumbers

l_p un,lI.n
drl... , ••

r.s.rved.

CLEARED 7 DR JIll?

use DRIVE'"

OIAO: lEFT (R,OHT) CONTROl.

Pr ••• NEXT/PREV
to aeroll 111o. ."
all .IY••
Pr••• YES J------r---~~~~~

If
dri ves are reserved.
and it is a dual TCU
configuration.
2A

go to

NOTE:
Do nol unload a dr'v.
b.for. OIAQ t.st ar. hilly

,.rmlnal.d'

TA90 MG EC C13764

CE Panel Flow Diagrams (Continued)

CE/HSC 10

CE Panel Flow Diagrams (Continued)

If drtv.,

CE/HSC 12

On I... dtlv._,

I,.

(dull reU) no
drlv •• r •• "v.d

IVlnaw ••

TEsr NUYBER 1

PIN A. DRiVe 1

See CE/HSC 14
for GMP opti on

••••• drlv.l,
unavallabl.

If drtv. " no

Iong.,'n u.....

s •• DIAQ , 'or Support
Dtlgnolac ", ....q•••

S. . SENSE 1 'or
•• nI. byte

d'lCrtpttonl.

T .. t nnl.". ......, tcl'oll
IhroUVh dltl. pies. NEXT or
PREV••• Pr.,. ENTR wh.., dan,

D,Iv. no I~"
In us,

~----~P"'IENTR~----------------~
Loop unlll
flO mora drlv..

n,.'

drtv ••

dflv. "'I'
no''et'"I•.,ved,
pt'" ENTR ....., PREV

To
II

10 relU,n 10 r.,,,vI"

don "'p.

TA90 MG EC C13764

CE Panel Flow Diagrams (Continued)

CE/HSC 12

GMP Diagnostics

CE/HSC 14

GMP Diagnostics
The Good Machine Path (GMP) diagnostics use a building block approach to testing the TA90 subsystem. GMP resides on the functional
diskette, and can be used ror problem determinalion and fix verificalion.
The CMP diagnostics provide ine abtiity to:
•

Concurrenlly exercise the tape control unit for hardware failures

•

Concurrenlly exercise the tape control unit and a single drive for hardware failures

•

Concurrendy exercise the tape control unit and a single drive with media for hardware 'ailvres

•

Force the operation of a given device to a specified tape control unit (Pin and Unpin device).

TTU

OPTION 1
Test 1000 or 1008

)

Short Loop Write-to-Read

GMP always runs ror a specific drive.

GMP (Good Machine Path) Test Options

I GMP
----

--"'- .-_.

-_ _

----

Local

Override'

----

T .....

Option

Remote

Descrlptlonl

1000

1008

1018

Short Loop Write-to-Read

1001

1009

1019

Short Loop Write-to-Read and Long Loop
Write-to-Read and ACL Oe"';ce Interface functions

1002

100A

lOlA

Short Loop Write-ID-Read and Long Loop
Write-ta-Read and ACL and Tape Motion

Rllff
.... .......

TCU

OPTION 2
Test 1001 or 1009

)

Short Loop Write-ta-Read
+Long Loop Write-to-Read
+ACL

Automatic Cartridge Loader and Tape Molion

1003

100B

'Buffer override is recommend in each option.
:rOptions 1 and 2 are run with no tape loaded.
JOptions 1 and 2 must be run before option 4.

101B

ACL and Tape Motion

TTU

TCU

OPTION 3
-Test 1002 or lo0A

)

Short Loop Write-to-Read
+Long Loop Write-to-Read
+ACL
+ Tape Motion

TCU

TTU
OPTION 4
Test 1003 or 100B
ACL +Tape Motion

TA90 MG EC C13764

GMP Diagnostics

CE/HSC 14

Pinning a Drive

CE/HSC 16

Pinning a Drive

CE/HSC 16

Pinning a Drive
There are some TA90 Subsystem functions that can be tested
only by pinning a drive to a TCU. The data buffer and status
store lines, along with the dual communicator cable is tested by
pinning. Normally, drives 0-7 belong to TCUO while the high bank
of drives (8-15) belong to lCU 1. When jobs are in process, the
information may be processed through either TCU, regardless of
which drive is being ysed~
"Pinning" a drive assigns a drive to a lCU and only that lCU
may process data and communicate with the drive. Pinning.
therefore may force a TCU error to surface if the TCU was
running in a degraded mode. Without pinning. the other TCU
would automatically take control and the problem with the
degraded rcu would not be seen.

Pinning a LocallylRemotely
"Pin Locally" pins a drive to its local TCU. For example, pinning
drive 0 locally would pin it to lCUO, while pinning drive 9 locally
would pin it to rCU1.
"Pin Remotely" pins a drive to the remote TCU. For example.
pinning drive 0 remotely would force TCU1 to process
infoimation to and from that driv'e. If ILEXER is run on drive 0,
the HSC would send the command to lCUO, where the buffer and
status store lines would be used to send commands and data
between TCU1 and lCUO. lCU1 would actually be handling the
job.
Use the CE Panel to pin drives. See the CE/HSC section.

TA90 MG EC C13764

Hierarchical Storage Controller

How to Use HSC Diagnostics

Boot the HSC79
Step 1

Press the INIT button

Subsystem Level Diagnostics

I on the OCP of the HSC

Three subsystem level diagnostics.ILTAPE. ILTCOM, and
ILEXER, verify proper TA90 operation.
•

•

Type CTRL Y

Inline Tape Test (ILTAPE)

Step 2

I This causes the kmon !

iLTAPE initiates tape formatter resident diagnostics Oi a
functional test of the tape transport. In addition, the test
permits selection of a full test of the K.Si interface.

I prompt. HSC70>

Inline Tape Compatibility Test (ILTCOM)

I Run diagnostics

ILTCOM tests the compatibility of tapes which may have
been written on different systems and different drives, with
STI-FIPS compatible (TA90) drives connected to an HSC via
the STI bus. ILTCOM may generate, modify, read, or list a
compatibility tape.

Inline Multidrive Exerciser (ILEXER)

ILTAPE

Type RUN DXn:ILTAPE

ILTCOM

ILEXER

I Type RUN DXn:ILTCOM

Type RUN DXn:ILEXER.DIA

ILEXER output translation

The tnline Multidrive Exerciser exercises the various disk
and tape diives attached to the HSC subsystem. The
exerciser is initiated upon demand. Drives to be tested are
selected by the operator. The exerciser will issue random
READ, WRITE and COMPARE commands to exercise the
drives. The reports given by ILEXER do not provide any
analysis of the errors reported nor explicitly call out a
specific FRU. This is strictly an exerciser.

VALUE

ACTUAL

ILEXER

(TA90)
Write data

Data checks

- i

check~

Contents of
sense byte 10

+8
Contents of
sense byte 11

Read blocks
corrected

Other A

Operaiing InsirUCiions

Contents of
sense byte 12

Write blocks
corrected

Other B
The following steps outline the procedure for running IlTAPE,
ILTCOM, and ILEXER. The tests assume an HSC70 is configured
with a terminal and STI interface. If the HSC70 is not booted,
start with Step 1. If the HSC70 is already booted, proceed to
Step 2 (See diagram).

ILTCOM is not diagnostic in nature, therefore, all of the
necessary subsystem hardware is assumed to be working.
Errors are detected and reported but fault isolation is not a
goal of ILTCOM.
•

HSC20

Other C

Read
recoveries

I
t

Contents of
sense byte 30

How to Run ILEXER
When the ILEXER program is successfully loaded, the following
message is displayed:

ILEXER>O>hh:mm Execution Starting
where 'hh:mm' is the current time.
ILEXER then prompts for parameters. After all prompts are
answered, the execution of the diagnostic proceeds .. Error
reports and performance summaries are returned from ILEXER.
When IlEXER has run for the specified time interval, reported
any errors found, and generated a final performance summary,
the exerciser concludes with the following message:

ILEXER>O>hh:mm Execution Complete
TA90 MG EC C04824

Hierarchical Storage Controller

HSC20

Running ILEXER and ILTAPE

Running ILEXER and ILTAPE
Select up to 12 drives to be exercised.

•

Tape formatter returned error

IS A SCRATCH TAPE MOUNTED (YIN) [N]?

•

Read compare error

PROMPT DESCRIPTION (DATATYPE) [DEFAULT]?

An N response results in a reprompt for the drive unit number. A
Y response displays the next prompt.

•

Read data EDC error

•

The PROMPT DESCRIPTION explains the type of information
ILEXER needs from the operator.

•

Unrecoverable read or write error

ARE YOU SURE (YIN) [N]?

•

Drive reported error

The DATATYPE is the form ILEXER expects and can be one
of the following:

If the answer is N the operator is reprompted for the drive unit
number. If answered with a Y, the following prompts are
displayed.

•

Tape mark error (ILEXER does not write tape marks)

•

Tape drive truncated data read error

DATA PATTERN NUMBER (16-22) (D) [21)1

•

Tape drive position lost

•

Tape drive short transfer occurred on read operation

•

Retry limit exceeded for a tape read, write, or read reverse
operation

ILEXER Test Parameter Entry
The parameters in ILEXER follow the format:

•

YIN - YeslNo response
o - Oeci\lllll number
!! - !.lnit nlJlllber (see frClll below)
H - Hexadeci\lllll mnber

•

The DEFAULT is the value used if a carriage return is
entered for that particular value. If a default value is not
allowed. it appears as [ ].

The next prompt is:
DRIVE UNIT NUMBER (U) [ ]1

Enter the unit number of the drive to be tested. This prompt has
no default. Unit numbers are in the form Tnnnn, where nnnn is a
decimal number between 0 and 4095, corresponding to the
number on the drive's display. Terminate the unit number with a
carriage return. ILEXER attempts to acquire the specified unit
via the HSC Diagnostic Interface. If the unit is acquired
successfully, ILEXER continues with the next prompt. If the unit
acquire fails, one of the following conditions was encountered:

Seven data patterns are available for tape. These data patterns
are defined in the HSC70 Service Manual.
RECORD LENGTH IN BYTES (1 to 12288) (D) (8192]?

Response to this prompt specifies the size in bytes of a tape
record. Maximum size is 12K bytes. The default value is 81S2.
the standard record = length size for 32 bit systems. Constraints
on the HSC diagnostic interface prohibit selection 01 the
maximum allowable record length of 64K bytes.
DATA COMPARE (YIN) [N]?

A Y response selects data compares to be performed on every
tape read operation. An N response causes data compares to be
performed on 15 percent of the tape reads.
ANOTHER ORI VE (YIN) [ ]?

1. The specified drive is unavailable. This indicates the drive
is connected to the HSC but is currently online to a Host CPU
of the HSC utility. ONLINE drives cannot be diagnosed.
ILEXER repeats the prompt for the unit number.

Answering Y, the prompts beginning with the prompt for DRIVE
UNIT NUMBER, are repeated. If answered NO, the following
global prompts are presented. This prompt has no default,
allowing the operator to default all other prompts and be able to
select parameters for another drive for this pass of ILEXER.

2. The specified drive is unknown to the HSC Tape functional
software. Drives are unknown for one of the following
reasons:

ILEXER Global User Prompts

•

The drive and/or K.SI port is broken and cannot
communicate with the disk functional software.

•

The drive was previously communicating with the HSC
when a serious error occurred and the HSC ceased
communicating with the drive.

In either case, ILEXER asks the operator if another drive will
be selected. If so, it asks for the unit number. If not, ILEXER
begins to exercise the drives selected. ILEXER terminates if
no drives are selected.

After a drive is selected and ILEXER has both acquired the drive
and brought it online, the following prompts appear. A CTRL Z at
any time during parameter input selects the default values for the
remaining parameters. If a nondefaultable parameter is
encountered, the following message appears and the test
prompts for new parameters:
I LEXER>D>hh: II1II Nondefau1table Parameter

The following prompts are presented to the operator when no
more drives or drive-specific parameters are to be entered into
the testing sequence. These prompts are global in the sense
they pertain to all the drives.
RUN TIME IN MINUTES (1 to 32767) [19]7

The minimum time is 1 minute, and the default is 10. After the
exerciser has executed for that period of time, all testing
terminates and a final performance summary is displayed.

•

Drive went OFFLINE or AVAILABLE unexpectedly.

NARROW REPORT (YIN) [N]1

Answering Y presents a narrow report which displays the
performance summaries in 32 columns. The default display,
selected by answering N. or carriage return, is 80 columns.
ENABLE SOFT ERROR REPORTS (YIN) [N]?

This prompt enables soft error reports by answering Y. By
default, the operator does riot see any soft error reports specific
to the number of retries required on a tape 110 operation. A N
response results in no soft error report. Soft errors are
classified as those errors that eventually complete successfully
after retry operations. They include read, write, and
read-reverse requested retries.

HSC22

Enter Y (for yes) to execute formatter diagnostics. This is the
default.
MEMORY REGION NUMBER (H) [El]?

This prompt appears only if the response to the previous prompt
was Y. For TASO, the memory region number is the diagnostic
test number for either GMP or support diagnostics. For exam pie,
a GMP response to this question would be 1008. See CE/HSC for
a complete description of GMP tests. For support, numbers
should be of the form 2EXX. See DIAG and MD/SDISK for a
description of support diagnostics. EEXX are translated to 2EXX
for ILTAPE.
DO YOU WANT TO ENTER PARAMETERS? (YIN) [N]

For TASO, you must answer Y (yes) to this question. At least one
parameter, the unit number, must be given. The three
parameters are as follows:
BYTE 00:
BYTE Ell:

Tnn

BYTE 62:

where nn is the drive unit nUl1lber
where 11 is the 1oopi ng opt i on
e - no loop
1 - ioop 'ti i i error
2 - loop indefinitely
for test numbers that support tests
on all drives, non-zero indicates
"all drives·. For tests that talce
a data pattern, this byte is the
data pattern.

How to Run IL TAPE
The following steps outline the procedure for running ILTAPE.
Type R DXn:ILTAPE

This invokes the inline tape diagnostic program, ILTAPE. The OX
is the RX33 device name. The n refers to the unit number of the
specific RX33 drive. For example, OX1: refers to RX33 drive
number one. The following message should appear at the
terminal:
ILTAPE:>O>hh:1IIII Execution Starting

IL TAPE/User Dialogue

HARD ERROR LIMIT (0) [2El]7

You are allowed to specify the number of hard errors allowable
for the drives being exercised. When a drive reaches this limit, it
is removed from any further exercising on this pass of ILEXER.
Hard errors include the following types of errors:
•

Tape drive BOT encountered unexpectedly

•

Invalid MSCP response received from functional code

•

UNKNOWN MSCP status code returned from functional code

•

Write on write-protected drive

The following paragraphs describe ILTAPE/user dialogue during
execution of ILTAPE. Examples in this section refer to using
ILTAPE to invoke GMP or support diagnostics. ·Refer to the HSC
Service Manual (EK-HSC7D-SV) to use ILTAPE for other testing.
DRIVE UNIT NUMBER (U) [ ]7

Enter Tnnn, where nnn is the MSCP unit number (such as T316).
EXECUTE FORMATTER DEVICE INTEGRITY TEST?

Running ILEXER and ILTAPE

HSC22

Contents
Tapa Control Unit Locations
logic Board layout (Pin Side) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Card Identification ., . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Card Part Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Ground Pins • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Location Identification Example
......•.............
10
Logic Boards (Card Side) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
01A-A1 Logic Board . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
01A-A2 Logic Board . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Top-Card Connectors and Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
01A-A1 Top-Card Connectors and Cables
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
01A=A2 Top~Card Connectors and Cables
.. ___ . . . . . . . . . . . , .. - . . . . . 20
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
CU-A Logic Gate (Hinge Side)
CU-P1 ReadlWrite Bus Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _ _ _ . . . . . . . . . . 30
CU-P2 Cable Connectors (Dual Tape Control Unit Communication Feature) . . . . . . 30
Fan Assembly 1 and 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Serial Number _ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Service Switch Assembly (+ 24 V) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Thermal Switch Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
CU-PS02 Tape Control Unit dc Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
AC Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
AC Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Overcurrent Protection . . . . . . . - . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 35
+ 5 V dc Output Current Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _ . . . 35
Test Plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Test Plug Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
T1 ac Voltage Taps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
DC Load Box . . . . . . - . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
STI-FIPS Adapter Chassis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
STI-FIPS Adapters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
CU-PS03 sri DC Power Supply .... _ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
STI Bulkhead Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Fans and Thermal Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
IMl Diskette Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Local/Remote Power Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
MO Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Operator Panel .. , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Operator Setup Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
UEPO Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
CU-PS01 Tape Control Unit ac Power Supply, 60 Hz and 50 Hz Japan . . . . . . . . . . 55
ACIDC Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
AC Input Filter Cover and Shield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
AC Output Socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
CB1 Mainline Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Convenience Outlet . - - - . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
F1 Failure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Overcurrent Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Phase 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Phase 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Phase 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
.system.Attach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
+24 V Control Transformer ac Voltage Taps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
CU-PS01 Tape Control Unit ac Power Supply, 50 Hz, except Japan . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
ACIDC Distribution to TCU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
AC Input Filter Cover and Shield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
AC Output Socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
CB1 Mainline Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Convenience Outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
OeltalWye Voltage Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
F1 Failure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Neutral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Overcurrent Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Phase 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Phase 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Phase 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
System Attach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
+ 24 V Control Transformer ac Voltage Taps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Circuit Breaker Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
CB1, All 60 Hz and 50 Hz Japan
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
CB1, 50 Hz, except Japan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Tape Control Unit CBs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Subsystem Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
0

TA90 MG .ECC04824

•

••

Contents

LOC 1

Contents

Loe 1

Tape Transport Unit Locations
AC Power Connector . . • • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Drive Switch Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Drive Logical Address Switch . . . • . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Drive Online/Offline Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Drive Power Switch . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . 75
Drive Reset Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Drive 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Drive 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Operator Control Panel and Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Bar LEOs . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
ReadylNot Ready Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Rewind Switch • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Selected Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Unload Switch . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Tape Transport Unit ac Power CB1
Thermal Connector . . . • • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
TU-P2 Read/Write Bus Connectors
DR 0/1 PS01 Tape Transport Unit de Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
TCU Simulator Factory Use Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Test Plug Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Blower Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Pneumatic Supply Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Inlet Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Output Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Pressure Port Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Pump Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 120
Regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Vacuum Port Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Tape Deck Rear Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Air Fitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Physical Address Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Vacuum Fitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

(continued on the next page)

Contents (Continued)

LOC 2

Contents (Continued)

LOC 2

Drive locations
File Protect Switch . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Threader Arm (at the Cartridge Latch Assembly) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Threader Arm <at the Machine Reel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
02A-A 1 Logic Board (Pin Side) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Cartridge Latch Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Cartridge Latch Solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Cartridge Present Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Cleaner Block Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Decoupler Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Head and Guide Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Latch Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Machine Reel Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Plenum Assembly and Pressure Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Tape Lifter Solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Tension Transducer ., . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . "
100
Threader Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
File Reel Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Machine Reel Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Machine Reel Tach Sensor A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Machine Reel Tach Sensor B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Tape Path Sensor A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Tape Path Sensor B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Threader Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Power Amplifier Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Power Amplifier Board Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Thermal Switch Assembly . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
02A-A 1 Logic Board (Card Side) with Top-Card Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Logic Board Layout (Pin Side) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
DC Distribution Cable (Internal) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Read Adapter Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Write Adapter Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Tach Sensor Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Automatic Cartridge Loader Feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170

TA90 MG EC C04824

Tape Control Unit Locations

LOC5

Logic Board Layout (Pin Side)

20-Card Logic Board

8 11

_ _~i+-:V

tlI s

,EOCBAEOCBA 0 B

••••••• • •

• • • • • • • • • • • •

02
03
04

••

•

•
••

•

2~1

•
•

••
•
•
•
•

••
•

•
•

•

.11>.

••••••••••••
Y5
••••••••••••

•
•
••
•
•
•

I:· · I

1
03

•
•
•
•
•
•
•

••

•
•
•
•

•
•••
•
•
•••
•

I::

• :

12
13

•••

•
•

:
••
•:
•
•

•
•

•

05
06
07
08

•
•
•
•

09
10

•
•

•

12
13

•
•

•

•
•
•
"•

•

••
••
•
••

•
•
•
•
•
••

•
•
•
•

•
•

•

02
05

6 04

•• ••

• •
• •
• •
• •
• •
• •
• •
• •
• •

• •
• •
••• •••
• •
• •

• •
•• ••
• •
• •
• •
• •
•• ••
• •
• •
• •

•

••
•
•
•

•••
•

••

II:.:• I':.

•

} Pin Letter
} 1/0 Socket

• •••••••••••
••

•
•
•
•
•

02
03
04
05
06
07

•

•
•
•
••
••
•
•

•
••

09
10

•
•
•

•

•• ••
• •
• •
• •

•
•
••
•
•
•

••

••
•
••
•
•

•••
•
•

12.
13

•

•••

•

•••

• • I·
:

•
•

j:
I·

• • •
• • •

•
•
••
•
•
•
••
•••

•
•
•
•

__
............ ............
............

02
03
04
05

••
••

08
09

Four-Wide
Card
Socket

~4
10

12
13

••
••
••
••
••
••
"
. . . ~.

12
lJ

•
•
•
•
•
•
•

••
••
••
.••

d II :~ Ii:~ I~ I I I~ 3
'I'

••••
••••

} Card Socket

• •••••••••••
Yl

• •••••••••••

" '.

•
•

•
•
•

•
•
•
•

OJ
04;

• •
• •

• •••••••••••
Y2

r-------+----------~----------r-------+----------~-----~~-----_+----------~----------~-----_+----------~----------~-----~-------+_-----~~-----~----------+_-----~----------~-----~

02
OJ

I '.. : ,

•••
•••

BOB

I~ I~ ~ !; I

V 3 0 09

i' oE (10 I Ce I oBe i' A

j oH8

I: .: I:

• • • • • • • •

~ I ;. ; I ; I II' !~ : I : II::::
! J r~ ~ : :
rf-3

• • • • • Y3
• ••••••
"
• • • •• • • • • • • •
• • • •
• • • •
• •
• • •• ••
• •
•• •• ••• •••
• • • •
• • • •
• • • •
• • • •
• • • •

•
•

•

•
•

•

o B

• •••••••••••
Y4
• •• •••••• • • •

•
•
•
•
•
•
'.
•

•
•••

•••

IoL I K o

o B

~ ~ HH

02
OJ
04
05

~,:3: J
5

............ ............ ............ I 6 }
O-V'-8-A-t-O-U--::B-A-rI~0-T~B--+--DS~B R--~a-a-~10~p"""":B~r:l°:-N-:B:--iIr:o:-M-:8~1r-::0~L1-::B--"I-:0~K-=B-'I-::o-J-::-a-~1°:::-H-::B:--t-:O:::-G-:8~Ir-::O:-F-:B~I-:o:-E-:B--"I-:!O:-D-=B""W::-i-:::}-:::fC-:::B-:A~'T":I:8" ~"'I !:dL:~et

~-----~----------~----------~-----~

eL..1

•

••

-----~--~~------L----------~----------~------L----------~-----~~-----~----~--~----~----------~--~----------~------4

••••••••••••

~
Zl.

~...........

---r,-o a 10

I/O Socket

C 6 E 04

TA90 MG EC C04824

Tape Control Unit Locations

LOCS

Tape Control Unit Locations (Continued)

LOC 10

Card Identification

Circuit Card

II W22

002
W02
03 .... . . - - - - - - - - - - - Pin Identification - - - - - - - - - -..... 03
~
/~

23
~

Location Identification Example:

: : "

- - - - - - Frame
Gate
, ,
Board

..L.-" .Jo-

01 A-A 1 82002
IF-Pin
I
Card Socket

W33

5' ,

..
~~
-:LJ:-'
"

Card Row

Ide;,tifl~ti9n 11

W13

~~~;:;:r

~~~~ctor

End

E
~~

01'~-r: . ~ T:""_ B;~
J02

G02

J13

G13

P02

M02

P13

M13

U02

502

0
between card sockets
G. H. J. and K

X33

X13

Y22

Y02

Ground Pins

01A·1B2W22

I I:.- Top~Ca'rct
Connector piri- II
Card Socket.
.

W24
W29

W06
Wll

X24
X29

X06
Xll

Y24
Y29

Y06
Yl1

Z24
Z29

Z06
Zll

D
D
1-

0
Y33

Y13

Z22

Z02

01A-A2C2W

Cable Location
Card Socket

I]
Z33

TA90 MG EC C04824

03
~

Crossover connection

Top-Card Connector
Card Ro~
.

/~:

W22

01A·A1WGHJK

W02--__~~~~--r---~--~--~~~~=-~~-

X02

r-~~-B02

Note:
The beveled edge on the module
is down when the card is correctly
installed.

"'"

""
513

Tape Control Unit Locations (Continued)

LOC 10

-Qblc;i

.-(1)::1

"->

0
0

E
.,..
N

I»

-... ..._-.
...
- -g-.

0 __

TII~I

5':

I\,)

rn
_

:»

~rn

troiL.. 0t,kut
C......

Control Storage Arrav

II!,

...

_---

·Status Store Communication
.---~.---------

~.
n
OJ
0

mOOE
"'fl

CI)

Microprocessor 0
Maintenance Adapter

Control Store n

...

j.
.....

:::s

CD •

:::s
en

"0
0

-S'

Status Store Cl
Spare

,----

Buffer Adapter

Uufter Controls r
.-----~"-.--.---.-.

Buffer Storag.

----

::l

Spare t-

OO·w

Q.
'-'

Spar. or Buffer Storage z
Write Data Flow

mOO

;1.

G
-<

~-----

--..--

... 0a
...

::J

,........ ,

UllOl.

r;;;;;.;;-

c:r

sa
I»

I»

OM CD 0

-I

C'::J"O

Drive Adapter 0

----

Read ECC/CORR

R.ad Control en
.-.~--

rn
.11

IU
n.

-0

PUWIII

UiSl,

:
I

i
I"lIntll i

o.»UUIIIII

'-,mlll

"unlll

Chlooel A,lilllIer II

ojU

S,lort!

:i>
N

x
Spare

nltlll' Sktlw 1 ~

OOw

Iln41 Skew '1 r

·0
mD
mD

Ilocal Portt

"'fl:J

mOO

.. ..
~

pon

•

Spare c
f

=0-

Channel AclilIHU' A o

,,3)
0-

,
Read 4

-<
SUIII,'

s,.au:

r-N

Sulll,)

V Reoulator -t

----

Ileilll Skew 3 3::

Spare z
•• load Resistor Card,
Read Detect
Spare

00
ll.

=00
ll..

.Spare en

~m
,
:
! '"
L~~~~~
Spare

Spare

Local Port

!• n••d4

-t

~~~~

-.
0

:::I

c
2.

-o·

-t

-..
0

::J

c:
:1

;;

I»

-o·
n

:::J

fI)

:::J

s-'
-

fI)

Q
:::J

S"
c

Q
:::J

.....
(Jl

.....

c.n
_" . . __m_. ___________ __
._~

Tape Control Unit Locations (Continued)

LOC20

Top-Card Connectors and Cables
Notas:

01A·A2 Top Card Connectors ."cftables

1. The documentation may refer to the same connector in more
than one way. For example. 01A-A 152W may also be
referred to as CU-A 152W.

2. Labeling Is different for top-card connectors that mount on a
single card. such as 01A-A152W. and top-card connectors
that mount on multiple cards, such as 01 A-A 1ZCD. The
single-card connectors are labeled with the card given first
(52). then the position of the connector on that card (W). The
multiple-card connectors are labeled with the position of the
connector given first (Z). then the cards (CD).

Write;

B C

~!=

SS
- - Intf

E F G

3
SS Intf

~ ~-

I
S

- - -

V
It)

C2 02

SI
cn~

0•
E
a:•

W W

I--

•
c:

-..

'tJ

a;:=

•

c::

---

=
=-=
~-;: ;

.. ::!..

3
a:=

I--

----

'tJ

C2 02

i:i

.:f0

..J

01A·A 1 Top Card Connectors and Cables

I MO I I

CU/CU

C 0

""ole;,

:2 WFG ~
'IV

CU/CU

III WriteLxalBus I

Remote
Tag/Bus! Lol

XCOE

----

S2
W

•I 1-:.-

Xi=tS

WKL

XFG ;.

XKL

..:

VC::lE

::'0

-_.

~emot(
Port

Top-Card Connector
Cabie 01A·A 1S2W
(CU-A1S2W)

~
to

-:.

r--

uo
uo:

YFG ~

YK;'

...

VRS

1--~

i.;

I--

:c
=-=
~~

oi:

I-!;--

cE~

Write surl
Remote

zr:o

ZFG ~

..
, \I~ SS;rl I I 55
1

ZPQ

ZKL

Write

Intf

01 A·A 1ZCD Connector
(CU·A lZCD)

TA90 MG EC C04824

Tape Control U,nit Locations (Continued)

LOC20

Tape Control Unit Locations (Continued)

LOe 30

Thumal Switch
Assembly.

~\.:

CU-Pl A2IB2

= = =:===:~~

1:&.~~-ri-_ _ Thermal Switch
Assembly

Fan Asse~bry 1 and 2

leu -Fans. Ga:e)

CU· A
Logie Gate
(Hinge Side)

CU - 1A?1 is .he Fan

Cable Connector

•

r;al Number

•

ra3

TS'

W14

A B
TB2

CU - Al - ra3
C·U·P2

Cable Connectors
(Dual Tape Control Unit
Communication Feature)

A B

12
A

TA90 MG EC C13764

•

Tape Control Unit Locations (Continued)

•

LOC 30

Tape Control Unit Locations (Continued)

LOC 35

CU-PS02 Tape Control Unit dc Power Supply

DC Load Box

Test Plug Data
+24 V +5V
+24\1 +3.5v :-5 V .~TN RT~
(11.

• • • -5V•
•• +3.5 •
RTN
• o
•

+sV
0

~TN

+5~
(3~

(t3)

itS)

\
Overcurrent Prote<;tion

1~3

~
AC Output

CU·PS02
DC Power Supply

CU-PS02

DC Power Supply

ca 1

C32 Cal

CB4

~
~~ ~
•• •• •
AC

voe
J

-5

+8.50

+2 4

II
Jl;~Curr.ntsel.etion
l'w

a· ·.

J13

J14
J15

+5 V de Output

I
-a
I;; J1S~1
Jl~1
.~

I*
I

\.\\c:

~--(-------)-----/-----------------~----~)
Front View

1~2

TA90 MG EC C04824

.-•...
AC Input
1
3

Tap View

1~10

3~12

Tape Control Unit Locations (Continued)

LOC 35

Tape Control Unit locations (Continued)

Tape Control Unit Locations (Continued)

LOe 45

Tape Control Unit Locations (Continued)

LOC 45

STI.. FIPS Adapter Chassis

__---::::::::::::::::::-""'11 Fans

Upper
Thermal Switch

STI·FIPS Adapters
f5\ '~~~----+--~-:="","I:-..-- Right B

1lJF;;::-~,-+~.:::::..-=~~

__ Right A

Tape Control Unit
..,c~~~:--+---

Right A

~~~~-+---: Right B

TA90 MG EC C13764

iape Controi Unit Locations (Continued)

Tape Control Unit LocatiQns (Continued)

LOe 50

O~erat~r Panel (CU - OP)

cu OP - U:po Swit.:h

[TIw~

·~I
It............

I """._"'~

- -- -

mm
10

ex-.

=..., =~a -!C.,....
c
l=JT_ l=J1Q/1 Ei~.... 01&. ~ ~

IML Dtskette Drive
(TCU - Diskette Drive)

Operator Setu p Panel (CU-OSU)

Front of Panel

CU-OP -

lJ E?O Switch

DOD IlnU

r...._. -_. _. ---.........- ·-1
.

._. .__

-~ ..

AC Power Supply, 60 Hz
and 50 Hz Japan
(see LOC 55)
AC Power Supply, 50 Hz,
except Japan
(see LOC 60)

L~·~'----------------~I..~·J

R.ear View

o = : D. cD n- 0
\

IML Diskette Drive
(TCU - Diskette Drive)

Back of Panel

TCU Address Switches

J .... ,

)gg3(
COC

3- 7

CU - L'A - J2
TA90 MG EC C13764

_ _ _ _ _ ___

CU - MO ConnfC":or

Tape Control Unit Locations (Continued)

LOC 50

Loess

Tape Control Unit Locations (Continued)

Tape Control Unit Locations (Continued)
CU-PS01 Tape Control Unit ac Power Supply, 60 Hz and 50 Hz Japan

The resistance between the machine
frame and the ground pin (pin 4)
on the ae output socket of the
tape control unit should be 0.1 ohm
(see diagram A below).

_Diagram A
AC Output Socket (TCU)

(

(----)

~
2

Phase 1

03
_c;

Phase 2

Left Side

Right Side

IiII

Front

Right Side

Left Side

Mainline Breaker
(CU ... PS - 01 - CB 1)

r------j.

Convenience Outlet

MAINLINe SRe.u.eR

cu. W
ca,~:v ~~~~1,;o~·O

AC Input Filter CO\ler

~~~

Mi
~

OV'RC" RR,.T PRO TECTION _ _-,

CI1, ZSA

Syste~ Attach

AClqc Distribution

~ ~

Rear

Front

Fl Failure Light

+24 V Control
Transformer
ac Voltage Taps

TASO MG EC C04824

CU-PS-Ol-J4B ----..

Tape Control Unit Locations (Continued)

Loess

Tape Control Unit Locations (Continued)

Loe60

CU-PS01 Tape Control Unit ac Power Supply, 50 Hz, except Japan

The resistance between the machine
frame and the ground pin (pin 4)
on the ac output socket of the
tape control unit should be 0.1 ohm
(see diagram A below).

piagralT!. Ii.. .
AC 0':Jtput Sock~t ' (TCU)

CU-PS01
AC Power Supply, 50 Hz,
. except Japan

~
1J~
6

_________.~--sf

Attach

Right Side
J8

Convenience Outter

Mainline Breaker
(CU-PS-01-CB1)

~------_\:~--ov-e-R-CU-R-R-e~-T-p-RO-T-E-CT-IO-N------------------------~----------~
:\

CBZ SA

MAINLINE BREAKER

CON'I.

C3l 2SA

~24V
TRAt4SFORME~
CONTROL

C3l 1.IJA

~Z411 CONTROl.

wu..,,,c 'Q::!:~:U!D
$

.-----,L... _______ --,.
--J

r------,
L _____ --1'0

:Fl FlILURE

A C VOLTAGE UP

~OUTlET TR~'.SFORME' @~.':~lO r.~z za'VA'

~
~lJ

;;...

220 VAC

J1S

lJDl240 V~c

"'oncnQUG"".ST~'.1

iV""V'z 1380 VAC LINE)

~"'n"GQ"USE

~ (400I415 VAC

:'~Z:::":~~C!::L ¥

Rear

~z LINE)

r--------------,I
,

!-. _. ___________ -J

Front

TA90 MG EC C04824

Tape Control Unit Locations (Continued)

Loe60

Tape Control U nit Locations (Continued)

Loe 65

Tape Control Unit Locations (Continued)

LOC 65

Tape Control Unit CBs

CB1, 50 Hz, except Japan

Circuit Breaker Terminals

Tape Control Unit Locations (Continued)

C82. 60 Hz

CB1, All 60 Hz and 50 Hz Japan

I
".
~

C82 and CB3. 50 Hz

Reset

---- - -- - - ,

Reset

- '"
___ !riPe.eq -____

____
,.1. _- _- _- _
Tric~ed
- _- _
-_
- ,.1

Subsystem Circuit Breakers
The circuit breakers shown represent ty~ical breakers as found
in both the tape control unit and the tape transport unit The
Auxiliary contacts. even if present. are not used.

Reset (On)

Tripped
(Off)

Line

Load

Reset (On) ,

Tripped
(Off)

line

Load

----!!!!!!!!I

Reset (On) .....

Tripped
(Off)

Une

Load

Reset {On; f""i""...............................
Line

Load

Tripped
(Off)

Tape Transport Unit ac Power Circuit Breaker,
60 Hz and 50 Hz Japan

TA90 MG EC CD4824

LOe 75

Tape Transport Unit Locations

Operator Control Panel and Display (TU-DSPl

1 ~ Oisplay hn.1

L;P PJ ~1_ln~QI~

Ii flU

B.r~ED'~O

Drive Switch Panel (TU-OSU)

LINE

C •

• t---~_..r---t

•

J1!T11

RESET

ONLINE

TU-OSP
Rewind
Switch

Power Switch

DRIVE POWER
NO

7 Unload

'-_-r--- TU-Orive
DRIVE POWER

g ~R~T I
DRIVE ADDRESS

Switch

Ready/Not t\eady
Switch

TU-P2
ReadlWrite Bus

O~LI~,E

J:;onn~~~o_rs

AC Power Connector

~1 TU Online/Offline

uau~-~I.g

OFFLINE _

OFFLINE

Thermal
Connector

Switl:h

TU-P2-Jl)

I-g"? 11- ru-OSU-Ori~

Tu-bl-P2-A 1
Read Bus A
(Local)

~ogicar Addre" Switc:h

TU Of P2 WAf/WBI

AC Connector J 1

Write Bus.AlB
A terminator is installed
in Write Bus AlB when
this is the Jast tape

.attaChed

to ·the"

taPe cOntrol unit.-

Tape Transport Unit
ae Power CBl
(TU-CB 1, Primary Power) _

Tape Transport Unit Locations
TA90 MG EC C04824

LOC 75

Tape Transport Unit Locations (Continued)

LOC 90

DR 0/1 PS01 Tape Transport Unit dc Power Supply

Test P!ug Data
+24

+8.5

-5

,oo@o

• • • • •

~9a!?a~9.

• • • •

+15

F 11

F t3

OR 1 :::::

•

TU-PS-01
(Tape- Transport Unit Po~er Supply)

+24R +5"

-1 5 + 15 R -5 R
Front

Right Side

+8.SR -15R

•

~\-------'
+5
Control

'ii
4Jgl

•

Raar

Ctlt
1

DRCG

t~
3

I/
r'-'--'-r;::-~~I.~-~ ~..

Right Side

3 1- - " " " ; '

J§L

-r-'BMP-N----EC----- I

ILig~g~1\ Ja.

nOOOO~ t3~

':3

APPROXIMATE WT - -

I 0 OOOO~
3 00000 15

U-

DR10
F2

FlO

F12

.."Q5l,

1U=-:=U 2

1 0000 10
OOOO~

3 0000 12
is

(

)

(

)

REAR
FRONT

TU-PS-O l-CB2
_____ 110

TCU-Simulator
Factory Use Only
TA90 MG.ECC04824

1;;"';~,",lt2

Tape Transport Unit Locations (Continued)

LOC 90

Drive Locations

LOC 95

Drive Locations
TU-DK, Tape Transport Unit Deck Assembly

Front
Lett Side

02A-A 1 Logic Board .
Pin Side (see LOC 135).
For 02A-A 1 Logic Board
Card Side, see "Drive
Lo~ations'_' on LOe 130.

Right Side

Front

Drive Locations
TAgo MG EC C04824

LOC 95

Drive Locations (Continued)

LOC 100

TU-DK, Tape Transport Unit Deck Assembly (Continued)

Head and Guide Assembly
Machine Reel Assembly

Slock
Assembly

Tape Lifter
Solenoid
(TU-Head
Solenoid)
Cartrid~e

Present
~nsor

(TU- OK-Cartridge

Present Sensor)

Threader Assembly

I:
I
\ ..

Plenum Assembly
and Pressure Sensor

utch Sensor (TU-D K-Cartridge latched Sensor)
TA90 MG EC C04824

TU-OO/l-0K-P!enum

Front

Cartridge Latch Solenoid
(TU-DK-Tray Solenoid)

Pressure Switch)
Cartridge latch Assembly

Drive Locations (Continued)

LOC 100

Drive Locations (Continued)

LOC 105

Drive Locations (Continued)
TU-DK, Tape Transport Unit Deck Assembly (Continued)

Machine Reel
Tach Sensor B
(TU-D K -Machine

Reel Tach Phase
B S~nsor)

Tach Sensor A
(TU-DK-Machine

Tape Path
Sensor A
(TU-DK-Tape
Path Sensor A)

Reel Tach Phase
A Sensor)

........- . . ; - - - File Reel Motor
(TU-File Reel Motor)

TU-DO/1-PA

=-'-.3Imf--t"-- Power Amplifier Board
(see "Drive Locations"
on LOC 125)

Threader

Motor
(TU-Thread Motor)

TU-Machine Reel Motor

Drive Locations (Continued)
TA90 MG EC C04824

LOC 105

Tape Transport Unit Locations (Continued)

LOC 120

Tee Connectors ~------:#f;,'ii#""-

TU·OO/l·Pl·j4
View From
left Rear

Read Bus Cables
Top s local
Bottom • Remote

Physical

Address
Switch

-The Key identifies pin .1.

Vacuum Fitting

Air Fitting
Connector positioning may
be different than shown.
-The Key identifies pin 1.
4-~__-

Output Filter

)
~ Pressure Port Cap-

Pump Motor

TA90 MG EC C04824

Tape Transport Unit Locations (Continued)

LOC 120

Drive Locations (Continued)

LOC 125

TU-OO/l·PA
Power Amplifier Bpard Connectors
Jl1

21.:.1

002

013

B02

813

....... ..

Jl
LIftSida

Front

TU·DO/l·PA
Power Amplifier
Board
TU·OO/l·PA·Jl

J8
J3

BOl ~A01

B04l!:J A04

TA90 MG EC C04824

do:
1

Drive Locations (Continued)

LOC 125

Drive Locations (Continued)

LOC 130

02A·A 1 L09ic Board
(TU·A 1)
OlA • A1 Laoi' B..",. eo", S-. .. ""'" Too eo", Connec'."

-- ...
~

lOt

I
t'l.
i}i

!.""

I-

So.,.
I
!Wtite

=1 A ••d ~t. .mp

~
J~

. '" Spare
Spa,e

So.,.

:<:3

III

Clive Control

TA90 MG EC C13764

Wr're
...,...... " ,I c:...

•

-cl

-IIBI

.!~

IrJl

I '" Ii, . ~I 5".,.
3c3

lOt

........... 10

r
I

I
I

=
>
....t • •

",c..-t... s

CMa.

r ...,........ ~
,
as

l<l:3

-re

CMa.

02A-A1
Card Guide

Thermal Switch Assembly
(TU· ThermiJ Switch)

...

Drive Locations (Continued)

Loe 130

Drive Locations (Continued)

LOC 135

Drive Locations (Continued)

LOC 135

Logic Board Layout (Pin Side)

~i
u

K C
B

"-J

• •

•• ••
O • •
C • •
B •
• Z3.•
A
•• ••

A
-E

••• ••
•

0
B

• ••
•
0 • •
F B • •
•·Z2·•
•• ••
0 • •
E B • •
•• ••
0

0
B

- ••

E
0

• •
•
B • •
A • •
• •
.Z1.
0
C • •
B • •
• ••
•• •
0
C

L---------------------

~------------------6

,t~!

~N:::og~~~~~8S ~;;:;::og~~i~~8S
i i
i i
i

••••••••••••
••••••••••••
••••••••••••
••••••••••••
••••••••••••
••••••••••••
••••••••••••
••••••••••••
••••••••••••
••••••••••••
:

••••••••••••
••••••••••••
••••••••••••
••••••••••••

••••••••••••
••••••••••••
••••••••••••
••••••••••••
••••••••••••
••••••••••••
••••••••••••
----00000000

• •••••••••••
••••••••••••
••••••••••••
• •••••••••••
••••••••••••
••••••••••••
• •••••••••••
• •••••••••••
• •••••••••••
••••••••••••
••••••••••••

••••••••••••
• •••••••••••
••••••••••••

••••••••••••
-

••••••••••••
••••••••••••
•••••••••••
•• •••••••••••
••••••••••••
••••••••••••
----00000000

- j"'~~,t i i 0 i 0en i 0 0
WJI.J-O

....

W"-J

2
~;;:;::o~gSi~i8~

--eD-~

••••~ ••••••• • •••••••••••
c 1
10:
• ••••••••••• •••••••••••• •• •• AB K
• E•••••••••••• • ••••••••••• •• •• 0
• C
•••••••••••• • •••••••••••
• ••••••••••• • •••••••••••
,.
•••••••••••• • ••••••••••• •
• •
•••••••••••• • •••••••••••
0
•••••••••••• • ••••••••••• • • B G
• •
•••••••••••• •••••••••••• •• •• 0 F
• ••••••••••• •••••••••••• •• •• B
.Y2·
• ••••••••••• • ••••••••••• •• •• -0 E
• ••••••••••• • ••••••••••• •• •• B
• ••••••••••••• • •••••••••••
0 0
B
• •••••••••••
• •
• ••••••••••• • ••••••••••• •• •• -0 C
•••••••••••• • ••••••••••• •• •• B
• •• .Yl
•••••••••••••
••••••••••• •• •••••••••••
•• • 0C B
•••••••••••
• ••••••••••• • ••••••••••• • •• B
• •
•••••••••••• • ••••••••••• • • 0 A
B
• ••••••••••• • •••••••••••

r3~~~tT
~B

............

----Qc;;;)O

0000

----00000000

"-J

t:i

-- 1

~,--------------------------------------------y~~------------------------------------------~I ~

Card Socket

Pin letter
I/O Socket
Four-Wide

TA90 MG EC_ C04824

Card
Socket

Drive Locations (Continued)

LOC 140

DC Distribution Cable (Internal)

r-------------------------l

With Automatic Cartridge
Loader Feature
With Automatic Cartridge
Loader Feature

B2AI4

B3AI4

84AI4

Loader
Control
Card

Tape
Lifter
Solenoid

Loader
Control
Card
Machine
Reel
Motor

Thread
Motor

Fi Ie
Reel
Motor

II
II
II

Cartridge
Latch
Solenoid

Tension
Transducer

n
I I

Without Automatic Cartridge
Loader Feature

____!J1

Fi Ie
Protect
Swi tch

'-----I

"'""-----',

rED

II
I !
I

i
;

I I

II I!
I

•

! f

rEJl
I

TASO MG EC C04:824

.---+--TU-DO/I-PA-JIt

Drive Locations (Continued)

LOC 140

Drive Locations (Continued)

LOC 145

Read Adapter Cables

P2Al

To
Tape
Control Unit
To
Tape
Contr::>1 Unit

ituj

!.:s

Local

FRU088

liTe:: "

itud

al.lS
a

Remote

P2S1

--'- ..

FRU092

lao!

TU·Ol·P2

Local

the Next
I ~u~ I To
Tape Transport
:~5

r--

"-.-1-= "

Remote

it.l~

!"'S

I Unit

To the Next
Tape Transport
Unit

Note: Remote is for 0 ual Tape Control Unit
Communication Feature Only.
OZ-~-~:~2

w-ia
~,.. e:-

Card

02.h~:~Z

I ..:-i:.
I ~~;~:I

ORO

TA90 MG EC C13764

ORt

Drive Locations (Continued)

LOC 145

Drive Locations (Continued)

LOC 150

Write Adapter Cables

From

~~~~rol
Unit

or
Prior Tape
Transport
Unit

I~s·:!:e
I

I"'; :.
Bus

To the
Next Tape
iransport
Unit

Remote

II-_R_em_o_t_e_ _ _ _ _.....

r--------;

Local

.... ;:~

a.. s
3

...

Local

;:~

:Ls
~

TU·DO·P2·WA1

•I
I

Drive 0
TU·OO·02A
(BOut)

~ Remote

(A Out)

I A:~3

To the Nex
Drive

Drive 1
TU·D1-O 2A

(B In)

(A In)

TA90 MG EC C13764

Local

I ,,:.:.4 Remote

A:.t2

..... --.jIII'
Remote

(9 Out)

Local

(A Out)

(B In)

(A In)

.\':'3

Local
A'':';,

I~'.~...

Remote
Local

Drive Locations (Continued)

Loe 150

Drive Locations (Continued)

LOC 155

Tach Sensor Cable

To Dr ive
..
Logical Address
Switch. and Drive
Power Switch

{TU-OO/l-Pl-J4}

Machine Reel
Tach Sensor A
(TU-DK-Macnine Reel
Tach Phase A Sensor)

Pressure
Sensor

Machine Reel
Tach Sensor B
(TU-DK-Machine Reel
Tach Phase 8 Sensor)

Orive
Physical
Address

File Protect
Swi tch

File Ree I Motor
Tach Sensor A and B
{TU-OK-Flle Reel Tach}

Switch

I Tll_l'\W' _1:1)<::1.1'I
\

•

..,..,.

..... _

r---------------l
Thermal Switch
{mounted on
02A-AI Logic
Board Card Guide}
(TU-DK-Thermal Switch)

TA90 MG EC C04824

Tape Path Sensor B
(TU-DK-Tape Path
Sensor B)
02A-AIZ2

Tape Path Sensor A
{TU-DK-Tape Path
Sensor A}

Cartridge
Present
Sensor

Cartridge
Latched Sensor
(TU-OK Cartridge
Latched Sensor)

02A-AIZ3

Drive Locations (Continued)

LOC 155

Drive Locations (Continued)

LOC 170

Mode Switch

Start Switch

I_..u...-- Attention indicator

------'p~w

Loader +24 V de Fuse

Loader Operator Panel
Loader Control Card

Loader +5 V dc Fuse

Loader Pc"aJer Cable Plug

Stack Low Position SeQsor
Feed Complete Sensor

Cartridge Latch Sensor
Leader Signal Cable Plug
File Protect Switch

Load Asm
. (view turned 180°)

TA90 MG EC C04824

Cartridge Present Sensor

Loader Mechanical Asm
with Control Card
(view turned 90 0 )

Drive Locations (Continued)

LOC 170

Drive Locations (Continued)

Drive Locations (Continued)
2OP"!""'__J4~~~ 1 t

Jl or J5

I
Solenoid and Motors

r~L._~=o=p~l-e_ra.,tor

Loe 171

1m!2

Panel Cable - - -

Drive Signal Cable /

Right Input Rail

m:
J3

Input Motor

Drive Power Cable

J2
r.-;1
I; : I

Loader Error
Display (LEO) ~r-rr

I~ W
~t:>.

B = c:IJdD

Cartridge In Stack Sensor

..••• •

11 . : 12

Note:

Cartridge Staged Sensor

Do not count the 2 top and 2

~nom ~~itions qf plugJ~ ___"

Left Input Rail

"- (50 pos. jack and 5.4 pos. p~ug).

,bJ
oClCJlP=L

Input Complete Sensor
Input
Stack Asm
.
-.-. -..
-

Loader Control Card

Track Closed Sensor
Loader Control Card
Stack Low Position Sensor
Extract Complete Sensor

Feeder Motor Left _ _~1l\...I
Feeder Solenoid

Feeder Motor Right
Output Motor

Output Stack Asm
L~~er M~~anical Asm

with Control Card
'Yie;-tu-~n8d "So 0 j"

TA90 MG EC C04824

Feed Asm
,( view turned 90 0")

Drive Locations (Continued)

Loe 171

Remove/Replace Procedures by FRU Number

CARR-Teu 1-1

This directory lists all field-replaceable units (FRUs) for the TA90 Tape Subsystem, and includes all tape control unit and drive assembly
FRUs.
VOLUME

FRU NUMBER

To iocate a specific FRU removal or replacement piOcedure, perform the following:

1. Locate the FRU number in the FRU NUMBER column.
2. The VOLUME column indicates where the information for the FRU is located. Volume A02 contains the information for the tape
control unit. Volume A03 contains the information for the drive. The name of the FRU is listed in the FRU NAME column. The FRU
nama corresponds to a part number in the TASO IPS (EK-UTA90-iP-OOi)_

150

FRU027

A02

Device Dala Bus Cable - Remote

150

A02

Device Dala Bus Cable - Local

150

FRU030

A03

FRU031

A03

FRU032

A03

I
Tape Control Unit cover removals and replacements are described on CARR-TCU 2-1 through 2-2.

FRU033
FRU034

Drive cover removals and replacements are described on CARR-OR 2-1 through 2-9.
I

Plenum supply hose clamping procedures are described on CARR-OR 3-1.

Device Data Bus Cable - Remote

i
I

300

29-27105-01

Regulator (60 Hz)

310

29-27069-01

A03

Regulator (SO Hz)

310

A03

Output Filter (60 Hz)

320

Output Filter (SO Hz)

320

29-27082-01

I Inlel Filter

330

A03

340

I 29-27142-01

Pressure Hose Assembly (50 Hz)

340

Vacuum Hose Assembly (60 Hz)

350

A03

I, A03

FRUD35

I Pump Motor

Digital P.N.

A02

4. Go to the page listed in the REPLACE column to perform the replacement procedure.

REMOVE/REPLACE

..,.
'A"e

FRU026

FRU029

3. Go to the page listed in the REMOVE column to perform the removal procedure.

FRU NAME
I

Pressure Hose Assembly (60 Hz)

I 29-27057-01
!

29-27143-01

350

Tape lifter solenoid response time checking procedures are described on MO/SOISK 302.

360
360

~---------+--------~------------------~--------------~--------------------------------I
FRU NUMBER

I
j

VOLUME

FRU NAME

REMOVE/REPLACE
PAGE

I A03

I Threader Assembly
I Latch Solenoid

FRUOO3

I A03
I A03

File Reel Motor

29-27110-01

FRUOO4

A03

Machine Reel Motor and Hub
Mount

29-27169-01

FRUOO1
FRU002

FRUOO5

Digital P.N.

I 29-27101-01

A03

Tape Path Sensor A

FAU042

29-27079-01

FRU045
FRUOO7

A03

FRU008

Tape Path Sensor B

A03

29-27079-01

Cartridge Latch Assembly

FRUOO9

A03

File Protect Switch

29-27078-01

AQ3

cartridge Pf"eeent Senaor

100

I 29-27079-01

FRU011·

A03

Cartridge Latched Sensor

110

29-27083-01

FRU012

A03

Decoupler Assembly

120

I 29-27071-01

FRU018
FRU019
FRU020

I FRU025

Read Bus Cable - Remote

A02

Read Bus Cable - Remote

TA90 MG EC C13764

LogIC Board to Power Ampllfter

490

FRU049

A03

J2 Cable

160

i 29-27102-01

190

200

29-27100-01

150

29-27140-01

29-27107-01

i 29-27080-01
I 29-27084-01
I 29-27139-01 (60 HZ)
!
i

i
I

"""'11

29-27'16-01

180

150

29-27'57 -01

I Read Bus Cable· Local

Power Bus Cable

580

t Interlock Spring
i

A02

I, A02

590

I Compression Spring

i A02

FRU048

Power Amplifier Board

A03

FRU024

470

Logic Board (02A-A1)

A03

Cleaner Supply Hose

AC3

I
,I

I AD3

A03

29-27153-01

FRU047

FRU059

FRU022

29-27225-01

FRU058

170

Blower Assembly

460

150

i Plunger Spring

Tension Transducer Hose

150

.A03

II A03

29=27481=0'

Status Slore Communication
Cable - Dual TCU

I 29-27141-01

450

I left Guide Bearing Hose
I

A02

A lV5-A2V3 Cable
Latch Spring

29-27154-01

440

Right Guide Bearing Hose

FRU056

140

I A03

540

Tension Transducer

FRU017

29-27154-01

430

Decoupler Vacuum Hose

Upper Flange

FRU014

FRU016

420

Decoupler Pressure Hose

A03

Head ana GUide AssemblY

J A03
I A03
1 A03
I A03
I A03

FRU054

FRU01~

FRU015

FRU046

I 29-27108-01

FAUOlO

29-27067-01

FRU044
FRUOO6

29-27068-01

410

29-21089-01

Lower Flange

29-27155-01

400

FAU043
A03

390

I 29-27056-01

I
,

29-27138-01 (SO HZ)

I
i
I

Remove/Replace Procedures by FRU Number

CARR-TCU 1-1

Remove/Replace Procedures by FRU Number

CARR-leu 1-2

-.
FRU
NUMBER
FRU060
FRU061
FRU062
FRU063
FRU064
FRU065
FRU072

VOLUME

FRU NAME

A03
A03
A03
A03
A03
A03
A03

FRU073

A03

FRU074

A03

FRU077

A03

FRU078

A03

-FRU079

A03

Mcss:1ge Display Board
Machine Reel Hub
Read Preamp 02A-A 1H2
Write 02A·AIJ4
Write Power 02A·AIG2
Pump tt) Output Filter Hose
AC C B to Power Supply
Blower Cable
Logic Board to Power
Ampli lier J 1 Cable
Tape Transport Unit AC
Power CB Cable
Blower Assembly AC Power
Cable (Tape Unit to both
Drives)
Blower Assembly AC Power
Cable
DC Power Distribution Cable
(Drive Internal)
DC Power Distribution Cable
(Drive External)
DC Power Distribution Cable
Tachometer Sensor Cable
Thermal Switch
Thermal Switch Cable
Local/Remote Power Panel
Drive Control Card
IML Diskette Drive
Read Data Local Cable
~02A-A 1G2 to
U-DO/f-Pl RAt) Internal
Read Bus Local Adapter
Cable to TU-D1-P2A 1
Read Adapter Local Cable
from Tee to P t RA 1
MessClge Display DC Power
Cable
Power Bus Cable
Read Bus Remote Adapter to
TU-DI-P2B I Cable
Read Adapter Remote Cable
from Tee to P1RBl
Read Data Remote Cable
(02A-A 1G2 to TU-DO/I-P 1B1)
DC Power Supply

A03
FRU080
FRU081
FRU082
FRU083
FRU084
FRU085
FRU086
FRU087

A03
A03
A03
A03
A02
A03
A02
A03

FRU088

A03

FRU089

A03

FRU090

A03

FRU091
FRU092

A02
A03

FRU093

A03

FRU094

A03

FRU095

A03

FRU096

A03

FRU097
FRU098

A02
A03

FRU099

A03

FRU100

A03

FRU101

A03

I
lA90 MG EC C13764

Fuse F 1 + 24V Drive 0 Fuse
F2 + 24V Drive 1
Power Bus Cable
Fuse F3 + f5V Drive 0 Fuse
F4 + 15V Drive 1
Fuse F5 -15V Drive 0 Fuse F6
-15V Drive 1
Fuse F7 + 8.SV Drive 0 Fuse
Fa + 8.SV Drive 1
Fuse F9 -SV Drive 0 Fuse FlO
-5V Drive 1

Digital P.N.

RE MOVE/RE PLACE
PAGE
600
610
640
640
640
650
490

29-27 f 04-01
29-27088-01
29-27135-01
29-27134·01
29-27115·01

490

FRU
NUMBER
FRUI02

VOLUME

FRU NAME

A03

FRU103
FRU104
FRUI05
FRU106

A02
A03
A03
A03

FRU107
FRU108
FRU109

A03
A03
A03

Fuse F11 + 5V Drive 0 Fuse
F12 + 5V Drive 1
Power Bus Cable
Drive Power Switch
Online/amine Switch (Drive)
Address Switch Cable to J4
(rear of deck)
Reset Switch
Drive Address Switch
Operator Panel Switch
Board (contains Rewind
Switch Unload Switch, and
Ready/Not Ready Switch)
Drive Thermal Switch
Read ECC/CORR Card
01A-AIR2
Buffer Storage Card

490
490
490

FRUI10
FRU111

A03
A02

FRU113

A02

Digital P.N.

150
1040
1040
490

29-27175-01
29-27075-01

1040
1040
1090

29-27074-01
29·27062-01
29-27094-01

i
\

!
i
i

1100
1110

29-27483-01
29·27095-01

1110

29-27159·01

1110

29-27137 -01

!
I

!
!

OlA·A1 M2

790

FRU114

A02

FRU115

A02

FRU116

A02

FRU117

A02

FRU118

A02

FRU119

A02

FRU120

A02

FRU121

A02

796
800
810
820
830
840
850
860
490

29-27483·01
29-27151-01
29-27162-01
29-27160-01
I

880
490

REMOVE/REPLACE
PAGE
960

Buffer Control Card
0IA·AtL2
Maintenance Adapter Card
01A-A1E2
Write Data Flow Card
01A-AtP2
Microprocessor Card
01A-A1D2
Drive Adapter Card
01A·Al02
Read Clock and Format Card
01A·A1S2
Buffer Adapter Card
0IA·AIK2
Status Store Basic Card
0IA-AtG2

1110

29-27148-01

1110

29-27133-01

1110

29·27136-01

1180

29·27163-01

1110

29-27112-01

1200

29-27150-01

1110

29-27164-01

900
150
880
490
490
29-27099-01 (60 HZ)
29-27098-01 (50 HZ)

950
960
150
960
960
960

I
i

960

i
Remove/Replace Procedures by FRU Number

CARR-TCU 1-2

Remove/Replace Procedures by FRU Number

Digital P.N.

Status Store Communication
Card OtA-At F2

1110

29-27147 -01

Read Skew Buffer Card 1
01A-A2K2

1110

29-27093-01

Read Skew Buffer Card 2
01A-A2l2

1110

29-27093-01

VOLUME

FRU NAME

FRU122

A02

FRU124

A02
I

A02

Control Storage Array Card
01A-A 1B2

1110

V Regulator Card 01A-A lT2

1260

FRU145
FRU146

29-27168-01
29-27171-01

1390

29-27113-01

Logic Board A2

1400

29-27114-01

Tape Contl'oi Unit Swiich
Panel Card (includes Offline
Indicator, IML Switch,
NormalfTest Switch,
TCUOfTCU1 Swit~h
...... , Tape
Control Unit Online IOfftine
Switch)

1·.....IV"

29-27472-01

1430

AC Power Supply

1440

DC Power Supply

1450

A02

AC Fuse F1 + 24V

1460

A02

DC Fuse Fl + 8.SV

1470
1470

A02

DC Fuse F2 + 24V

A02

AC Line Cord

FRU150

A02

Blower Assembly 1

FRU151

. A02

Blower Assembly 2

FRU152

A02

FRU155
FRU156

I 1490

FRU170

I
I

29-27086-01 (60 HZ 150HZ J)
29-27087-01 (50 HZ)

A02

I A02

i
I

!
i

I
!

STlaFIPS I/O Tag Cable
(Channel A)

I,,
I
i

1SO

FRU171

A02

STI-FIPS I/O Bus Cable

FRU173

A02

Channel A,B Address Cable

150

FRU175

A02

Read Bus Cable - Single
TCU

150

FRU176

A02

reu AC Control Switch

150

I
I
I

I
I
!

Pane! Cable

29-27076-01

FRUl77

A02

AC Power to Gate Cable

1770

FRU178

A02

A1S2W to A2V2 Cable

150

FRU179

AO'"c-

Power Bus Cabl e

FRU180

A02

Top Card Connector ZCD

1570

FRU181

A02

Top Card Connector P2Y

1570

FRU182

A02

Top Card Connector WE

1570

FRU183

A02

Tep Card Connector WeD

1570

FRU184

A02

Top Card Connector ZPQ

1570

FRU185

A02

Top Card Connector XRS

1570

A02

! Top Card Connector YRS

1570

FRU186
I

150

i
!

29-27072-01 (50 HZ)
29-27073-01 (60 HZ) (50 HZ JAPAN)

29-27060-01

1500

29-27060-01

Channel Adapter Card
(Channel B) 01A-A2D2

1110

29-27166-01

A02

Thermal Switch Cable

1SO

A02

Power Bus Cable

lSO

FRU157

A02

Top Card Connector WKL

1570

FRU158

A02

Top Card Connector XKL

1570

FRU159

A02

Top Card Connector YKL

1570

TA90 MG EC C13764

29-27482-01

1500
1

Thermal Switch (TCU Gate)
Lower

FRU148

I
1420

Tape Control Unit Operator
Panel Printed Circuit Board
(includes Power On/Off
Switch, and Power Indicator)

FRU149

A02

FRU147

29-27 t 65-01

150

FRU169
i

A1Y1 to MD Connector Cable

1110

A02

, ""

150

t re Card
Cont rol So
01A-A1C2

FRU144

29-27103-01

" ..,;S,i"",.,'.hlon ..... 3,."e

Tape Control Unit Switch
Panel to Gate Cable

29-27062-01
29-27166-01

A02

1620

A02

1290
1110

FRU143

Service Switch

FRU168

Physical Address Switch
Channel Adapter Card
(Channel A) 01A-A2C2

A02

A02
An ....
I"\V'

lSO

A03

FRU142

Power Bus Cable

A02

29-27061-01

A02

FRU129

A02

VIQ..

1610

FRU167

FRU133

A02

Cleaner Block

29-27081-01

1270

FRU14i

A03

Latch Interlock

FRU140

FRU161

ISO

A03

, Logic Board Al

i
i

AC Power Supply to DC
Power Supply Cable

FRU127

FRU139

A02

29-27174-01

FRU138

I 1600

FRU166

1260

A02

DC Power Supply to Gate TB

Power/POR Card 01A-A2H4

FRU135

1650

A02

Gate Fan Cable

FRU126

A02

I Digital P.N.

REMOVEIREPLACE
i
PACE

A02

29-27093-01

A02

FRU NAME

FRU165

1110

FRU160

Assembly

Read Skew Buffer Card 3
01A-A2M2

VOLUME

FRU162

A02

FRU
NUMBER

Cable

FRU125

FRU134

REMOVE/REPLACe
PAGE

FRU
NUMBER

FRU123

CARR-Teu 1-3

RE!move/Replace Procedures by FRU Number

CARR-lCU 1-3

Remove/Replace Procedures by FRU Number

CARR-TCU 1-4

FRU
NUMBER

VOLUME

FRU187

A02

Top Card Connector ZFG

FRU NAME

Digital P.N.

REMOVE/REPLACE
PAGE

FRU

VOLUME

NUMBER

1570

FRU NAME

RE MOVE/RE PLACE
PAGE

Digital P.N.
29-27076-01

FRU224

A02

Thermal Switch (TCU Gate)
Upper

2240

FRU225

A03

Machine Reef Tach Sensor A

2250

A03

Machi ne Reel Tach Sensor B

2260

29-27096-01

A03

Machine Reel Tape Guide

2270

29-27476-01

FRU188

A02

Top Card Connector ZKL

1570

FRU189

A02

Top Card Connector WFG

1570

FRU190

A02

Top Card Connector XFG

1570

FRU226
FRU227

Ii
I

FRU191

A02

Top Card Connector YFG

1570

FRU192

A02

Top Card Connector XCDE

1570

FRU228

A03

Head Tape Guide (Left)

2280

29-27479-01

I
I

FRUt93

A02

Top Card Connector VCDE

1570

FRU229

A03

Head Tape Guide (Right)

2290

29-27477-01

FRU194

A02

IML Diskette Drive Cable
(Drive to 01A-A lA3)

150

29-27160-01

FRU230

A03

Tension Transducer Tape
Guide

2300

29-27100-01

FRU197

A02

Channel Address Switch
(Channel A, Channel B )

1970

29-27063-01

FRU231

A03

Center Tape Guide

2310

29-27478-01

FRU232

A03

Cartridge

2320

FRU242

A02

STI-FIPS 110 Bus Cable
(Channel B)

150

FRU249

A02

A1Zl-A2Y1 Cable

158

FRU198

A02

UEPO Switch

1980

29-27064-01

FRU199

A02

Write Bus Terminator

1995

29-27173-01

FRU200

A03

Write Adapter A Cable (TCU
to Dii ve 0 P1\Ay'S 1)

490

FRU201

A03

Write Adapter A Cable (Drive
P1WB2 to Drive 1 P1WB1)

490

FRU202

A03

Write Adapter B Cable
(TU-Dl-P1WB2 to
TU-Dl-P2B2)

490

FRU203

A03

Write Adapter B Cable (A1A4
to P1WB1)

490

FRU204

A03

Write Adapter A Cable (AlAS
to P1WB2)

490

FRU205

A03

Write Adapter A Cable (TCU
to Drive 0 P1WA1)

490

FRU206

A03

Write Adapter A Cable (Drive
P1WA2 to Drive 1 P1WA1)

490

FRU207

A03

Write Adapter A Cable
(TU-Ol-P1WA2 to
TU-D1-P2A2)

490

I
I

A03

Write Adapter A Cable (A1A2
to P1WA1)

490

FRU209

A03

Write Adapter A Cable (A1A3
to P1WA2)

490

FRU210

A03

Message Displ ay Cable

490

FRU211

A03

Message Displ ay Cable

2110

FRU212

A03

Vacuum Supply Hose

2120

FRU213

A03

Message Displ ay Board to
Message Display Switch
Board Cable

2130

FRU214

A02

STI-FIPS 110 Tag Cable
(Channel B)

150

FRU215

A03

Tape Utter Solenoid Input
Hose

2150

29-27097 -01

FRU216

2160

29-27111-01

A03

Tape Utter Solenoid

A02

A2Z2 to Gate TB2 Cable

150

FRU218

A03

AC Power Circuit Breaker

2180

FRU208

FRU217

!
I

29-27156-01

29-27176-0 t (60 HZ I 50 HZ J)
29-27178-01 (50 HZ)

FRU219

A03

Vacuum Distribution Tee

2190

29-27065-01

FRU223

A03

Convoluted Bellows

2230

29-27177 -01

TA90 MG EC C13764

Remove/Replace Procedures by FRU Number

CARR-TCU 1-4

Remove/Replace Procedures by FRU Number

FRU
NUMBER

I,, VOLUME

FRU NAME
I

VOLUME
I

FRU NAME
I

REMOVEJREPLACE
PAGE

A iZ2-A2V2 Cable

158

FRU298

A03

Loader Operator Panel

2980

A02

A 1Z3-A2V3 Cable

158

FRU299

A03

loader Fuse + 5V de

2880

FRU252

A02

A lZ4-A2V4 Cable

158

FRU300

A03

Feed Assembly Motor

3000

FRU253

A02

A lZS-A2V5 Cable

FRU254

A02

A lZ6-A2Y6 Cabie

A02

A lA5-A2A5 Cable

FRU256

A02

FRU258

A02

FRU260

FRU261

I
i

158
I

158

FRU904

2580

FRU905

A02

TCU to TCU Read Cable Remote

150

FRU906

A02

TCU to TCU Write Cable·
Remote

150

A03

Air Pressure Test Port Hose
Assembly

2620

29-27146-01

A03

Vacuum Test Port Hose
Assembly

2630

29-27144-01

Top Card Connector (TCC)
B2X

660

Top Card Connector (TCC)
B2Y

660

FRU270

A03

interposer Signai Cabie
02A·A 1V3 to P1·J2

490

A02

load Resistor Card
01A·A2P2

1110

, 29-27471-01

2770

29-27109-01

1110

29·27149-01

I
FRU277

A03

I
I Head Compliant Guide

I Read Detect Card 01A-A2C2

FRU278

A02

FRU279

A02

FRU280

A03

13 + 5V de Drive O.
I Fuse
Fuse 14 + 5V de Drive 1

960

FRU281

A03

Loader Control Card

2810

29-27161-01

FRU282

A03

Load Assembly

2820

I 29-27172-01

Load Motor

2830

Load Motor Complete
Sensor

2840

2850

FRU283
FRU284

A03

FRU285

A03

FRU286

A03

I
I

Loader Mechanical
Assembly

2860

Loader Power Cable

2860
2880

A03

FRU288

A03

loader Fuse + 24V de

FRU289

A03

,I Stack low Position Sensor

FRU290

A03

FRU291

, Input Stack Assembly

: 29-27122·01

29-27473-01

2890

29-27130-01

2900

29·27092·01

Cartridge In Stack Sensor

2910

29-27122-01

Cartridge Staged Sensor

2920

29·27132-01

FRU293

A03

Left Input Rail Assembly

2930

29·27128-01

FRU294

A03

I 29-27129-01

FRU295

A03

FRU296
FRU297

Right Input Rail Assembly

2940

Feed Assembly

2950

I 29-27123-01
I

A03

Stack Up Position Sensor

2960

I 29·27122-01

A03

Output Stack Assembly

2970

29·27125-01

TA90 MG EC C13764

ST!-F!PS Adapter (R;

9000
I

9000

Power Supply STI

9030

29·27409-01

I A02

STI Gate Fans

9040

29-27474-01

I A02

STI AC Interlock Thermal

9050

29-27059·01

STI DC Interlock Thermal

9060

29-27070-01

I A02

I
I
I

A03

I A02

STI·FIPS Adapter (L)
I

29-27126-01

A03

FRU292

AC2

Digital P.N.

i 29-27091-01
I

Loader Signal Cable

FRU287

CARR-TCU 1-5

2790

load Box

A03
I

FRU90,

IMl Diskette

A03

A1V3-A2VS Cable

FRU268

FRU272

A02

FRU900
I

FRU903

FRU262

158

FRU267

FRU
NUMBER

I, A02

FRU263

FRU250

Digital P.N.
REMOVE/REPLACE
;
PAGE

FRU251

FRU255

Remove/Replace Procedures by FRU Number

CARR-Teu 1-5

FRU Listing by Alphabetical Sequence - Tape Control Unit

FRU Listing by Alphabetical Sequence - Tape Control Unit
FRU
Name

I
I
I

AC
Fuse 1 +24 V ac
Line Cord
Power Supply
BOARD
Tape Controi Unit Switch Panei
Printed Circuit
logic Al
logic A2
Op Panel Printed Ci rcuit
CABLE
AC Line Cord
AC Power to Gate
AC Power Supply to DC Power Supply
AlAS to A2 AS
A 1S2W to A2V2
A1V3 to A2V5
A1V5 to A2V3
A 1Y1 to MD Connector
A1Z1 to A2Y1
A1Z2 to A2Y2
AiZ3 to A2Yj
A1Z4 to A2Y4
A1Z5 to A2Y5
A1Z6 to A2Y6
CAF Feature
Channel AlB Address
Tape Control Unit Switch Panel Voltage
Tape Control Unit Switch Panel to Gate
Tape ContrOl Unit to Tape Control Unit Read
- Remote
Tape Control Unit to Tape Control Unit Write
- Remote
DC Distribution
DC Power to Gate TB
Device Data Bus - local
Device Data Bus - Remote
Device Data Bus - Remote
Gate Fan
STI-FIPS 110 Bus (Channel A)
STI·FIPS 110 Bus (Channel B)
STI·FIPS 110 Tag (Channel A)
STI-FIPS 110 Tag (Channel B)
IMl Diskette Drive
Power Bus
Power Bus
Power Bus
Power Bus
Power Bus
Power Bus
Power Bus (UEPO Switch)
Read Bus· local
Read Bus - Remote
Read Bus - Remote
Read Bus - Remote
Remote Exit - 2 TCU
Status Store - 2 TCU
Thermal Switch
CARD
Buffer Adapter (A 1K2)
Buffer Control (A ll2)
Suffer Memory Reference
Buffer Memory Card (A 1M2)
Channel A Adapter (A2C2)
Channel B Adapter (A2D2)
ContrOl Stora g e Arra yCad(A1B2)
r
Control StoraCe. tAlC?)

TA90 MG EC C13764

FRU
No.

Page

146
149
144

1460
1490
1440

141

1410

139
140
142

1390
1400
1420

149
177
166
255
178
256
015
169
249
250
251
252
253
254
273
173
176
168
260

1490
1770
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150

261

150

164
160
029
026
027
165
171
242
170
214
194
048
091
097
103
167
179
156
175
022
024
025
217
056
155

150
1600
150
150
150
1650
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150

120
114
276
113
133
152
135

1200
1110
1110
1110
11'0
1110
1"0

114

1110

FRU
Name

FRU
No.

Drive-Adapter (A 1Q2)
load Aesistor Card (A2P2)
Maintenance Adapter (A' E2)
Microprocessor (A102)
POR (Power On Reset) (A2H4)
Read Clock and Format (A 1S2)
Read Detect Card (A202)
Read ECC/Correction (A' R2)
Read Skew Buffer 1 (A2K2)
Read Skew Buffer 2 (A2l2)
Read Skew Buffer 3 (A2M2)
Regulator (A 1T2)
Status Store (A 1 G2)
STI-FIPS Adapter (L)
STI-FIPS Adapter (R)
Store Status Communicator (A1F2)
Voltage Regulator (A 1T2), POR (A2H2)
Write Data Flow (A 1P2)
TCU Address Switch
TCU Switch Panel Printed Circuit Board
DC
load Box
Fuse Fl + 8.4 V de
Fuse F2 +24 V dc
Power Supply
Diskette Drive - IML
Diskette
IMl Diskette Drive
local/Remote Power Panel
logic Board A 1
logic Board A2
Op Panel Printed Circuit Board
Power Panel - Local/Remote
Power Supply - AC
Power Supply - OC
Power Supply - STI
SWITCH
TCU Address
local/Remote (Power Panel)
Service Assembly
Thermal (TCU Gate) lower
Thermal (TCU Gate) Upper
UEPO (Unit Emergency Power Off)
Terminator Write Bus TCUO (local)
Terminator Write Bus TCUO (Remote)
Terminator Write Bus TCU1 (local)"
Terminator Write Bus TCUl (Remote)
TOP CARD
Connector A lWCD
Connector A1E2W
Connector A lWFG
Connector A lWKl
Connector A 1XCDE
Connector A lXFG
Connector A1XKl
Connector A lXRS
Connector A 1YCDE
Connector A 1YFG
Connector A 1YKl
Connector A 1P2Y
Connector A 1YRS
Connector A lZCD
Connector A 1ZFG
Connector A 1ZKl
Connector A 1ZPO
UEPO (Unit Em~rgency Power Off) Switch

118
272
115
117

126
119
278
111
123
124

125

Page

1180
1110
1110
1110
1260
1110
1110
1110
1110
1110

138
121
900
go1
122
138
116
197
141

1110
1260
1110
9000
9000
1110
1260
1110
1970
1410

279
147
148
145
086
258
086
084
139
140
142
084
144
145
903

2790
1470
1470
1450
860
2580
860
840
1390
1400
1420
840
1440
1450
9030

197
084
162
143
224
198
199
248
264
265

1970
840
1620
1430
2240
1980
1995
1995
1995
1995

183
182
189
157
192
190
158
185
193
191
159
181
186
180
187
188
184
198

1570
1570
1570
1570
1570
1570
1570
1570
1570
1570
1570
1570
1570
1570
1570
1570
1570
1980

CARR-TCU 1-8

FRU
Name

FRU
No.

Page

Write Bus Terminator TeUO (Remote)
Wr~te Bus Term~nator TCU1 (local)

248
264

1995
1995

FRU Listing by Alphabetical Sequence - Tape Control Unit

CARR-TCU 1-8

Introduction
This section contains the removal and rcpl acement procedures
for all field-replaceable units (FRUs) in the TA90 Tape
Subsystem. Checks and adjustment procedures are also
included.

CARR Layout
CARR-TCU 1-1 through 1-5 contain a complete FRU list for the
tape control unit and tape transport unit An error code or FRU
number that is displayed on the CE panel will refer to this FRU
list. The corresponding procedure should be performed. The
FRU removal procedure is given first and the FRU replacement
procedure immediately follows for the same FRU. All procedures
are shown in a step-by-step method with keyed reference to
views.

Common Procedures

CARR-leu 1-9

Introduction

CARR-TCU 1-9

Instructions for Working with ESD-Sensitive Parts
To prevent damage when you work with electrostatic discharge
(ESDi sensitive parts, observe the following instructions. These
instructions are in addition to all the usual precautions:
•

ESO-sensitive parts that are shipped in a special ESO bag
should be left in this bag until you are ready to immediately
install them into the machine.

•

Before touching the ESC-sensitive part, put on the ESC
Grounding Wrist Strap on either wrist This strap has a high
resistance (1 megohm) resistor in series with the grounding
clip, so there is no danger to you. It discharges the static
electricity from your body. Connect the clip to the Rex
ground slrap of the gate to the frame. Keep the strap on
while you are inserting or removing a logic card or handling
any ESC-sensitive part

•

Do not place the ESO-sensitive part on the machine cover or
on a metal table. If you need to put down the ESC-sensitive
part for any reason, first put it into its special bag. (Large
metal objects can be di scharge paths without bei ng
grounded.)

•

Prevent ESD-sensitive parts from being touched by other
personnel, such as service representatives or customers.
Reinstall all covers when you are not working on the
machine.

•

If possible. keep all ESD-sensitive parts in a grounded metal
cabinet (case).

•

Be extra careful in working with ESO-sensitive parts when
cold-weather heating is used. Heating of cold air lowers the
relative humidity, which increases the static electricity.

Procedures for cover removal and replacement are described on
CARR-TCU 2-1 and 2-2. You will be sent to Ihese common
procedures by the FRU removal and replacement procedures.
Read through the complete procedure before performing it, and
give attention to caution and danger notes.

Introduction

...

,..A I IT1nN.

"""'''''. '''''''

When wearing the ESD Grounding Wrist Strap. ensure that the
nex ground strap remains connected. Failure to do this creates a
safety exposure in the same manner as wearing Jewelry while
working on live exposed electrical circuits.
Use the most current Cigital part number available for the ESO
Grounding Wrist Strap.
The following is a iist of the ESO-sensitive parts in the TA90
subsystem:
.
•

All of the logic cards in the tape control u!:,it and the drives

•

Message display card in the drives

•

Transducer FRU in the drives.

Figure 1. ESO Grounding Wrist Strap

TA90 MG EC C13764

Tape Control Unit

Tape Control Unit Cover and Safety Cover Removal
This page contains the steps needed for removing any of the tape
control unit covers.

2. Pull the bottom of the cover away from the tape transport
unit, then lift the cover straight up and out of the brackets
attached to the tape transport unit frame.

Tape Control Unit Top Cover Removal
1. Open the rear cover.

Tape Control Unit Front or Rear Cover Removal
The tape control unit front and rear covers are held closed by a
iatch assembly.
To open the front cover, push on the left center to release the
latch. To open the rear cover, insert a small screw driver into
the slot in the right center of the cover and push to the left to
release the latch.

1. Press in on the cover in the area shown

2. Remove the grounding strap from the cover.

3. Open the cover far enough to get access to the hinge pins

II·
4. Lift the hinge pins out of the hinges and remove the cover
from the tape control unit.

5. Return to the procedure that sent you here.

2. Release the two rear latch screws
screws).

II (these are captive

3. Pivot the top cover on its front locating tabs and brackets

3. Return to the procedure that sent you here.

by lifting the cover from the rear of the tape control unit.

4. Lift the front locating tabs from the brackets and remove the
top cover from the tape control unit.

Tape Control Unit Front Safely Cover Removal
The front safety cover is held in the tape control unit frame with
four sliding brackets
It is not necessary to loosen all of them
to remove the cover.

II.

5. Return to the procedure that sent you here.

1. loosen the left and right side brackets and slide them toward
the inside of the safety cover.

Tape Control Unit Side Cover Removal

2. Remove the grounding strap from the cover.

The tape control unit side covers are held at the top by two tabs
which slide into slots in the tape control unit frame. The
botiom is heid in piace by a iatcn assembiy.

3. lift the safety cover up and out of the tape control unit.
~.

Return to thG prccaduie ~hat sent yOu hais.

CARR-Teu 2-1

Tape Control Unit Rear Safety Cover Removal
The rear safety cover is held in the tape control unit frame with
three sliding brackets
It is not necessary to loosen all of
them to remove the cover.

II.

1. Remove the grounding strap from the cover.
2. loosen the left bracket bolt, slide the bracket in, and at the
same time pull the left side of the safety cover out and away
from the tape control unit.

3. Return to the procedure that sent you here.

Drip-Screen Guard Removal
1. loosen the two screws that attach the guard to the 110
tailgate. Slide the guard to the left and lift off the rear frame
member.

2. Return to the procedure that sent you here.

1. To open the side cover, insert a small screw driver into the
slot in the bottom center of the cover and push upward to
release the latch.

Drip-Screen Guard

·_--EI

Rear Safety Cover

Hinge

TASO MG EC C04824

Front Safety Cover

Tape Control Unit

CARR-TCU 2-1

Tape Control Unit

Tape Control Unit Cover and Safety Cover Installation
This page contains the steps needed to reinstall any of the tape
control unit covers.

Tape Control Unit Top Cover Replacement
1. Replace the top cover by inserting the front locating tabs into
the brackets

II.

Tape Control Unit Front or Rear Cover
Replacement

2. Pivot the rear of the cover down and latch into position with
the two captive screws

II·

CARR-TCU 2-2

Tape Control Unit Front Safety Cover
Replacement

Tape Control Unit Rear Safety Cover
Replacement

It will be easier to install the safety cover if the bottom brackets
are extended.

It will be easier to install the safety cover if the right side
brackets
are extended.

3. Return to the procedure that sent you here.

1. Check to see if the bottom brackets
are extended as far
as possible. If not, loosen the bolts and move the brackets
out as far as you can, then tighten the bolts.

1. Check to see if the two right side brackets are extended out
as far as possible. If not, loosen the bracket bo!ts and slide
the brackets out as far as you can, then tighten the bolts.

Tape Control Unit Side Cover Replacement

2. Lift the cover into the tape control unit, setting the two
bottom brackets into the holes in the tape control unit frame.

2. Lift the cover into the tape control unit, inserting the two right
side brackets into the holes of the tape control unit frame.

Tape Control Unit Front Cover Adjustment

The side covers are held by two tabsB at the top that fit into
slots in the tape control unit frame, and by a latch assembly at
the bottom.

3. Continue to push the cover into the tape control unit until the
left and right brackets are aligned with the holes in the tape
control unit.

3. Continue pushing the cover in until the left side bracket is
aligned with the hole in the tape control unit frame.

Note: The tape control unit front cover must be adjusted so that
it does not open to the casual or incidental touch. The
cover should only open by the use of an intentional force
in the proper area.

1. Lower the cover onto the tape control unit frame so the two
tabs on the cover move into the slots in the tape control unit
frame.

4. Reconnect the grounding strap to the cover.

1. Move the cover into position near the hinges. Align the
and insert
hinges of the door and the tape control unit
the pins one at a time.
2. Reconnect the grounding strap to the cover.
3. Close the cover until it is held by the latch.
4. Return to the procedure that sent you here.

Whem the tape control unit front cover is adjusted correctly, the
IML diskette drive should be parallel to the front cover and
extend through the front cover approximately 2 mm (5/64 inch)
(check the parallel adjustment with your six-inch straight edge).
1. As a starting pOint, loosen the two latch assembly holding
screws and position the front of the latch assembly
to
extend approximately 2 mm (5/64 inch) beyond the front of
the side-frame.

4. Reconnect the grounding strap to the cover.

5. Loosen the bracket bolts, slide the brackets into the tape
control unit frame. and tighten the bracket bolts.

2. Reconnect the grounding strap to the cover, if present.

5. Loosen the bracket bolt, slide the bracket into the hole in the
tape control unit frame, then tighten the bolt.
6. Return to the procedure that sent you here.

6. Return to the procedure that sent you here.
3. Continue to lower the cover, and at the same time move the
cover bottom toward the tape control unit until It is held by
the latch,
4. Return to the procedure that sent you here.

2. Partially close the front cover and ensure that the catch
mechanism
aligns with the latch assembly.

iii

3. Close the front cover to ensure that it will stay closed with
the latch assembly in this pOSition (2 mm beyond the front
side-frame).

i
I
I

4. Continue the adjustment by changing the 2 mm adjustment
(distance from the front side-frame to the latch assembly)
until the IML diskette drive is parallel (approximately) to the
front cover and extends through the front cover
approximately 2 mm (5/64 inch) (check the parallel
adjustment with your six-inch straight edge).

Front Safety Cover

5. Tighten the two latch assembly holding screws.
6. Return to the procedure that sent you here.

Drip-Screen Guard Replacement
1. Slide the guard over the rear frame member and to the right
under the two screws on the 110 tailgate. Tighten the two
screws.
2. Return to the procedure that sent you here.

Drip.Screen Guard

TA90 MG EC C04824

. I

Tape Control Unit

Rear Safety Cover

CARR-TeU 2-2

Tape Control Unit Offline Verification Procedure
This page contains the steps needed to verify. and if necessary,
to dismount and deallocate all tape control units.

Tape Control Unit

CARR-lCU 5

Tape Control Unit

CARR-leu 5

3. If the tape control unit Offline light fails to come on within a
minute. and neither adapter has stopped, proceed as
follows:

Getting Started

With the meter set on the 10 volt scale, meter the offline light
(from - at 01A-A2B2D08 to + at 01A-A2A4D09).

1. First, if you haven't already done so, try to take the tape

Is the meter reading greater that 1 volt?

control unit offline using the following procedure:
a. Set the tape control unit Online TesVOfnine Test switch
to Offline (see LOC 1).
b. Wait (up to a minute) for the tape control unit Offline
light to come on (see LOC 1).
If the tape control unit Offline light comes on, return to the
procedure that sent you here.

YES NO

With the meter set on the 18 volt
scale, meter the TCU Offline Test
switch (from - at 91A-A2B208a to +
at 81A-A2A4087).
Does the meter read 5 volts
+/- .5 volt?
YES NO

2. If the tape control unit Offline light fails to come on within a
minute, proceed as follows:
•

Ensure that none of the adapters are stopped.
(The middle LED on both adapters should be blinking.)

If the tape control unit Offline light comes on, return to the
procedure that sent you here.
If an adapter has stopped, IML the TCU.

The TeU Offline Test switch is
shorted in the Online position.
Proceed to step 4 to put the
tape control unit
into a serviceable condition.

The TCU Offline switch and light
are alright. Proceed to step 4.
This tape control unit is actually offline.
The Offline light is open. Power off the
tape control unit and replace FRU 141, Control
Unit Operator Setup Panel (see CARR-leU 1-1).
Return to the procedure that sent you here
and continue with the next step of that
procedure.
4. Inform the customer that you will need the entire subsystem
to complete the repair action.
5. When you have been given the subsystem, verify with the
customer that all paths to the subsystem are offline to the
host processors.
6. Ignore the status of the Offline light. There is no host activity
to this subsystem.
7. If the Offline switch was indicated shorted in step 3 above,
power off the tape control unit (see CARR-TCU 6) and
replace FRU 141, Tape Control Unit Operator Setup Panel
(see CARR-TCU 1-1).
8. Return to the procedure that sent you here and continue with
the next step of that procedure.

TA90 MG EC C13764

Tape Control Unit

Tape Control Unit Power Off and Power On Procedures
This page contains the steps needed to remove and restore
power to the tape control unit of !he TA90 Tape Subsystem.

To power Off: first complete the "Power Off Procedure" on this
page, then go to the desired section:
•

•

AC Power Off
DC Power Off.

To power On: go to the desired section:
•
•

AC Power On
DC Power On.

Power Off Procedure
1. Verify that all paths to the failing tape control unit are
deallocated from the operating systems.

2. Verify that all paths from any other tape control unit to drives
on the failing tape control unit are deallocated from the
operating systems.
3. Set the failing tape control unit Online Test/Offline Test
switch to Offline Test (see LOC 1).

4. Wait (up to a minute) for the tape controi unii Offline Test
light to come on (see LaC 1). If the light comes on, continue
with this procedure.
If the tape control unit Offline Test light fails to come on
within a minute, go to CARR-TCV 5 and do the procedure for
tape control unit offline verification, return here when
finished.

AC Power Off

Note: When the ac power is removed from the tape control unit,
the ac power is also removed from all attached drives.

1. Verify that all paths from any other tape control unit to drives
on the failing tape control unit are deallocated from the
operating system.

2. If there is a cartridge in any drive, remove it using the
following three steps:
a. Set the drive ReadyfNot Ready switch to Not Ready (see
LOC 1).
b. Press the drive Unload switch (see LOC 1).
c. Remove the cartridge from the drive. If the cartridge
cannot be removed, go to "Cartridge Removal By Hand"
on CART 10, return here after the cartridge has been
removed.

3. Di sable the ports to the HSC.
4. If the subsystem power is normally controlled by an
emergency power off (EPO) cable, set the tape control uni t
Local/Remote switch (see LOC 1) to the Local position.

5. Set the tape control unit Power On/Off switch (see LaC 1) to
the Off position.

6. Open the tape control unit front cover and remove the front
safety cover and ground connector, if present (see
CARR-TCU 2-1).
7. The next step will remove power from the con\'enience
ouUel
DANGER

AC Power On

DC Power Off

1. Set C B! on the tape control uni t ac power suppl y (see LOC 1)
to On.

1. Di sable the ports to the HSC.

CARR-Teu 6

2. Open the tape control unit rear cover (see CARR-TCU 2-1).
2. Press the Local Power switch (see Lac 1).

Note: The service switch is a three position switch:

3. Set the Power On/Off switch (see LOC 1) to the On position.

Top - ON
Middle - POR (Power On Reset)

4. Press the unit emergency power reset switch (see LOC 1).

Down - OFF.

5. Press the tape control unit IML switch (see LOC 1) to IML
and initiate a Power On Reset (POR).

6. If the subsystem power is normally controlled by an
emergency power off (EPO) cable, set the Local/Remote
switch (see LaC 1) to the remote position.
7. Replace the front safety cover and ground connector, if
present (see CARR-TCU 2-2).

3. Set the tape control unit service swi tch to Off (see Lac 1).

4. Return to the procedure that sent you here.
DC Power On

Note: The service switch is a three position switch:
UP - ON

8. Close the tape control unit front cover (see CARR-TCU 2-2).

MID - POR (Power On Reset)

9. Continue by selecting one of the following:
•

If you were sent to this procedure by the CE panel, run

GMP.

DOWN = OFF.

1. Set the tape control unit service switch (see LOC 1) to the
MID position for one second, then to the On position.

• If you were sent to this procedure by the Maintenance
Guide, return to the MAP or procedure that sent you
here.

2. Close the tape control unit rear cover (see CARR-TCU 2-1).
3. Continue by selecting one of the following:
•

If you were sent to this procedure by the CE panel, run
GMP.

•

if you were sent to this procedure by the Maintenance
Guide return to the MAP or procedure that sent you
here~

Electric shock. When setting the tape control unit
AC Power circuit breaker Off, hazardous voltages
-are still present on the AC Power circuit breaker
and on the AC Power line cord.

8. Set CBl on the tape control unit ac power supply to Off (see
Lac 1). There are two CB 1s in the tape control unit, so do
not confuse CB1 on the ac supply with CBl on the dc supply.
9. Return to the procedure that sent you here.

TA90 MG EC C13764

Tape Control Unit

CARR-leu 6

Notes

CARR-TeU 15

TA90 MG EC C04s24

Notes

CARR-TeU 15

FRU015 Tape Control Unit Cables Removal and Replacement Procedure
This page is meant only to provide general instructions for
removing and replacing tape control unit cables. Any of the
cables that are in the tables starting on CARR-TCU 157 can be
removed and replaced using these procedures.
Warning: Some parts handled during this procedure are
sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). See CARR-TeU 1-9 for
"Instructions For Working With ESC-Sensitive Parts.'~
SinGe this procedure requires the ac power to be removed from
the tape control unit, it is necessary to have all the drives
attached to the tape control unit available.

Removing Tape Control Unit Cables
1. Go to CARR-TCU 6 for the procedure to remove ae power
from the tape control unit.

2. Open the tape control unit rear cover,

Tape Control Unit

3. Remove the tape control unit rear safety cover
CARR-TCU 2-1 ).

4. Open the logic gate

II (see

II.

5. Find the cable "from" and "to" locations using the table
beginning on CARR-TCU 157.

6. To remove the cables from the tape control unit, it is
necessary to remove some, or aU of the foilow!ng:

3. Ins1al! any of the following items that have been removed:

Replacing Tape Control Unit Cables

logic gate covers

•

logic card retainers

1. Find the cable "from" and "to" locations in the tables
starting on CARR-TCU 157.

•

logic gate covers

•

logic card retainers

2. Place the cable in the tape control unit following the same
path as the removed cable.

•

Top card connectors (TCC)

•

Top card cable connectors

Install the cable retention (if any) as you install the cable.

•

logic cards

Connect both ends of the cable.

•

Drip screen guard

•

CARR-Teu 150

4. Close the logic gate

II
• Top card cable connectors II

II.

B.
1'1 (see CARR-TCU 2-2 ).

Top card connectors (TCC)

5. Install the rear safety cover

•

logic cards

6. Go to CARR-TCU 6 for the procedure to restore Be power to
the tape control unit.

•

Drip screen guard

•

II.

7. Disconnect both ends of the cable to be removed.

8. Remove any cable retention hardware as needed to remove
the cable.

9. Remove the cable from the tape control unit.

II Top Card
Connector

~~/~ ___. . . . .
~(

ElTop Card
Cable Connector

v.~n

Logic Card
Retainer

aD Rear Safety
Cover

II Logic Gate
Cover

TA90 MG EC C04824

Tape Control Unit

CARR-TCU 150

Tape Control Unit Cable Location Listing

Tape Control Unit Cable Location Listing
This table shows the FROM and TO locations for each cable listed.

FRU

FRU NAME

FRU015

A 1V5 to A2V3 Cable

FRU022

Read Bus Cable - Local
Read Bus Cable - Remote

FRU024
FRU025*
FRU026*
FRU027

Read Bus Cable - Remote
Write Adapter Cable - TCU to
Remote Drives
Data Bus Cable - Remote

LOC
PAGE

FROM
01A-A1V5

LOC
PAGE

TO
01A-A2V3

01A-A2U2

CU-P1-A1

01A-A2U4
CU-P2-A1

CU-P2-A2

CU-P2-A5

CU-P1-B1
01A-A1Y6

01A-A2Z2
01A-A1Y4

CU-P2-A3

FRU
FRU176

FRU NAME
Tape Control Unit Switch Panel
Voltage Cable

FROM
CU-PS-01-J4
(J4A and J4B)

LOC
PAGE
55
or
60

15
15

AC Power to Gate Cable
A 1S2W to A2V2 Cable

FRU179
FRU194

Power Bus Cable
IML Diskette Drive Cable

FRU217

A2Z2 to Gate TB2 Cable

FRU028

Write Adapter Cable - TCU
Local/Remote

CU-P1-AlB2

FRU029
FRU048

Data Bus Cable - Local

01A-P2A3
01A-A1Y5

Power Bus Cable

CU-P1-A2
01A-A1Y2

FRU053

Write Adapter AlB Cable

TU-D1-A1A3

15
15

CU-GTE-TB1

TU-D 1-P2-AlB2

CU-P2-A4

CU-PS-02-J3

LOC
PAGE

CU-OSU-J4,
Local/Remote
Switch
Connectors
J1 and J2,
TeU OP Panel J5,
and TCU
UEPO Switch
Gate Connector

01A-A2V2

CU-GTE-TB2
IML Diskette
Drive
01 A-GTE-TB2

25
25

(J4A and J4B)
FRU178

01A-A1Y5
01A-A1Y5

...

FRU1n

CARR-lCU 157

01A-A1S2W
01A-A2ZS

20
15

01 A-A1 A3

01A-A2Z2

TU-D1-A1AS
FRU05S*

Status Store Communication
Cable - Dual TCU

01A-A1Y3
01A-A1Y2

FRU091

Power Bus Cable

01A-A1Y5

CU-GTE-TB1

FRU097

Power Bus Cable

01A-A1Z5

CU-GTE-TB1

FRU103

Power Bus Cable
Thermal Switch Cable

01A-A1Z2

CU-GTE-TB1

Gate
Thermal

CU-CSU-J3

01A-A2Y5

CU-GTE-TB2

Gate Fan

I CU-PS-02-J2
i
I,

FRU155
FRU156

, Power Bus Cable

FRU164

GTE DC Distribution Cable
Assembly

FRU165

Gate Fan Cable

FRU166

AC Power Supply to DC Power
Supply Cable

FRU167

Power Bus Cable

FRU168

Tape Control Unit Switch Panel to
Gate Cable

FRU169
FRU173

FRU175

Gate
Connector
CU-PS-01-J3

I
I

I or55

01A-A2Y2

60
20

I 01A-A2A4

A1Y1 to MD Connector Cable

01A-A1Y1

MD Connector

Channel A, B Address Cable

01A-A2A2

CU-oSU-J8

CU-OSU-J9
CU-oSU-J10
CU-oSU-J11
CU-P1-A1

Read Bus Cable - Single TCU

CU-GTE-TB2

I CU-oSU-J2

CU-OSU-J1

01A-A2U2

* This FRU is a part of the communicator feature.

TA90 MG EC C04824

Tape Control Unit Cable Location Listing

CARR-TCU 157

Tape Control Unit Cable Location Listing (Continued)

Tape Control Unit Cable Location Listing

CARR-TeU 158

Tape Control Unit Cable Location Listing

CARR-leU 158

This table shows the FROM and TO locations for each cable listed.

I! FRU

FRU NAME
A 1Z1 to A2Y1 Cable

FRU249
FRU250
FRU251

01A-A1Z1

A 1Z2 to A2Y2 Cable

01A-A1Z2

A1Z3 to A2Y3 Cable

01A-A1Z3

PAGE

01A-A2Y1

II LOC
I
PAGE'
!

01A-A2Y2

I 01A-A2Y3

LOC

I FROM

15
15

A1Z4 to A2Y4 Cable

01A-A1Z4

01A-A2Y4

FRU253

A 1Z5 to A2Y5 Cable

I 01A-A1Z5

01A-A2Y5

FRU254

A 1Z6 to A2Y6 Cable

01A-A1Z6

01A-A2Y6

FRU255

A 1A5 to A2A5 Cable

01A-A1A5

01A-A2A5

FRU256

A1V3 to A2V5 Cable

01A-A1V3

TCU to TCU Read Cable - Remote

CUO-P2A2
CU1-P2A2

I 01A-A2V5
25 or 1 CU1-P2A1

FRU260
I

FRU261

TCU to TCU Write Cable - Remote

CUO-P2A3
CUO-P2A4
CUO-P2A5

FRU271

Bus Tag Interposer Cable

TA90 MG EC C04824

CU-T1A1P
CU-T' B1P
CU-T1C1P
CU-T1D1P

CUO-P2A1

25 or
30

CU1-P2A5

CU-T1A3P
CU-T1B3P
CU-T1C3P
CU-T1D3P

CU,-P2A4
CU1-P2A3

I
I

FRU252

25 or
30

FRU084 Local/Remote Power Panel Removal and Replacement Procedure
This page contains the steps needed to remove and replace the
Local/Remote power panel in the tape control unit.
Since this procedure requires the ac voltage to be switched off, it
is necessary to have all tape drives attached to the tape control
unit available for service.

Local/Remote Power Panel Removal Procedure
1. Go to CARR-TCU 6 for the procedure to remove the ac power
from the tape control unit.
2. Remove the tape control unit front safety cover (see
CARR-TCU 2-1 ).

3. Remove the four mounting screws
holding the
maintenance device (MO) connector to the Local/Remote
power panel
Then remove the connector from the
Local/Remote power panel.

fJ.

Tape Control Unit
4. While holding the Local/Remote power panel, remove the
securing the panel to the tape
two mounting screws
control unit frame.

Local/Remote Power Panel Replacement

5. Lower the Local/Remote power panel
and remove cable
plugs P1 and P2 from the J1 and J2 connectors
6. Remove the Local/Remote power panel
control unit.

fJ from the tape

7. Save the mounting screws for the replacement procedure.

CARR-lCU 840

1. Install cable plugs P1 and P2 into the J1 and J2 connectors
on the Local/Remote power panel

fJ·

2. Hold the Local/Remote power panel in position and install
the two mounting SCiews
securing the Local/Remote
to the tape control unit frame.
power panel

3. Install the maintenance device (MO) connector on the
with the four mounting
Local/Remote power panel
screws

II.

4. Install the tape control unit front safety cover (see
CARR-TCU 2-2 ).
5. Go to CARR-TCU 6 for the procedure to restore ac power to
the tape control unit.

II' Jl & J2 Connectors
(CU·L/R·J1 & J2)

Local/Remote

D Power
Panel
(CU.L/R.Power Panel)

MD Connector
Mounting Screws
(CU.MO Connector)

TA90 MG EC C04824

Tape Control Unit

CARR-lCU 840

FRU086 IML Diskette Drive Removal and Replacement Procedure

Tape Control Unit

This page contains the steps needed to remove and replace the
IML diskette drive in the tape control unit.

4. Remove cable plugs P1 and P2
from the J1 and J2
connectors (TCU-Diskette Drive J1 and J2) on the rear of the
diskette drive

Note: This FRU can be removed and replaced without affecting
the attached tape transport units by removing dc power
from the tape control unit with the service switch.

5. Remove the ground wire
diskette drive.

II attached to the rear of the

6. Remove the four screws that hold the IML diskette drive on
the mounting brackets

Removing the IML Diskette Drive

fJ.

1. Go to CARR-TCU 6 for the procedure to remove de power
from the tape control unit.

7. Remove the diskette drive from the front of the tape control
unit switch panel.

2. Open the tape control unit rear cover and remove the rear
safety cover (see CARR-TCU 2-1 ).

CARR-TCU 860

11 attached to the rear of the

Replacing the IML Diskette Drive

4. Replace the ground wire
diskette drive.

1. Place the diskette drive in the opening in the tape control
unit switch panel from the front of the tape control unit.

5. Replace the tape controi unit top cover (see CARR-TCU 2-2 ).

2. Install the four screws
mounting brackets.

11 that hold the diskette drive to the

3. Replace cable plugs P1 and P2 II in the J1 and J2
connectors (TCU-Diskette Drive J1 and J2) on the rear of the
diskette drive

6. Replace the tape control unit rear safety cover (see
CARR-TCU 2-2 ) and close the rear cover.
7. Go to CARR-TCU 6 for the procedure to restore de power to
the tape controi unit.

8. Save the screws for the replacement procedure.

3. Remove the tape control unit top cover (see CARR-TCU 2-1 ).

,,
"

'0 '
l...=..J

Power
'~I:-:I,_.I

IA
IIBii~ti
._._:L....:-.-.J~'

w_r.!~.::Of;t!

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------1!
i
..

''''

ODD ODD

[JI

~Io~___ot=

~.J-'------------~!

MIl.

I
L
f

.....!L

" . . .~"""". . __--fJ

r;;._IT.

! ::~~:=t;~

_[ -Dj_1

'7'

Error

[J 0 [J 0 [J 0

wall

: i0
0!
!1'~'1

:-.'; ~10500d I ~

;: 0000
.:

! !0

TA90 MG EC C04824

:::;

I-'IML

000

Co::!

0! ~
I:

Tape Control Unit

CARR-Teu 860

The page contains the steps needed to remove and replace any
of the logic cards in the tape control unit. It is not necessary to
power off the tape control unit; however, the dc voltage must be
removed from the tape control unit.

Removing the Logic Cards

Replacing the Logic Cards

1. Go to CARR-TCU 6 for the procedure to remove de power

Warning: Before installing the tape control unit logic cards,
check the logic board for any damaged or bent pins.

See LOC 1 for the card locations.

2. Open the tape control unit rear cover and remove the rear

from the tape control unit.

safety cover (see CARR-TeV 2-1).
Warning: Some parts handled during this procedure are
sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESO). See CARR-TCU 1-9 for
"Instructions For Working With ESO-Sensitive Parts."
Warning: FRU 126 Power/POR card (01A-A2H4) or FRU 138
Voltage Regulator card (01A-A1T2) cannot be removed by this
procedure without circuit damage. Go to CARR-TCU 1260 for
removal of Power/POR card or Voltage Regulator card.

3. Open the logic board cover

D·

5. Remove the top card cables

Nole: If you are replacing logic card 01A-A1S2, check the setting
of DLR switch position four (SSG CARR-TCU 1189).

1. Install the logic card in the card holder.

4. Remove the top card connectors (TCC)
remove the logic card.

fJ as needed to

2. Install the logic card on the board being careful not to
damage pins or connections. See LOC 1 for card ioeations.

II as needed to remove the
II to remove the logic

II.

a. Slide the card retainers into the logic gate.

II into each retainer.
4. Install the top card connections {TCC} fJ· See LOC 1 for
b. Install the two mounting screws

TCC locations.

5. Install the top card cables

II. See LOC 1 for top card cable

locations.

6. Close the logic board cover

8. Go to CARR-TCU 6 for the procedure to restore de power to
the tape control unit.

card.
a. Remove the two mounting screws
retainer.

3. Install the top and bottom logic card retainers

7. Install the rear safety cover and close the rear cover (see
CARR-TCU 2-2).

logic card.

6. Remove the logic card retainers

CARR-TCU 1110

Tape Control Unit

FRU111 Tape Control Unit Logic Card Removal and Replacement Procedure

II holding each

b. Pull the retainer out of the logic gate.

7. Remove the logic card by pulling it straight out from the logic
board.
8. Remove the logic card from the card holder.

STop Card
Connector
(TCC)

logic
Card

TA90 MG EC C04824

Tape Control Unit

CARR-TCU 1110

FRU118 Drive-Adapter Card (01A-A1Q2) Removal and Replacement Procedure
This page contains the steps needed to remove and replace the
drive- adapter card in the tape control unit. it is not necessary to
power off the tape control unit; however, the de voltage must be
removed from the tape control unit.
Warning: Some parts handled during this procedure are
sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). See CARR-TCU 1-9 for
"Instructions For Working With ESD-Sensitive Parts."

CARR-TCU 1180
6. Close the logic board cover D.
Tape Control Unit

Removing the Drive-Adapter Card

Replacing the Drive-Adapter Card

1. Go to CARR-TCU 6 for the procedure to remove de power
from the tape control unit.

Warning: Before installing the drive-adapter card, check the
logic board for any bent or damaged pins.

2. Open the tape control unit rear cover and remove the rear
safety cover (see CARR-TCU 2-1 ).

1. Verify that the drive-adapter card switches
are set
correctly. Use the information saved from the removal
(CARR-TCU 1180) and the information on CARR-TCU 1188
and CARR-TCU 1189 to verify the switch settings.

3. Open the A 1 logic board cover
4. Remove the card retainers

11.

7. Install the rear safety cover and close the rear cover (see
CARR-TeU 2-2 ).
8. Go to CARR-TCU 6 for the procedure to restore de power to

the tape control unit.

2. Install the drive-adapter card in the card holder.

a. There are two mounting screws in each card retainer.

3. Install the drive-adapter card in location 01A-A 1Q2.

b. Pull the retainer out of the logic gate.

4. Install the top card connectors on 01A-A1P5 and 01A-A1Q5
(see LOC 1).

5. Remove the top card connectors on 01A-A1P5 and 01A-A1Q5
(see LOC 1).

5. Install the top and bottom logic card retainers.

6. Remove the drive-adapter card by pulling it straight out from
the logic board. The drive-adapter card is in location
01A-A1Q2.

a. Slide the retainers

FJ into the iogic gate.

b. Install the two retaining screws into each retainer.

7. Remove the drive-adapter card from the card holder.
8. Place the drive-adapter card so that tlie switches

are
positioned as shown. Write down the switch settings for
later reference.

9. Save the card holder for the replacement procedure.

o
II Adapter Card
Switches

DO
DO
Note: Press the rocker arm switch "On" side. down
for On. Press the rocker arm switch "Off" side. down
for Off. Ignore any dots on the switches.

01A·A 1Q2 Card

TA90 MG EC C04824

Tape Control Unit

CARR-leu 1180

FRU118 Drive-Adapter Card Replacement Procedure
When replacing the drive-adapter card, or at installation time it
may be necessary to set the switches on the drive adapter card.
These switches contain the tape control unit serial number, the
model designation, the language feature setting, the EC level,
and the pari ty bits.

Tape Control Unit

3. Now that you have the binary equivalent of the tape control
unit serial number, see CARR-TCU 1189 for instructions on
how to set the Device Serial High (OSH). Device Serial low
(DSl), and Device level Register (OLR) switches to match
this number.

, ... ,.,.,
HEXADEC'MA'
,,"UI.. lJlNt"

Switch Setting Procedures

Hex - Dec

Hell - Dec

Hu - Dec

1. Convert the decimal serial number of the tape control unit to
hexadecimal as rellows:

t--"

Hex - Dec

a. Write down the decimal serial number.
b. locate the largest decimal value in Table 1 that will fit
into the decimal number to be converted (the tape
control unit serial number).
c. Write the hex equivalent of this number in the
'Hexadecimal Equivalent' position labeled the same as
the column in Table 1 (where you found the hex
number).

4,996

256

8,192

512

768

3 12,288

16,384

1,024

5 20,480

1,289

24,576

1,536

"Ie
7O

:»

7 29,672

1,792

112

8 32,768

2,048

128

36,864

2,304

144

A 40,960

2,560

169

B 45,056

2.816

176

C 49.152

3,072

192

d. Find the decimal remainder.

0 53.248

3,328

298

e. Repeat this process to this and subsequent remainders
to find any remaining hex digits.

E 57,344

3,584

224

F 61,440

3,849

249

For Example: If your largest decimal value in Table 1
was 1536; you would write a '6' (the hex equivalent) in
the 'Hexadecimal Equivalent' position labeled '2' (from
Hexadecimal Column labeled '2').
Note: Ensure that the hex equivalent digits from Table 1
are put into positions labeled the same as the
col umns they came from.

See the example: The example shows that the decimal
serial number of 10133 converts to the hexadecimal number
of 2795.

CARR-TCU 1188

•

Decimal Serial Number
of Tape Control Unit

o
2

Hexadecimal

Equivalent

.E_quivaJ~nt

Binary

I
I
r :J

o0 10

8 76 5

432

8 1 6 5

... :
ENTER rN OSH

SWITCH

432

ENTER IN DSl

SWITCH

Example of Decimal to Binary

TABLE 1

Note: As four digits are required, add leading zero.

For Examp/~: If your Hexadecimal Equivalent number is
4A5, add a leading zero to make the number 04A5.
2. Convert the hexadecimal serial number to its binary
equivalent
a. Convert each number to its binary equivalent and enter
this information in the box below each digit

See the example: The example shows that the hexadecimal
number of 2795 converts to the binary number of 00100111 1001
0101.

TA90 MG EC C13764

Tape Control Unit

CARR-TCU 1188

FRU118 Drive-Adapter Card Replacement Procedure
Warning: Some parts handled during this procedure are
sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESO). See CARR-TCU 1-9 for
"Instructions For Working With ESO-Sensitive Parts."
When replacing the drive-adapter card, or at installation time, it
may be necessary to sel the switches on the drive-adapter card.
These switches contain the tape control unit serial number, the
model designation, the language feature selting, the EC level,
and the pari Iy bits.

Note: When setting 'odd' parity, there should be an 'odd'
number of switches set to the 'On' position for each
group (OLR. OSH, and OSL). If not, sel the parity
switch to 'On' to create 'odd' parity.

11. Use the OLR parity switch to produce odd parity of the DLR
switches. Odd parity is an odd number of switches set On.

12. Use the DSH parity switch to produce odd parity of the DSH
switches. Odd parity is an odd number oF, switches set On.

Switch Setting Procedures

13. Use the DSL pari ty switch to produce odd parity of the OSL
switches. Odd parity is an odd number of switches set On.

The rollowing procedures are used to set all of the switches on
the drive-adapter card.

1. Convert the decimal serial number to hexadecimal serial
number (see CARR-TCU 1188).

Switch Position Assignments
Position assignments of the drive-adapter card switches are as
follows:

2. Convert the hexadecimal number to binary serial number
(see CARR-TCU 1188).

3. Position the drive-adapter card (01 A-A 1Q2) with the switches
Note: The numbers and lettering on the card will now be
upside down.

4. Set the Device Serial High (DSH) and Device Serial Low
(OSL) switches to match the binary serial number (see
CARR-TCU t 188).

5. Set switch Device Level Register (OLR), positions 1-3, for the
desired language (see 'Message Language Setting' chart).
6. Set OLR switch position 4 On.

•

Switch position 8 (Reserved). Set switch position 8 to 0
(Off).

•

Switch position 7 (TA90 Designator), Set switch position
7 to 0 (Oft).

•

Switch position 6 (Model Designator). If this is a TCU
with BOx drives attached, set switch position 6 to 1 (On).

•

Switch position 5 (Reserved). Set switch position 5 to 1
(On).

•
•

7. Set OLR switch position 5 On.
8. See the DLR switch position assignments for setting switch
position 6.
9. See the DLR switch position assignments for setting switch
position 7.

10. Set DLR switch position 8 Off.

3. OSL
•

Switch positions 5-8 - Digit 3 of the machine serial
number (in binary form).

•

Switch positions 1-4 - Digit 4 of the machine serial
number (in binary form).

Message Language Setting

language OlR
Desired
3

Switch position 4 (Reserved). Set switch position 4 to 1
(On).

Switch

Positions Binary
Value

English

Off

000

French

Off

001

Gennan

Off

010

Spanish

Off

911

HaHan

l()t

Off

101

1. DLR

in the upper left corner (see illustration).

DECIMAL SERIAL NUMBER
OF TAPE CONTROL UNIT

Note: Press the rocker arm switch "On" side, down for On.
Press the rocker arm switch "orr side, down for Off.
Ignore any dots on the switches.

HE U: E: I M).t.
EQ.U I VA;.::Si

B1N:'AY
E~UIVAL::Ni

O~:v!-Ac!a:~!~

a 7

Switch position 1- 3 (Message Language Setting). Set
by using the message language setting table on this
page.

CSi'I

3 2
"
SW!iCH

...

a 7 c 5 4 3 2

.. CSL S·

•

Switch positions 5-8 - Oigit 1 of the machine serial
number (in binary form),

•

Switch positions 1-4 - Digit 2 of the machine serial
number (in binary form).

8 7 6 5 4 3 2

•

•·I-~
• I ....

2. DSH

01A·A 1Q2 Card

TA90 MG EC C13764

CARR-TCU 1189

Tape Control Unit

DD
DO
Note: Press the rock., ..m switch "en" side. down
for On. Pre.. the rodE. .. erm soMtch "Off" side. down
for Off. IVnort Iny dots on the switches.

Tape Control Unit

CARR-TCU 1189

Tape Control Unit

FRU120 Buffer Adapter Card (01A-A1K2) Replacement Procedure
This page contains the steps needed to remove and replace the
buffer adapter card in the tape control unit. It is not necessary to
power off the tape control unit; however. the de voltage must be
removed from the tape control unit.
Warning: Some parts handled during this procedure are
sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESO). See CARR-TCU 1-9 for
"Instructions For Working With ESO-Sensitive Parts."

8. Place the buffer adapter card so that the switches
are
positioned at the bottom of the card as shown. Write down
the switch settings for later reference.

Replacing the Buffer Adapter Card

6. Close the logic board cover

CARR-Teu 1200

D·

7. Install the rear safety cover and close the rear cover (see
CARR-TCU 2-2 or 2-4) .

8. Go to CARR-TCU 6 for the procedure to restore dc power to
the tapa control unit.

Warning: Before installing the buffer adapter card. check the
logic board for any bent or damaged pins.

Switch Position Assignments
Removing the Buffer Adapter Card
1. Go to CARR-TCU 6 for the procedure to remove dc power.
2. Open the tape control unit rear cover and remove the rear
safety cover. See CARR-TCU 2-1 .

3. Open the A 1 logic board cover
4. Remove the card retainers

fl.

1. Verify that the switches on the buffer adapter card are set
correctly. Use the information saved from the removal
procedure. and the information in the switch position
assignments to verify the switch settings. If no switches are
present. continue with step 2.

II,

1. Switch Position 1. !f you have card type 1
set this switch
off. If you have card type 2
set this switch on.

11.

II.

2. Switch POSition 2. If you have card type 1
set this switch
off. If you have card type 2
set this switch on.

II.

Logic

2. Install the buffer adapter card in the card holder.

3. Install the buffer adapter card in location 01 A-A 1K2.

and data compaction is
Allowed - If you have card type 1
allowed. set this switch on. On all others. turn this switch
eH. Compactlon must ;;'6 aHewad Oil l:ioth COiltrol uilits of a
dual tape control unit subsystem.

a. There are two mounting screws in each card retainer.

4. Instal! four top card connecters en O"!A=A 1K2 to l2. 01 A-A ~ t<3
to L3. 01A-A1K4 to L4. and 01A-A1K5 to L5.

b. Pull the retainer out of the logic gate.

5. Install the top and bottom logic card retainers.

4. Switch Position 4 (Reserved). Turn this switch off.

fJ into the logic gate.

5. Switch POsition 5 (Reserved). Turn this switch off.

5. Remove the top card connectors from 01A-A 1K2 through K5.
and 01A-A1L2 through L5 (see LOe 1).

Card
Retainers

3. Switch Position 3. - Improved Data Recording Capability

a. Slide the retainers

b. Install the two retaining screws into each retainer.

6. Remove the buffer adapter card by pulling straight out from
the logic board. The buffer adapter card is in location
01A-A1K2.

6. Switch Position 6 (Reserved). Turn this switch off.

7. Switch POSition 7 (Reserved). Turn this switch off.
8. Switch Position 8 - Parity - Use this switch to produce odd
parity. Odd parity is an odd number of switches set on.

7. Remove the buffer adapter card from the card holder. Save
the card holder for use in the Replacement procedure.

Card Type 1

Card Ty:e 2

DB
CJ CJ
CJ

NOTE: Lift the switch up for OFF.
Press the switch down for ON.
TA90 MG EC C13764

Tape Control Unit

CARR-TCU 1200

This page contains the steps needed to remove and replace
either the Power/POR card (01A-A2H4) or the Voltage Regulator
card (01A-A1T2) in the tape control unit
Warning: Some parts handled during this procedure are
sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). See CARR-TCU 1-9 for
"Instructions For Working With ESD-Sensitive Parts."

CARR-TCU 1260
4. Close the logic board cover D.
Tape Control Unit

FRU126 or 138 - Power/POR (01A-A2H4) or Voltage Regulator (01A-A1T2) Card Removal and Replacement Procedure
Removing the Power/POR or Voltage Regulator
Card

Replacing the Power/PORor Voltage Regulator
Card

1. Go to CARR-TeU 6 for the procedure to remove Be power
from the tape control unit.

Warning: Before installing the Power/POR card or the Voltage
Regulator card. check the logic board for any bent or damaged
pins.

5. Install the rear safety cover and ground connector and close
the rear cover (see CARR-TCU 2~2 ).

2. Open the tape control unit rear cover and remove the rear
safety cover and ground connector (see CARR-TCU 2-1 ).
3. Open the logic board cover D·

4. Remove the logic card retainers

6. Go to CARR-TeU 6 for the procedure to restore BC power to
the tape control unit.

1. Install the Power/POR card or the Voltage Regulator card
into the card holder saved from the removal procedure.
2. Install the Power/POR card in location 01A-A2H4. Install the
Voltage Regulator card in location 01A-A1T2.

fJ.

a. Remove the two screws holding each retainer.

3. Install the top and bottom card retainers.
a. Slide the logic card retainers

b. Pull the retainer out of the logic gate.

5. Remove the Power/POR card or the Voltage Regulator card
by pulling the card straight out from the logic board. The
Power/POR card is in location 01A-A2H4. The Voltage
Reguiator Card is in location 01A-A1T2.

fJ into the logic gate.

b. Install the two retaining screws into each retainer.

6. Remove the Power/POR card or the Voltage Regu~ator card
from the card holder.

7. Save the card holder for the replacement procedure.

D Logic Board Cover

01A·A1T2

Tape Control Unit
TA90 MG EC C04824

CARR-TCU 1260

FRU139 Tape Control Unit Logic Board (01A-A1) Removal and Replacement Procedure
The page contains the steps needed 10 remove and replace the
A 1 logic board in the tape control unit. It is not necessary to
power off the subsystem to remove the logic board; however, the
de voltage must be removed from the tape control unit.
Warning: Some parts handled during this procedure are
sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD)_ See CARR-TCU 1-9 for
"Instructions For Working With ESO-Sensitive Parts."

Removing the A1 Logic Board
1. Go to CARR-TCU 6 for the procedure to remove de power
from the tape control unit.
2. Open the tape control unit rear cover and remove the rear
safety cover and ground connector. if present (see
CARR-TCU 2-1 ).

5. Remove the top card cable connectors

7. Remove the cable retention hardware

II by pulling them

9. Disconnect the cables from the Y and Z rows.

II and mounting

10. Disconnect the cables from the A and V columns.

3. Install the twelve logic board retainers
screws.

11. Open the logic gate. and remove from the pin side of the
logic board the laminar bus connectors
from locations
Y5, Y2, Z5 and Z2.

4. Connect the six dc voltage minibus connectors
to
locations 01A-A1U2E14, U3E14. U4E14, B2A14, B3A14, and
B4A14.

12. Disconnect the voltage connections from locations
01A-A1T2G06, MOS. and S06.

01A-A1T1G06, M06, and S06.

B4A14.

II,

6. Connect the laminar bus connectors
01A-A1Y2; V5; Z2. and Z5,

II to locations

IJ.

11. Inspect the logic pins for damage, then install the logic
caids.
Note: The card locations are shown on LOC 1.
12. Install the logic card retainers

5. Connect the three de voltage connectors to locations

14. Remove the twelve logic board mounting screws and board
retainers
then remove the logic board
from the tape
control unit.

10. Install the cable retention hardware

2. From the pin side of the logic gate, turn the logic board
so the letters on the board can be read correctly, then place
the board Into position against the logic gate.

8. Remove the logic cards from the logic board.

CARR·lCU 1390

9. On the card side of the logic board, connect the cables to the
A and V columns.

Replacing the A1 Logic Board
1. Open the logic ga1e.

13. Disconnect the six de voltage minibus connectors
from
locations 01A-A1U2E14, U3E14, U4E14, B2A14, B3A14, and

3. Open the A 1 logic card cover.
4" Remove the top card connectors (TCC)
straight off the logic cards.

II. There are two

6. Remove all of the logic card retainers
mounting screws in each card retainer.

Tape Control Unit

Note: The top card connectors and the top card cable
locations are shown on LOC 1.
13. Install the top card connectors (TeC)

II.

14. Install the top card cable connectors

fJ.

15. Close the logic card cover.
16. Install the tape control unit rear safety cover and ground
connector (if present) and close the tape control unit rear
cover (see CARR-TCU 2-2 ).

7. Close the logic gate.
8. On the card side of the logic board, connect the cables to the
Y and Z rows.

Nole: Be sure to save the mounting hardware for the logic
board replacement procedure.

17. Go to CARR-TCU 6 for the procedure to restore de power to
the tape control unit.

[ ] Logic Card
Retainers

1:1 Voltage
Connectors

II01A-Al
logic Board

EJTop Card
Connector
Logic
Board Gover

DVoltage
Connectors

• Z • Row Cable

TA90 MG EC C04824

Tape Control Unit

CARR·leu 1390

FRU140 Tape Control Unit Logic Board (01A-A2) Removal and Replacement Procedure
The page contains the steps needed to remove and replace the
A2 logic board in the tape control unit. It is not necessary to
power off the subsystem to remove the logic board; however, the
de voltage must be removed from the tape control unit.
Warning: Some parts handled during this procedure are
sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESO). See CARR-TCU 1-9 for
"Instructions For Working With ESC-Sensitive Parts."

1. Go to CARR-TCU 6 for the procedure to remove de power
from the tape control unit.
2. Open the tape control unit rear cover and remove the rear
safety cover and ground connector, if present (see
CARR-TCU 2-1 ).
3. Open the A2 iogic board cover.

5. Remove the top card cable connectors

7. Remove the cabie retention hardware

II by pulling them
D.

9. Disconnect the cables from the Y and Z rows.

3. Install the twelve logic board retainers
screws.

11. Open the logic gate, and remove from the pin side of the
logic board the laminar bus connectors
from locations
Y5, Y2, Z5 and Z2.

12. Disconnect the voltage connections from locations
01A-A2T2GOS, M06, and SOS.

II and mounting
II

4. Connect the six dc voltage minibus connectors
to
locations 01A-A2U2E14, U3E14, U4E14, B2A24, B3A24, and
B4A24.

14. Remove the twelve logic board mounting screws and board
then remove the logic board
from the tape
retainers
control unit.

S. Connect the laminar bus connectors
01A-A2Y2, YS, Z2, and ZS.

II to locations

7. Close the logic gate.

8. On the card side of the logic board, connect the cables to Y
and Z rows.

Note: Be sure to save the mounting hardware for the logic
board isplacement procedure.

11. Inspect the logic pins for damage, then install the logic
cards.
Note: The card locations are shown on LOC 1.
12. Install the logic card retainers

5. Connect the three dc voltage connectors to locations
01A-A2T1GOS, MOS, and S06.

13. Disconnect the six dc voltage minibus connectors
from
locations 01A-A2U2E14, U3E14, U4E14, B2A24, B3A24, and
B4A24.

II,

10. Install the cable retention hardware

2. From the pin side of the logic gate, turn the logic board
so the letters on the board can be read correctly, then place
the board into position against the logic gate.

8. Remove the logic cards from the logic board.

CARR-TCU 1400

9. On the card side of the logic board, connect the cables to the
A and V columns.

Replacing the A2 Logic Board
1. Open the logic gate.

10. Disconnect the cables from the A and V columns.

Removing the A2 Logic Board

4. Remove the top card connectors (TCC)
straight off the logic cards.

II. There are two

6. Remove all of the logic card retainers
mounting screws in each card retainer.

Tape Control Unit

Ii.

Note: The top card connectors and the top card cable
locations are shown on LOC 1.

II·
14. Install the top card cable connectors II.
13. Install the top card connectors (TCC)

15. Close the logic board cover.
16. Install the tape control unit rear safety cover and ground
connector and close the tape control unit rear cover (see
CARR-TCU 2-2 ).

17. Go to CARR-lCU S for the procedure to restore de power to
the tape control unit.

EJ Logic Ca~d
Retainers

Voltage
Connectors

DTOp Card
Connector

II Voltage

DCabie
Retainers

Connectors

Logic
Board Cover

. Z . Row Cable

TA90 MG EC C04824

Tape Control Unit

CARR-lCU 1400

FRU141 Tape Control Unit Switch Panel Printed. Circuit Board Removal and Replacement Procedure
This page contains the steps needed to remove and replace the
control unit switch panel circuit board.

Removing the Tape Control Unit Switch Panel
Printed Circuit Board

All drives attached to the tape control unit must be available for
service.

1. Go to CARR-TCU 6 for the procedure to remove de power

Note: This FRU can be removed and replaced in the tape control
unit without affecting tlie attached drives by removing de
power from the control unit with the dc service switch.

2. Open the tape control unit rear cover and remove the top

from the tape control unit.

cover (see CARR-TCU 2-1 ).

Tape Control Unit

3. Remove the four cables
(CU-OSU-J1, J2. J3, and J4) from
the rear of the printed circuit board

fJ.
4. Remove the ten mounting screws D from the rear of the
tape control unit switch panel II and remove the printed
circuit board II from the switch panel.

5. Save all mounting screws for the replacement procedure.

CARR-Teu 1410

Replacing the Tape Control Unit Switch Panel
Printed Circuit Board
1. Place the printed circuit board fJ on the tape control unit
switch"" panel

II and install the ten mounting screws D.
11

2. Connect the four cables
(CU-OSU-J1, J2, J3, and J4) to
the rear of the printed circuit board

fJ.

3. Replace the tape control unit top cover (see CARR-TCU 2-2 )
and close the rear cover.

4. Go to CARR-TCU 6 for the procedure to restore de power to
the tape control unit.

B Cable Locations
(CU-oSU-Jl, J2, J3, J4)

II Mounting Screws (10 places)

Tape Control Unit Switch Panel

EI Printed Circuit Board

TA90 MG EC C04824

Tape Control Unit

CARR-TCU 1410

FRU142 Operator Panel Printed Circuit Board Removal and Replacement Procedure

Tape Control Unit

This page contains the steps needed to remove and replace the
printed circuit board on the operator panel. All drives must be
available for service.

Removing the Operator Panel Printed Circuit
Board

Replacing the Operator Panel Printed Circuit
Board

Note: This FRU can be removed and replaced in the tape control

1. Go to CARR-TCU 6 for the procedure to remove de power
from the tape control unit.

1. Place the operator panel printed circuit board
on the
tape control unit switch panel
and install the three
mounting screws.

unit without affecting the attached tape units by removing
dc power from the control unit with the service switch.

2. Open the tape control unit rear cover and remove the top
cover (see CARR-TCU 2-1 ).

3. Disconnect the cable

II (CU-OP-J1) from the operator panel

CARR-TCU 1420

3. Instal! the tape control unit top cover and close the rear
cover (see CARR-TCU 2-2 ).
4. Go to CARR-TeU 6 for the procedure to restore de power to
the tape control unit.

2. Connect the cable
(CU-OP-J1) to the rear of the operator
pane! printed circuit board~

printed circuit board.

4. Remove the three mounting screws that hold the operator
panel printed circuit board (CU-OP)
to the control unit
switch panel (CU-OSU)

5. Remove the operator panel printed circuit board

II from the

tape control unit.

Tape Control Unit Switch Panel
(CU-OSU)

Operator Panel
Printed Circuit Board
. (CU-OP)

TA90 MG EC C04824

Tape Control Unit

CARR-TCU 1420

FRU143 Tape Control Unit Lower Thermal Switch Removal and Replacement Procedure
This page contains the steps needed to remove and replace the
lower thermal switch in the tape control unit logic gate.

Replacing the Tape Control Unit Thermal Switch

Removing the Tape Control Unit Thermal Switch

1. Place the thermal switch
on the thermal switch bracket
and install the two mounting screws

1. Open the rear cover and remove the rear safety cover (see

2. Place the thermal switch in position on the logic gate and

CARR-TCU 2-1 ).

Tape Control Unit

CARR-TCU 1430

II.

instal! the two wires to the thermal switch.

2. Remove the two mounting screws

D holding the thermal

switch assembly to the logic gate.

3. Disconnect the two wires from the thermal switch.

3. Install the two mounting screws

D. holding the thermal

switch assembly to the logic gate.

4. Install the rear safety COver and ciose tne rear cover (see
CARR-TCU 2-2).

4. Remove the thermal switch assembly from the tape control
unit.

5. Go to CARR-TCU 6 for the procedure to restore Be power to

5. Remove the thermal switch
bracket

II from the thermal switch

the tape control unit.

II by removing the two mounting screws II.

CU·Thermai Switch (Top of Gate)

fa Thermal Switch
(eU·Thermal Switch (Bottom of Gate))

Bracket

Thermal Switch
(Under Gate )

TA90 MG EC C04824

Tape Control Unit

CARR-Teu 1430

FRU144 AC Power Supply Removal and Replacement Procedure
This page contains the steps needed to remove and replace the
ac power supply in the tape control unit. Since ac power is being
removed from the tape control unit, all drives attached to the
tape control unit must be availab!e for service.

Tape Control Unit

CAUTION:
The ac power supply weighs aboul21 kilograms (45 pounds).
Two service representatives should 11ft the tape control unit
ac power supply.
16. Slide the ac power supply forward to remove it from the tape
control unit.

Removing the AC Power Supply
Note: Have the customer turn off the circuit breaker for the tape
contro! unit ac power SOUice.
1. Go to CARR-lCU 6 for the procedure to remove ac power
from the tape control unit.

4. Remove connector J1 (CU-PS01-J1) from the right side of the
ac power supply.
5. Open the tape control unit rear cover and remove the tape
control unit rear safety cover, if present (see
CARR-TCU 2-1).
6. Disconnect all of the cables from the rear of the ac power
supply.
7. Remove the cable clamp that holds the ac input cable to the
tape control unit frame.
8. Remove the mounting bolts
power supply.

7. If you are installing a 50 Hz (except Japan) ac power supply,
install the DeltalWye jumper. See "Voltage Jumper
Installation" for 50 Hz (except Japan) on this page.

II.

Replacing the AC Power Supply
1. Slide the tape control unit ac power supply (CU-PS01) into
the front of the tape control unit. It will be necessary to get
access to the input filter by removing the cover plate

2. Install the line cord and stress clamp and install the
CARR-TCU 2-1).

8. Install the input filter cover plate
screws

2. Disconnect the ac line cord from the power source.

3. Remove the tape control unit front cover (see

6. If you are installing a 50 Hz (except Japan) ac power supply,
connect the neutral wire to the neutral capacitor

mounting ring I). Use the mounting ring removed from the
old power supply.

3. Connect the yellow/green ground wire
to the outside rear
of the power supply. Be sure to use a star washer between
the lug on the wire and the power supply.

4. Connect the braided wire
to the ground point inside the
input filter. Be sure to use a star washer between the lug on
the wire and the input filter.
5. Connect one wire to each of ihe riiter capacitors
input filter.

II in the

II and replace the cover

9. Slide the ac power supply to the rear of the tape control unit
as far as it will go and install and tighten the two mounting
bolts

10. Install the cable clamp that holds the ac input cable to the
tape control unit frame.
11. Connect all of the cables to the rear of the ac power supply.
12. Connect the J1 cable (CU-PS01-J1) to the right side of the ac
power supply.
DANGER
Electric shock. Hazardous voltages can be present
in the ac line cord connectors.

II.

12. Remove the braided ground wire
filter.

II from inside the input

13. Remove the green/yellow ground wire
the ac power supply.

•

To set the convenience outlet voltage to 100 V ac, insert
in CU-PS01-J12.
the jumper plug

•

To set the convenience outlet voltage to 120 V aCt insert
the jumper plug
in CU-PS01-J13.

2. Set the input voltage.
•

If the ac input voltage is 200 or 208 V ac, plug the
voltage jumper
in CU-PS01-J9.

•

If the ac input voltage is 220 V ac, plug the voltage
jumper
in CU-PS01-J10.

•

If the ac input voltage is 230 or 240 V ac , plug the
voltage jumper
in CU-PS01-J11.

13. Connect the ac line cord to the power source.

•

14. Have the customer turn on the circuit breaker for the tape
control unit ac power source.

If the ac input voltage is 220 V ac, plug the Delta/Wye
jumper in CU-PS01-J9 and the voltage jumpers
in
CU-PS01-J11 and J14.

•

If the ac input voltage is 230 or 240 V ac, plug the
DeltalWye jumper in CU-PS01-J9 and the voltage
jumpers
in CU-PS01-J11 and J15.

Note: If you are removing a 50 Hz (except Japan) ac power
supply; remove the wire from the neutral filter
capacitor

1. Set the convenience outlet voltage.

If the ac input voltage is 200 V ac, plug the DeltalWye
jumper in CU-PS01-J9 and the voltage jumpers
in
CU-PS01-J11 and J13.

10. Remove the cover screws
from the input filter cover
plate
and remove the plate.

11.

60 Hz (and 50 Hz Japan)

•

D from the front of the ac

11. Disconnect the wires from the three filter capacitors in the
input filter

Voltage Jumper Installation

50 Hz (except Japan)

9. Slide the ac power supply (CU-PS01) forward to get access
to the input filter cover screws.

CARR-TCU 1440

CU·PS01·J1

•

If the ac input voltage is 380 V ac, plug the Delta/Wye
jumper in CU-PS01-j10 and the voltage jumpers
in
CU-PS01-J12 and J14.

•

If the ac input voltage is 400 or 415 V ac, plug the
Delta/Wye jumper in CU-PS01-J10 and the voltage
jumpers
in CU-PS01-J12 and J15.

Nole: Should the Delta/Wye jumper (J9-J10) have to be
changed, replug the cap in the empty socket.
3. Install the tape control unit rear safety cover and ground
connector, if present and close the tape control unit rear
cover (see CARR-TCU 2-2 ).
4. Install the tape control unit front cover (see CARR-TCU 2-1 ).

fJ from the rear of

5. Go to CARR-lCU 6 for the procedure to restore ae power to
the tape control unit.

14. Loosen and remove the mounting ring
from the line cord
stress clamp. Be sure to save the mounting ring for later
use.
15. Remove the two screws holding the line cord stress clamp.
Remove the stress clamp and the line cord.

TASO MG EC C04824

Tape Control Unit

CARR-TCU 1440

Tape Control Unit

FRU144 AC Power Supply Removal Procedure (Continued)

CARR-TCU 1441

System Attach

r:,::"-'
.IUID

L. .. ..J

CU-PS-(l1

m
II Capacitors

J11

60 Hz (and 50 Hz in Japan)

Internal
Ground

II Capacitors

J12W

J15

Rear View

1.1 AC Input

Filter
Cover Plate

Braided Ground Wire

. 50 Hz (except Japan)

TA90 MG EC C04824

Tape Control Unit

CARR-lCU 1441

FRU145 Tape Control Unit DC Power Supply Removal and Replacement Procedure
This page contains the steps needed to remove and replace the
dc power supply in the tape control unit. Because ac power must
be turned off, all of the drives attached to the tape control unit
must be available for service.

Removing the Tape Control Unit DC Power
Supply
1. Go to CARR=TCU 5 fer the procedure to remove ac pewer
from the tape control unit.
2. Open the tape control unit rear and remove the rear safety
cover and ground connector, if present (see CARR-TCU 2-1).

Tape Control Unit

5. Remove the tape control unit front cover (see
CARR-TCU 2-1).
6. Remove the two mounting belts
unit dc power supply.

Replacing the Tape Control Unit DC Power
Supply

II from the tape centrol

CAUTION:
The de power supply weighs about 50 kilograms (110
pounds). Two service representatives should lift the tape
control unit de power supply.

7. Remove the tape control unit dc power supply by sliding it
out the front of the tape control unit.

Installing the Power Supply Jumpers
•

If the input voltage is 200 or 208 V ac, plug the voltage
in CU-PS02-J13.
jumper

•

2. Align the two screw holes in the front on each side and
install the two mounting bolts

If the input voltage is 220 V ac, plug the voltage jumper
CU-PS02-J14.

•

If the input voltage is 230 V ae, plug the voltage jumper
CU-PS02-J1S.

3. Install the cables into the top rear of the power supply D.

•

If the input voltage is 380 V ac (50 Hz only), plug the voltage
jumper
in CU-PS02-J14.

•

If the input voltage is 400 or 415 V ac (50 Hz only), plug the
voltage jumper
in CU-PS02-J1S.

,. Slide the tape control unit dc power supply (CU-PS02) into
the front of the tape control unit as far as it will go.

II.

4. Close the logic gate.
5. Install the rear safety cover and close the rear cover (see
CARR-TCU 2-2).

3. Open the logic gate.

CARR-TCU 1450

II in
II in

Channel Adapters Installed
4. Disconnect all of the cables from the top rear of the dc power
(CU-PS02).
supply

•

Plug the + 5 V de jumper in CU-PS02-J17.

•

Install the tape control unit front cover (see CARR-TeU 2-2 ).

•

Go to CARR-TCU 6 for the procedure to restore Be power to
the tape control unit.

II DC Power Supply
CU-PS02

I I

II
, .....

....

IOJ,

I~I

I "r-" I

c~J2

t1
l.-.J

UJS
"'4
O. J10 WJ12

REAR VIEW

*
*
*

J17
J1S

-+SVDC Output
J19

Current Selection

~ J20

J1S

TA90 MG EC C04824

Tape Control Unit

CARR-TCU 1450

FRU146 AC Fuse Removal and Replacement Procedure
This page contains the steps needed to remove and replace the
ac fuses in the tape control unit ac power supply (CU-PS01).
Since ac power is being removed from the tape control unit, all of
the drives attached to the tape control unit must be available for
service.

CARR-TCU 1460

Tape Control Unit

Fuse Removal and Replacement· AC Power
Supply
1. Go to CARR-TCU 6 for the procedure to remove Be pOINer
from the tape control unit.

3. Place a good fuse in the fuse holder cap and insert the fuse
and cap Into the power supply by turning the fuse holder cap
clockwise.

4. Go to CARR-TCU 6 for the procedure to restore Be power to
the tape control unit.

D by turning the fuse holder cap

2. Remove fuse F1
counterclockwise.

CU-PS-01·CB1
Convenience Outlet

Mainline Breaker

Convenience Outlet

\ - - - OVERCURREHT PROTECTloN--\
CBl U
CS1 2SA
en 1 DA
MAINLINE BREAKER
CoNV. ·Zol\' CONTROL
$
$
$
$
OUTLET TRANSfORMER

.l8i
18i

Front

r-----,

& $

L _____ J

+24 V Control
Transformer
AC Voltage Taps

.-------,
•
•

L- _______ --J

:F1 FAILURE

\.l

·lev CONTROL
TRANSFORMER

r. VOL
A.C.

O~~~:~LO
512131

::'~'::'O~O:~~~:~.,~~:
:.,,;:::.:~~~t!::I'

aUt.,

OliVA

TAGE TAP

J13

1*2

J1 •

.JI.::":.1.

lOOVAC

220 VAC
"""""2 (310 VAt LINEI
J15 230/240 VAt

.I':'!'\. (.00/415 VAC

~2 LINEI
.,---------------,
'- ____________ • ..J

CU·PS01 Tape Control Unit AC Power Supply 60 Hz, and 50 Hz Japan
Front

CU-PS01 Control Unit AC Power Supply 50 Hz. Except Japan

TA90 MG EC C04824

Tape Control Unit

CARR-lCU 1460

FRU147, 148 DC Fuse Removal and Replacement Procedure
This page contains the steps needed to remove and replace
in the tape control unit dc power supply
either of the dc fuses
(CU-PS02). Removing either of the fuses will not cause the
power to be removed from the drives attached to the tape control
unit.

Tape Control Unit

Removing the DC Fuses

Replacing the DC Fuses

1. Go to CARR-TCU 6 for the procedure to remove de power
from the tape control unit.

II into the fuse holder cap &.
2. Insert the fuse holder cap and fuse into the fuse holder II.

CARR-TCU 1470

1. Insert the replacement fuse

2. Remove the fuse holder cap
from the fuse holder
by
pushing in and turning counterclockwise until it stops. Pull
the fuse holder cap and the fuse out of the fuse holder.

3. Push in on the fuse holder cap and at the same time turn
clockwise until it stops.

3. Remove the defective fuse II from the fuse holder cap.

4. Go to CARR-TeU 6 for the procedure to restore de power to
the tape control unit.

Fuseholder
Cap

AC Power
Supply

CU-PS-02-F2

(CU-PS-01)

TA90 MG EC C04824

Tape Control Unit

CARR-TeU 1470

FRU149 AC Line Cord Removal and Replacement Procedure
This page contains the steps needed to remove and replace the
ac line cord in the tape control unit. Since ac power is being
removed from the tape control unit, all drives attached to the
tape control unit must be available for service.

Removing the AC Line Cord

Tape Control Unit

8. Remove the mounting bolts
power supply.

9. Slide the ac power supply
input filter cover screw.

10. Remove the screw

fJ from the front of the ac

D forward to gain access to the

II from the input filter cover plate m

and remove the plate.
Note: Have the customer turn off the circuit breaker for the tape
control unit ac power source.
1. Go to CARR-TCU 6 for the procedure to remove Be power
from the tape control unit.

2. Disconnect the ac line cord from the power source.
3. Remove the tape control unit front cover (see CARR-TCU
2-1).
4. Remove connector J1 (CU-PS01-J1) from the right side of the
ac power supp!y (CU-PS01).
5. Open the tape control unit rear cover and remove the tape
control unit rear safety cover and ground connector, if
present (see CARR-TCU 2-1 ).

6. Remove the cable clamp which holds the ac input cable to
the tape control unit frame.

11. Disconnect the wires from the three filter capaCitors
the input filter.

II in

Note: If you are removing a 50 Hz, except Japan, ac line
cord; remove the wire from the filter capaCitor

fJ.

12. Remove the braided ground wire
filter.

II from inside the input

13. Remove the green/yellow ground wire
the ac power supply.

11.

Use the stress clamp removed from the previous line cord
for the next step.

II. Tighten the two

2. Install the line cord and stress clamp into the input filter and
Use the the mounting ring
install the mounting ring
removed from the old line cord.

II.

3. Connect the green/yellow ground wire
to the outside rear
of the power supply. Be sure to use a star washer between
the lug on the wire and the power supply.

iii

11 from the rear of

4. Connect the braided ground wire
to the ground point
inside the input filter. Be sure to use a star washer between
the lug on the wire and the input filter.

5. Connect the one wire to each of the filter capaCitors

from the line cord
14. Loosen and remove the mounting ring
stress clamp. Be sure to save the mounting ring for later
"
use.
15. Remove the two screws and remove the line cord stress
clamp
from the line cord.

lEI

7. Slide the ac power supply to the rear of the tape control unit
as far as it will go and install the two mounting bolts

Replacing the AC Line Cord

1. Install the line cord stress clamp
stress clamp screws.

II in

the input filter.
Note: If you are installing a 50 Hz (except Japan) ac line
cord, connect the wire to the filter capaCitor

fJ.

6. Install the input filter cover plate

II and screw II.

16. Remove the ac line cord.

7. Disconnect all of the cables from the rear of the ac power
supply.

Note: There may not be any system cables to attach in the
next step.

8. Install the cable clamp that holds the ac input cable to the
tape control unit frame.
9. Connect all of the cables to the rear of the ac power supply

D·
10. Connect the J1 (CU-PS01-J1) cable on the right side of the ac
power supply.
DANGER
Electrical shock. Hazardous voltages can be
present In the ac line cord connectors.

11. Connect the ac line cord to the power source.
12. Have the customer turn on the circuit breaker for the tape
control unit sc power source.
13. Install the tape control unit rear safety cover and ground
connector, if present and close the tape control unit rear
cover (see CARR-TCU 2-2 ).
14. Install the tape control unit front cover (see CARR-TCU 2-1 ).

CU-PS01-J1

TA90 MG EC C04824

CARR-TCU 1490

15. Go to CARR-TCU 6 for the procedure to restore Be power to
the tape control unit.

Tape Control Unit

CARR-Teu 1490

FRU149· AC Line Cord Removal and Replacement Procedure (Continued)

CARR-TCU 1491

Tape Control Unit

System Attach

I
I

~
Line Cord

II Capacitors

AC Input
Filter

Cover Plate
TA90 MG EC C04824

Stress Clamp

II Capacitor Present Only On
50Hz (Except Japan)

Tape Control Unit

CARR-TCU 1491

CARR·TCU 1500
3. install the green/yellow ground connector II. the
lockwasher II and the mounting screw IJ to the blower

FRU150 and 151 Blower Assembly Removal and Replacement Procedure
This page contains the steps needed to remove and replace
either of the blower assemblies in the tape control unit logic
gate. It is not necessary to remove the ac power from the tape
control unit to remove either of the blower assemblies.

Removing the Blower Assembly
1. Go to CARR-TCU 6 for the procedure to remove de power
from the tape control unit.
2. Open the tape control unit rear cover and remove the rear
safety cover and ground connector. if present (see
CARR-TCU 2-1 ).

3. Open the tape control unit logic gate
the two blowers

Tape Control Unit

5. Remove the green/yellow ground connector
removing the screw
and lockwasher

II·

II wire by

6. Remove the blower mounting screws
and at the same
time. support the blower to keep it from falling.

II away from the tape control lH':t.
8. Remove the finger guard mounting screw II from the
blower assembly. Be careful not to lose the lockwashers
m and nuts m. Remove the finger guard DJ·
7. Lift the blowei assembly

Replacing the Blower Assembly

2. Place the blower assembly
control unit logic gate

II.

assembly

1. Place the finger guard
on the blower assembly
and
install the mounting screws
lockwashers
and nuts

4. Connect the blower ac power plug
assembly.

II in position against the tape

II to the blower

Make sure the blower plug is seated correctly on the blower.

D and install the mounting screws

5. Install the rear safety cover and ground connector. if present
and close the rear cover (see CARR-TCU 2-2 ).

6. Go to CARR-TCU 6 for the procedure to restore de power to

Save the finger guard for use with the replacement blower.

the tape control unit.

D and find which of

fJ you want to replace.

4. Unplug the ac power plug

II from the blower assembly II.

U Ground Wire

. ,. .. .~---~ EJ Blower
..........-.--

Assemblies
CU-Fans (Gate)

II:! Fingerguard

TA90 MG EC C04824

Tape Control Unit

CARR-TCU 1500

FRU157 Top Card Connector Removal and Replacement Procedure
This page contains the steps needed to remove and replace any
of the top card connectors (TCC) in the tape control unit.
It is not necessary to power off the tape control unit; however, de
voltage must be removed from the tape control unit.

Tape Control Unit

Removing the Top Card Connectors (TCC)

Replacing the Top Card Connectors (TCC)

1. Go to CARR-TCU 6 for the procedure to remove de power

Note: For the logic card locations see LOe 1. For the top card
connector and top card cable locations see LOC 1.

from the tape control unit.

2. Open the tape control unit rear co~r and remove the rear
safety cover and ground connector if present (see
CARR-TCU 2-1 ).
I

1. Insert the TCC

4. Remove the TCC

3. Install the rear safety cover and ground connector, if present
and close the rear cover (see CARR-TCU 2-2 ).
4. Go to CARR-TeU 6 for the procedure to restore de power to
the tape control unit.

onto the logic card. Push the top card
connector straight toward the logic card.

2. Close the logic board cover

3. Open the logic board cover D needed to remove the TCC:

CARR-leu 1570

fJ from the logic card by pulling it straight

away from the card.

fa Top Card

Connector

D Logic Board
Cover

TA90 MG EC C04824

Tape Control Unit

CARR-lCU 1570

FRU160 Power Supply to Gate T8 Cable Removal and Replacement Procedure
This page contains the steps needed to remove and replace the
dc power supply to gate T8 cable in the tape control unit. Since
it is necessary to remove the ac power, all of the drives attached
to the tape control unit should be available for service.

5. Remove the cabie retention hardware as you remove the
cable to the logic gate.

6. Remove the plastic safety covers

D from the three terminal

blocks (T8s), setting the covers to the side.

Removing the DC Power Supply to Gate TB Cable
1. Go to CARR-TCU 6 for the procedure to remove ae power
from the tape control unit. •

7. Remove the wires from T82

2. Open the rear cover and remove the rear safety cover and
ground connector, if present (see CARR-TCU 2-1 ).
3. Open the logic gate

4. Unplug connectors CU-PS02-P4, P9, P11, P10 and P12

Note: It is not necessary to label each wire before removal
because the wires on the new cable are laced to line
up with the T8 screws.

II.

II (CU-A1-T82) and set the

screws to the side for later use.

8. Remove the wires from T81
(CU-A1-T81) and set the
screws to the side for later use.

Tape Control Unit

5. Install the connectors at the top rear of the dc power supply.
The connectors are installed at CU-PS02-J12, J10, J11, J9
and J4

Replacing the DC Power Supply to Gate T8 Cable

II.

Note: The cable is laced so that the wires line up with the T8
screws.

1. Install the wires and screws to T83

CARR-TCU 1600

6. Install the three plastiC safety covers

(CU-A1-T83). There
are no wires connected to T83-2, T83-3, T83-7, and T83-14.

7. Close the logic gate

II onto the three T9s.

8. Install the rear safety cover and ground connector, if present

II (CU-A1-TB1).
3. Install the wires and screws to TB2 II (CU-A1-TB2).

2. Install the wires and screws to TB1

and close the rear cover (see CARR-TCU 2-2 ).
9. Go to CARR-TeU 6 for the procedure to restore ac power to
the tape control unit.

4. Place the cable in the same position as the cable removed
and install the cable retention hardware.

9. Remove the wires from T83
(CU-A1-T83) and set the
screws to the side for later use.
10. Remove the cable from the tape control unit.

.....
1,-,," I
Qn

TASO MG EC C04824

101
I~

Tape Control Unit

CARR-TeU 1600

FRU162 Service Switch Assembly Removal and Replacement Procedure
This page contains the steps needed to remove and replace the
service switch assembly from the tape control unit. It is
necessary to remove the ac voltage from the tape control unit.
A!! drives attached to the tape control unit must be availab!e for
service.

Removing the Service Switch Assembly

Tape Control Unit

6. Disconnect the wires from TB3 positions SA, 12A, 13A, and
14A.
7. Note the wire routing. then remove the wires from any
retention hardware.

8. Loosen the two screws

1. Route the four-lead branch of the switch assembly along the
same path as the old switch assembly and out the card side
of the gate to TB3. Ensure the cable is routed under the 01A
board right cable retention bar. This will prevent the cable
being pinched when the board cover is closed.

fJ that hold the top cover on the

gate by turning the fasteners one-quarter turn
counterclockwise.

1. Go to CARR-TCU 6 fer the procedure te remove ae power
from the tape control unit.

9. If the thermal switch is mounted on the top cover, lift the
cover up far enough to disconnect the two thermal wires

2. Open the rear cover of the tape control unit and remove the
safety cover and ground connector, if present (see
CARR-TCU 2-1 or 2-3).

3. Swing out the logic gate and locate TB3 (see LOC 1).
4. Remove the plastic cover from TB3.

5. Open the 01A logic board cover and remove the bottom
screw from the right cable retention bar. Loosen the top
screw from the right cable retention bar. (This step is
necessary to provide space to remove the switch assembly
wires.)

2. Place a lock-washer

10. Lift the cover off.

II,

11. While holding onto the service switch assembly
remove
the mounting nut. lock washer
and the guard bracket
if it is removable, from the outside of the logic gate. Remove
the switch assembly from inside the gate, being careful not
to lose the lock washer

Replacing the Service Switch and Cable
Assembly

II.

12. Save the mounting nut and washers for the service switch
assembly replacement procedure.

on the front of the service switch
assembly, and with the key-way up mount it on the rear of
the logic gate with the operating toggle through the gate
mounting hole.

3. If removed previously, install the guard bracket
(with the
ON label up). lock-washer, and nut
on the outside of the
logic gate.

4. Tighten the nut to hold the assembly in place.
5. Connect the four wires to TB3 positions SA, 12A, 13A, and
14A.

CARR-Teu 1620

6. Place the logiC gate top cover into position.
7. If you removed them previously, connect the two slip-on
connectors
to the thermal switch.

8. Close the top logic gate cover and then tighten by turning the
fasteners
one-quarter turn clockwise.

9. Replace the plastic cover on TB3.
10. Replace the bottom screw for the right cable retention bar
for 01 A logic board.
Note: Ensure all cable retentions are under the cable
retention bar before doing the next step.
11. Tighten the top screw for the right cable retention bar, then
close the 01A logic board cover.
12. Ensure that the service switch is in the On position, then
close the logic gate.
13. Replace the rear safety cover and ground connector, jf
present, and close the rear tape control unit cover (see
CARR-TCU 2-2 or 2-4).
14. Go to CARR-TCU 6 for the procedure to restore ac power to
the tape control unit.

TA90 MG EC C04824

Tape Control Unit

CARR-Teu 1620

FRU165 Gate Fan CabJe Removal and Replacement Procedure
This page contains the steps needed to remove and replace the
gate fan cable from the tape control unit logic gate. It is not
necessary to remove ac power to remove this cable.

4. Unplug the connector

B (CU-A I-PI j near the bottom hinge.

II from each of the blowers.
6. Remove the green/yellow ground wire II. the star washer
1m and the mounting screw 1:1 from each of the blowers.

Tape Control Unit
Replacing the Gate Fan Cable

5. Unplug the connectors

Removing the Gate Fan CabJe
1. Go to CARR-TCU 6 for the procedure to remove de power
from the tape control unit.

7. Remove the cable clamp and remove the cable from the .
logic gate.

2. Open the tape control unit rear cover and remove the rear
safety cover and ground connector (see CARR-TCU 2-1).

2. Install the green/yellow ground wire
and mounting screw
to each of the blowers. Be sure to use the star washer
• on each blower.

4. Plug the connector
(CU-A1-P1) into the cable near the
bottom hinge of the logic gate.
5. Close the logic gate

6. Install the rear safety cover and close the rear cover {see
CARR-TCU 2-2).
7. Go to CARR-TeU 6 for the procedure to restore de power to
the tape control unit.

3. Open the tape control unit logic gate
and find the gate
fan cable
at the bottom of the logic gate.

3. Install the cable clamp to the logic gate.

1. Place the gate fan cable
in position on the bottom of the
onto the blower
logic gate and plug each connector
assemblies.

CARR-TCU 1650

II Ground Wire

Cable
Camp

AC Power
Gate Cable

TA90 MG EC C04824

Tape Control Unit

CARR-TCU 1650

Tape Control Unit

FRU177 AC Power to Gate Cable Removal and Replacement Procedure
This page contains the steps needed to remove and replace the
ac power to gate cable from the tape control unit. The ac power
does not need to be removed from the tape control unit to
remove the gate fan cable.

Removing the AC Power to Gate Cable
1. Go to CARR-TCU 6 for the procedure to remove de power
irorn tne tape controi unit.
2. Open the tape control unit rear cover and remove the rear
safety cover and ground connector, if present (see
CARR-TCU 2-1 ).

3. Connect the cable to CU-PS02-J3.

Replacing the AC Power to Gate Cable

3. Open the logic gate.
The ac power to gate cable is located near the bottom hinge
of the logic gate and travels to the top rear of the dc power
supply.

4. Close the logic gate.

1. Connect the cable plug to the connector
(CU-A 1-P1)
located near the bottom hinge of the logic gate

B·

2. Place the cable in the path shown and install the cable
retention hardware as you install the cable.

4. Unplug the connector from CU-PS02-J3.
5. Remove the cable retainers as you remove the cable from
the tape control unit.
6. Disconnect the cable plug at the connector
near the bottom hinge of the logic gate

fJ·

5. Install the rear safety cover and ground connector, if present
and close the rear cover (see CARR-TCU 2-2 ).
6. Go to CARR-TCU 6 for the procedure to restore de power to
the tape control unit.

D (CU-A1-P1)

7. Remove the cable from the tape control unit.

Tape Control Unit
TA90 MG EC C04824

CARR-leu 1770

CARR-TCU 1770

FRU197 TCU Address Switch Removal and Replacement Procedure
ThiS page contains the steps needed to remove and replace
either of the TCU address switches
from the tape control unit
operator setup panel

All of the drives attached to the tape control unit must be
available for service.
Note: This FAU can be removed and replaced without affecting
the attached tape transport units by removing dc power
from the tape control unit with the service switch.

Removing the TeU Address Switch

Replacing the TCU Address Switch

1. Go to CARR-Teu 6 for the procedure to remove de powe,
from the tape control unit.

1. Place the TeU address switch

3. Replace the tape control unit top cover and close the rear
cover (see CARR-TCU 2-2 ).

D. D in the proper position

SO the numbers can be read correctly.

4. Go to CARR-TeU 6 for the procedure to restore de power to
the tape control unit.

Push the switch into
the tape control unit operator setup panel
as far as it will
go.

2. Open the tape control unit rear cover and remove the top
cover (see CARR-TeU 2-1 ).
3. Remove the two cables

CARR-Teu 1970

Tape Control Unit

2. Connect the two cables
switch.

II (CU-OSU-J12 and J'3) from the

II (CU-OSU-J12 and J13) to the

rear of the TeU address switch you are replacing.

D. D

4. Push the TCU address switch
out from the rear of
the tape control unit operator setup panel
by squeezing
the retaining tabs
and
together, and at the same time
pushing the switch toward the front of the tape control unit.

m D

Retaining Tabs

B Tape Control Unit

TCU
Address

Operator Setup
Panel (CU~OS~).

CU-OSU-CU'C' Address Switch

Rear View

il~

'.
· I

· .·

·7

mR;t~ining Tatis _

TA90 MG EC C13764

Tape Control Unit

CARR-Teu 1970

FRU198 UEPO Switch Removal and Replacement Procedure
This page contains the steps needed to remove and replace the
UEPO switch from the tape control unit operator panel. Because
ac power must be switched off, it is necessary to have all drives
attached to the tape control unit available for service.

3. Remove the EPO switch cable

fJ.

Replacing the UEPO Switch

4. Remove the four mounting screws
holding UEPO switch
and remove the switch from the tape control unit switch
panel
(CU-OP).

CARR·TCU 1980

Tape Control Unit

1. Place the UEPO switch
into position on the tape control
unit switch panel
(CU-OP), and install the four mounting
screws

Removing the UEPO Switch

2. Attach the UEPO switch cable
rear of the UEPO switch.

D to the connector on the

3. Replace the tape control unit top cover and close the rear
cover (see CARR-lCU 2-2 or 2-4).
4. Go to CARR-lCU 6 for the procedure to restore ae power to
the tape control unit.

1. Go to CARR-lCU 6 for the procedure to remove ac power
from the tape control unit.
2. Open the tape control unit rear cover and remove the top
cover (see CARR-lCU 2-1 or 2-3).

cu-OP

".DDD DDD
CU-OP-U EPO Switch

r----- _________ . ...,
~~------------.---~
0

(,
CI

Do =. = -D.

DO
GO
REAR OF PANEL

TA90 MG EC C04824

Tape Control Unit

CARR-TCU 1980

FRU 199 Write Terminator Removal and Replacement Procedure
This page contains the steps needed to remove and replace the
write bus terminator. Depending on the subsystem configuration.
the terminator can be in the tape control unit, or in the end drive
attached to the tape control unit. The terminator will be in the
tape control unit only when there are no drives physically
attached to the tape control unit. It is not necessary to remove
the ac or dc power from the tape control uni t to exchange the
terminator; however, it is necessary to have all the drives
attached to the tape control unit available for service.

Tape Control Unit
Removing the Write Bus Terminator
1. Find the terminator to be removed.

for each tape control
There is one write bus terminator
unit. This terminator will be either in the tape control unit or
the end tape transport unit anached to the tape control unit,
depending on your subsystem configuration.

If the terminator is in the end tape unit, open the right cover
(see CARR-DR 2-1) on the end tape unit. The terminator is
located in the interframe connector panel
(attached to
the right-front of the plenum assembly

Replacing the Write Bus Terminator

fJ).

CARR-TCU 1995
D

2. If the terminator is in lhe tape control unit, open the right
cover 'see CARR-TCU 2-1). The terminator is located in the

1. Replace the write bus terminator
by pushing it straight
into the connector (in the tape control unit or tape transport
unit, depending on your subsystem configuration) and then
replace the two mounting screws.

3. Remove the terminator by removing the two mounting

2. Close all covers on the tape control unit (see CARR-TCU 2-2)
and tape transport unils (see CARR-DR 2-2).

CU-P 1 'panel

II.

screws and pulling the terminator straight out of the
connec:::tor.

Right Side

Rear

Tape Drive
lI'nterframe
Connector Panel

TA90 MG EC C13764

Tape Control Unit

CARR-Teu 1995

Tape Control Unit

FRU224 Tape Control Unit Gate Upper Thermal Switch Removal and Replacement Procedure
The page contains the steps needed to remove and replace the
upper thermal switch in the tape control unit logic gate. it is
necessary to remove the ac voltage from the tape control unit.
All drives attached to the tape controi unit must be avaiiabie for
service.

Removing the Tape Control Unit Gate Upper
Thermal Switch
,. Go to CARR-TCU 6 for the procedure to remove ae power
from the tape control unit.

3. Swing out the logic gate and locate the two top cover
loosen the screws.
mounting screws

4. Raise tiie eover and disconnect the two wires
thermal switch, then remove the cover.

II on the

5. Remove the two thermal switch mounting bracket screws
and remove the thermal switch
Save the mounting
bracket hardware for the replacement procedure.

II.

D·

Replacing the Tape Control Unit Gate Upper
Thermal Switch

,. Place the thermal switch
in the mounting bracket and
attach it to the gate top cover with the two mounting screws

CARR-lCU 2240

4. Close the gate. replace the rear safety cover. and close the
rear tape control unit door (see CARR-TCU 2-2 ).
5. Go to CARR-TCU 6 for the procedure to restore Be power to
the tape control unit.

II·
2. Connect the two wires

II to the thermal switch.

3. Place the cover on top of the logic gate, and tighten the two
mounting screws

2. Open the rear cover of the tape control unit and remove the
safety cover (see CARR-TCU 2-1 ).

Tape Control Unit
TA90 MG EC C04824

CARR-lCU 2240

FRU258 IML Diskette

Tape Control Unit

CARR-TCU 2580

Tape Control Unit

CARR-TCU 2580

About the Initial Program Load (IML Functional
Diskette)
The functional diskette is a 3.5" diskette that is used to load the
microcode into the control unit for the TA90 subsystem.
Note: The functional diskette has a serial number written on it
and on it's I abel.
If a functional diskette problem is suspected, use the backup
functional di skette for that tape control uni t.
A defective functional diskerte cannot be repaired. If the
functional backup diskette is used, a new one at the correct EC
level must be ordered to repl ace it.
When the new functional diskette is received, it must be IML'ed in
the tape control uni t that does not have a backup functional
diskette. See PANEL 7 for IML'ing the TA90. Using the functional
diskette causes the tape control unit serial number to be written
on the di skette.
Once the serial number is written on the functional diskette:

1. Remove it from the tape control unit
2. Write the tape control unit's serial number on the new
functional diskette label using a felt-tip pen.
3. Save the new functional diskette to use as a backup for that
tape control uni t

TA90 MG EC C13764

FRU279 DC Load Box Removal and Replacement Procedure
This page contains the steps needed to remove and replace the
Load Box in the tape control unit. It is not necessary to power off
the subsystem to remove the load box; however, the dc voltage
must be removed from the tape control unit.

Removing the Load Box
1. Go to CARR-TCU 6 for the procedure to remove dc power

Tape Control Unit

CARR-lCU 2790

Tape Control Unit

CARR-lCU 2790

Replacing the Load Box
1. Set the load box over the top side rail on the tape control
unit.
2. Install the two screws

fJ·

3. Install the load box cable on TB1 and TB3 (see ZT010 and
ZT020 in Volume C01).

from the tape control unit.
2. Open the tape control unit rear cover and remove the rear
safety cover and ground connector, if present (see
CARR-TCU 2-1).
3. Remove the tape control unit top cover (see CARR-TCU 2-1).
4. Open the logic gate

5. Disconnect the load box cable from TBl and TB3 (see ZT010
. and ZT020 in Volume C01).
6. Remove the two screws

4. Close the logic gate.
5. Install the tape control unit top cover (see CARR-TCU 2-2).
6. Install the rear safety cover and ground connector, if present
and close the tape control unit rear cover (see CARR-TCU
2-2).

7. Go to CARR-TCU for the procedure to restore de power to
the tape control unit.

E1 from the load box.

7. Lift the load box up and out of the tape control unit.

TA90 MG EC C04824

FRU900 Tape Control Unit STI-FIPS Adapter Removal and Replacement Procedure
The page contains the steps needed to remove and replace the
STI-FIPS Adapters in the tape control unit It is not necessary to
power off the tape control unit; however, the dc wltage must be
removed from the tape control unit

Tape Control Unit
Removing the STI-FIPS Adapter

Replacing the STI-FIPS Adapter

1. Go to CARR-TCU 8 for the procedure to remove de power
from the tape control unit

1. Install the STI-FIPS adapter in the gate.

See LOC 1 for the location of the STI-FIPS adapter chassis.

2. Open the tape control unit rear cover door and remove the
Warning: Parts handled during this procedure are sensitive to
electrostatic discharge (ESO). See CARR-TCU 1-9 for
"Instructions For Working With ESO-Sensitive Parts."

rear safety cover
(see CARR-TeU 2-1). Remove the
STI-FIPS cable cover by removing the retainer thumbnut
3. Remove the card cables
card.

H as needed to remove the logic
II

4. Loosen the STI-FIPS adapter logic card retainer hexbolts
to remove the logic card. CAUTION:
Before removing either STI-FIPS adapter card, ensure that
the card cables
are removed.

CARR-Teu 9000

2. Tighten the STI-FIPS adapter card retainer hexbolts D.
3. insiaii the card cables

4. Install the STI-FIPS cable cover and tighten the retainer
thumbnut

0 finger tight.

5. Install the rear safety cover and close the rear cover (see
CARR-TCU 2-2).
6. Go to CARR-TCU 6 for the procedure to restore de power to
the tape control unit

5. Remove the logic card by pulling it straight out from the
gate.

II.

TA90 MG EC C13764

Tape Control Unit

CARR-Teu 9000

FRU903 STI DC Power Supply Removal and Replacement Procedure

Tape Control Unit

If the replacement power supply is a different PIN than the one
being replaced see CARR-TCU 9035.

5. Oisconnect all of the cables from the top of the de power
supply
(CU-PS03).

This page contains the steps needed to remove and replace the
dc power supply in the tape control unit. Because ac power must
be turned off, all of the drives attached to the tape control unit
must be available for service.

6. Remove the four mounting bolts

fJ from the STI dc power

supply.

7. Remove the STI de power supply by lifting it out the rear of
the tape control unit

Replacing theSTI DC Power Supply
1. Place the ST! de power supply (CU-PS03) into position in the
rear of the tape control unit

2. Align the four screw holes in the nange base of the STI
supply and install the four mounting screws

fl.

3. Install the cables into the top of the power supply

Removing the STI DC Power Supply

CARR-TCU 9030

4. Close the logic gate.

1. Go to CARR-TCU 6 for the procedure to remove ac power
from the tape control unit.

5. Install the drip screen (see CARR-TCU 2-2).

2. Open the tape control unit rear and remove the rear safety
cover and ground connector, if present (see CARR-TCU 2-1).

6. Install the rear safety cover and close the rear cover (see
CARR-TCU 2-2).

3. Open the logic gate.
4. Remove the drip screen (see CARR-TCU 2-1).

UJ4

J20

:- i J1-B
"__.I

I
)

TA90 MG EC C13764

Rear

Top View of CU-PS03

Vendor PIN 82X5091

Vendor PIN 1037700

Tape Control Unit

CARR-TCU 9030

FRU903 STI DC Power Supply Removal and Replacement Procedure

Tape Control Unit
From PIN 1031100 to PIN 82X5091

Replacing the STI DC Power Supply - PIN
1031700

From PIN 82X5091 to PIN 1037700
This page contains :he steps needed to remove and replace the
dc power supply in the tape control unit Because ac power must
be turned off, all of the drives attached to the tape control unit
must be available for service.

Removing the STI DC Power Supply - PIN
82X5091
1. Go to CARR-TCU 6 for the procedure to remove ac power
from the tape control unit.

1. Place the STI dc power supply (CU-PS03) into position in the
rear of the tape control unit.
2. Align the four screw holes in the flange base of the STI
supply and install the four mounting screws

fJ.

Removing the STI DC Power Supply - PIN
1031700

3. Install the cables into the top of the power supply

1. Go to CARR-TCU 6 for the procedure to remove ac power
from the tape control unit

4. Close the logic gate.

CARR-TCU 9035

Replacing the STI DC Power Supply - PIN
82X5091
1. PI ace the STI dc power supply (CU-PS03) into position in the
rear of the tape control unit.
2. Align the four screw holes in the flange base of the STI
supply and install the four mounting screws

3. Install the cables into the top of the power supply

4. Close the logic gate.

2. Open the tape control unit rear and remove the rear safety
cover and ground connector, if present (see CARR-TCU 2-1).

5. Install the drip screen mounting bracket
supplied with
this power supply to the baseplate with the screws supplied
with the bracket.

3. Open the logic gate.

6. Install the drip screen (see CARR-TCU 2-2).

4. Remove the drip screen (see CARR-TCU 2-1).

4. Disconnect all of the cables from the top of the dc power
supply 0 (CU-PS03).

7. Install the rear safety cover and close the rear cover (see
CARR-TCU 2-2).

5. Install the drip screen (see CARR-TCU 2-2).
2. Open the tape control unit rear and remove the rear safety
cover and ground connector, if present (see CARR-TCU 2-1).

6. Instan the rear safety cover and close the rear cover (see
CARR·TCU 2-2).

5. Remove the drip screen mounting bracket
and discard,
save the screws and tighten to the basepf ate.

5. Remove the drip screen (see CARR-TCU 2-1).

6. Disconnect all of the cables from the top of the dc power
supply
(CU-PS03).

6. Remove the four mounting bolts
supply.

7. Remove the four mounting bolts
supply.

D from the STI dc power

fJ from the STI dc power

7. Remove the
de power supply by lifting it out the rear of
the tape control uni t

8. Remove the STI de power supply by lifting it out the rear of
the tape control unit

·11 -

~~~

,n" i
m~_~1________~!~JJ:·~E)3
-----

Jl.S

...--.-.-..........
,......-.~-

.......,......

Jl·A

I-I
.. _ _
\! ~ . .~:.=
---------....;-...;.;~-=~;.;;.'-__

..;J

Top View of CU·PS03
. Vendor PIN 82X5091

TA90 MG EC C13764

Top View of CU-PS03
Vendor PIN 1037700

Tape Control Unit

CARR-TeU 9035

FRU904 sri Gate Fans Removal and Replacement Procedure
This page contains the steps needed to remove and replace
either of the fan assemblies in the tape control unit 5TI logic
gate. It is not necessary to remove the ac power from the tape
control unit to remove either of the fan assemblies.

Removing the Fan Assembly

4. Remove the fan cover

Tape Control Unit

Replacing the Fan Assembly

5. Remove the fan cables.

1. Mount the fan
6. Loosen the screws holding the fan
the fan.

fJ in place and remove

fJ with the screws previously removed.

4. Close the tape control unit logic gate.

5. Install the rear safety cover and ground connector, if
present, and close the rear cover (see CARR-TCU 2-2).

2. Install the fan cables.
3. Replace the fan cover

1. Go to CARR-TCU 6 for the procedure to remove de power

CARR-TeU 9040

6. Go to CARR-TCU 6 for the procedure to restore de power to
the tape control unit.

from the tape controi unit.
2. Open the tape control unit rear cover and remove the rear
safety cover and ground connector, if present (see
CARR-TCU 2-1).

3. Open the tape control unit logic gate.

CU-PS03 STi DC Power Suppiy
STI-FIPS Adapters

Lower
Thermal Switch

Tape Control Unit
STI Bulkhead Connector

TA90 MG EC C04824

Tape Control Unit

CARR-Teu 9040

FRU905 Tape Control Unit STI Gate Upper Thermal Switch Removal and Replacement Procedure
The page contains the steps needed to remove and replace the
upper thermal switch in the tape control unit STI logic gate. It is
necessary to remove the ac voltage from the tape control unit.
All drives attached to the tape control unit must be available for
service.

3. Swing out the logic gate.

4. Remove the two wires from the upper thermal switch

5. Remove the thermal switch from the mounting bracket.

Tape Control Unit

Replacing the Tape Control Unit STI Gate Upper
Thermal Switch
1. Place the thermal switch

D in the mounting bracket and

attach it to the gate.

CARR-Teu 9050

3. Close the gate. replace the rear safety cover, and close the
rear tape control unit door (see CARR-TCU 2-2).
4. Go to CARR-TCU 6 for the procedure to restore ac power to
the tape control unit.

2. Connect the two wires to the thermal switch.

Removing the Tape Control Unit STI Gate Upper
Thermal Switch
1. Go to CARR-TCU 6 for the procedure to remove ac power
from the tape control unit.
2. Open the rear cover of the tape control unit and remove the
safety cover (see CARR-TCU 2-1).

Upper
Thermal Switch

CU~PS03 STI DC Power Supply

STI-FIPS Adapters

Lower
Thermal Switch

Tape Control Unit
STI Bulkhead Connector

TA90 MG EC C04824

Tape Control Unit

CARR-TCU 9050

(
FRU906 Tape Control Unit STI Gate Lower Thermal Switch Removal and Replacement Procedure
The page contains the steps needed to remove and replace the
lower thermal switch in the tape control unit STI logic gate. It is
necessary to remove the ac voltage from the tape control unit.
All drives attached to the tape control unit must be avaiiabie for
service.

3. Swing out the logic gate.
4. Remove the two wires from the lower thermal switch

5. Remove the thermal switch from the mounting bracket.

Removing the Tape Control Unit STI Gate Lower
Thermal Switch

Tape Control Unit

Replacing the Tape Control Unit STI Gate Lower
Thermal Switch
. 1. Place the thermal switch
attach it to the gate.

D in the mounting bracket and

CARR-Teu 9060

3. Close the gate, replace the rear safety cover, and close the
2-2).
rear tape control unit door (see CARR-

reu

4. Go to CARR-TeU 6 for the procedure to restore Be power to

the tape control unit.

2. Connect the two wires to the thermal switch.

1. Go to CARR-TCU 6 for the procedure to remove ae power
from the tape control unit.
2. Open the rear cover of the tape control unit and remove the
safety cover (see CARR-TCU 2-1).

~~l:~~---=::::::::::;::::::::::= Fans

CU-PS03 STI DC Power Supply
STI-FIPS Adapters

Tape Control Unit

STI Bulkhead Connector

TA90 MG EC C04824

Tape Control Unit

CARR-TeU 9060

TA90/E Magnetic Tape Subsystem Maintenance Guide

READER'S COMMENTS

EK-PTA90-MG-002

Your comments and suggestions will help us in our efforts to Improve the quality

0' our publications.

EK-PT A90-M G-002

Your comments and suggestions will help us In our efforts to improve the quality 01 our publications.
,. How did you use this manual? (Circle your response.)

1. How did you use this manual? (Circle your response.)
(a) Installation
(b) Operation/use

TA90/E Magnetic Tape Subsystem Maintenance Guide

READER'S COMMENTS

(e) Training
(f) Other (Please specify) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

(a) Installation
(b) O;:>eration/use

(e) Training
(fJ Other (Please specify) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

2. Did the manual meet your needs? Yes:J No:J Why?

2. Did the manual meet your needs? Yes:; No:J Why?

3. Please rate the manual on the following categories. (Circle your response.)

Excellent
Accuracy
Clarity
Completeness
Table of Contents. Index
Illustrations. examples
Overall ease of use

5
5
5
5
5
5

Good
4
4
4
4
4

Fair

Poor

3
3
3
3
3
3

2
2
2

Unacceptable
1
1

1
1

Accuracy
Clarity
Com pi eteness
Table of Contents. Index
lI!us:rations. examples
Overall ease of use

Excellent

Good

Fair

Poor

5
5
5
5
5
5·

4
4
4
4
4
4

3
3
3
3
3
3

2
2
2
2
2

4. What things did you like most about this manual?

5. What things did you like least about this manual'?

5. What things did you like least about this manual?

6. Please list and describe any errors you found in this manual.

Page

Description/Location of Error

Name

Job Title

Name

Job Title

Street

Company

Street

Company

City

Department

City

Department

State/Country

Teleph.one Number

State/Country

Telephone Number

Postal (ZIP) Code

Date

Postal (ZIP) Code

Date

THANK YOU FOR YOUR COMMENTS AND SUGGESTIONS

Unacceptable
1

THANK YOU FOR YOUR COMMENTS AND SUGGESTIONS

Please do not use this form to order manuals. Contact your representative at Digital Equipment Corporation
or (in the USA) call our DECdirect"" department at this to/l·free number: 800~258-1710.

Please do not use this form to order manuals. Contact your representative at Digital Equipment Corporation
or (in the USA) call our DECdirect"" department at this toll-tree number: 800-258-1710.

'989 by Ol<;lltal :QUlgmenl Corporallon.

1989 :ly O,·;.tal E:lulgment C.:r:Of31:on.

HERE AND TAPE. 00 NOT STAPLE
._-------------_... FOLD
_--

FOLD HERE AND TAPE. DO NOT STAPLE

mumuama

NO POSTAGE
NECESSARY
IF MAILED
IN THE
UNI'iED srATES

BUSINESS REPLY MAIL
FIRST CLASS

?E~MiT NO. 33

MA. YNAR O. MA.

------,-------_..-

mamaama

NO POSTAGE
NECESSARY
IF MAlLEi)
IN THE
UN!TED STATES

BUSINESS REPLY MAIL
FIRST CLASS

PERMiT NO. 33

MAYNARD. MA.

PCSiAGE W::"'L SE P':":::) !V ~HE A~~FtESS:e

DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
Educational Services/Quaiity Assurance
12 Crosby Drive BUO/EOa
Bedford, MA 01730- i ~93

DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
Educational ServicesiQuaiity Assurance
'2 Crosby Ddve SUO/EOS
8edfo~d. MA 01730· i !93

USA

II!IIIIIIIII'IIIIIIIIIIII'IIIIIIIIIII.II.II.IIIIIIIII

11I111 I111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111

---._-----_._--------._--_.-._---

-------FOLD HERE AND TAPE. DO NOT STAPLE

FOLD HERE AND TAPE. 00 NOT STAPLE